SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200

Command Line Interface

SIMATIC NET

Industrial Ethernet switches

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-

200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual

07/2016

C79000-G8976-C361-04

Legal information

Warning notice system

This manual contains notices you have to observe in order to ensure your personal safety, as well as to prevent damage to property. The notices referring to your personal safety are highlighted in the manual by a safety alert symbol, notices referring only to property damage have no safety alert symbol. These notices shown below are graded according to the degree of danger.

DANGER indicates that death or severe personal injury will result if proper precautions are not taken.

WARNING indicates that death or severe personal injury may result if proper precautions are not taken.

CAUTION indicates that minor personal injury can result if proper precautions are not taken.

NOTICE indicates that property damage can result if proper precautions are not taken.

If more than one degree of danger is present, the warning notice representing the highest degree of danger will be used. A notice warning of injury to persons with a safety alert symbol may also include a warning relating to property damage.

Qualified Personnel

The product/system described in this documentation may be operated only by personnel qualified for the specific task in accordance with the relevant documentation, in particular its warning notices and safety instructions.

Qualified personnel are those who, based on their training and experience, are capable of identifying risks and avoiding potential hazards when working with these products/systems.

Proper use of Siemens products

Note the following:

WARNING

Siemens products may only be used for the applications described in the catalog and in the relevant technical documentation. If products and components from other manufacturers are used, these must be recommended or approved by Siemens. Proper transport, storage, installation, assembly, commissioning, operation and maintenance are required to ensure that the products operate safely and without any problems. The permissible ambient conditions must be complied with. The information in the relevant documentation must be observed.

Trademarks

All names identified by ® are registered trademarks of Siemens AG. The remaining trademarks in this publication may be trademarks whose use by third parties for their own purposes could violate the rights of the owner.

Disclaimer of Liability

We have reviewed the contents of this publication to ensure consistency with the hardware and software described. Since variance cannot be precluded entirely, we cannot guarantee full consistency. However, the information in this publication is reviewed regularly and any necessary corrections are included in subsequent editions.

Siemens AG

Division Process Industries and Drives

Postfach 48 48

90026 NÜRNBERG

GERMANY

C79000-G8976-C361-04

Ⓟ 08/2016 Subject to change

Copyright © Siemens AG 2015 - 2016.

All rights reserved

Table of contents

1

2

3

2.3

2.4

2.5

2.6

Introduction ........................................................................................................................................... 21

General information .............................................................................................................................. 25

2.1

2.2

System functions hardware equipment ................................................................................... 25

Configuration limits ................................................................................................................. 28

Features not supported ........................................................................................................... 29

Working with the Command Line Interface (CLI) .................................................................... 30

Structure of the Command Line Interface ............................................................................... 31

The CLI command prompt ...................................................................................................... 33

2.7

2.8

2.8.1

2.8.2

3.1

3.1.1

3.1.1.1

3.1.1.2

3.1.1.3

3.1.1.4

3.1.1.5

3.1.1.6

3.1.1.7

3.1.1.8

3.1.1.9

3.1.1.10

3.1.1.11

3.1.1.12

Symbols of the CLI commands ............................................................................................... 34

Addresses and interface names ............................................................................................. 35

Naming interfaces ................................................................................................................... 35

Address types, address ranges and address masks .............................................................. 37

2.9

2.9.1

2.9.2

2.9.3

2.9.4

2.9.4.1

2.9.4.2

2.9.4.3

2.9.4.4

2.9.4.5

2.9.4.6

2.9.4.7

2.9.4.8

General CLI commands .......................................................................................................... 38 clear screen ............................................................................................................................ 38 end .......................................................................................................................................... 38

exit........................................................................................................................................... 39

Help functions and supported input ........................................................................................ 39

help ......................................................................................................................................... 40

The command "?" ................................................................................................................... 40

Completion of command entries ............................................................................................. 41

Abbreviated notation of commands ........................................................................................ 42

Reusing the last used commands ........................................................................................... 42

Working through a command sequence ................................................................................. 43

The "show" commands ........................................................................................................... 43

clear history ............................................................................................................................. 44

Configuration ........................................................................................................................................ 45

System .................................................................................................................................... 45

The "show" commands ........................................................................................................... 45 show cli-console-timeout......................................................................................................... 45

show coordinates .................................................................................................................... 46 show device information ......................................................................................................... 46

show environmental temperature ........................................................................................... 47 show ethernetip ....................................................................................................................... 47

show hardware ........................................................................................................................ 48 show im ................................................................................................................................... 48

show interfaces ....................................................................................................................... 49

show interfaces ... counters .................................................................................................... 50

show ip interface ..................................................................................................................... 51

show pnio ................................................................................................................................ 52 show lldp neighbors ................................................................................................................ 52

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

3

Table of contents

4

3.1.9.4

3.1.9.5

3.1.9.6

3.1.9.7

3.1.9.8

3.1.9.9

3.1.9.10

3.1.9.11

3.1.9.12

3.1.9.13

3.1.10

3.1.10.1

3.1.10.2

3.1.10.3

3.1.10.4

3.1.10.5

3.1.1.13

3.1.1.14

3.1.1.15

3.1.1.16

3.1.1.17

3.1.2

3.1.3

3.1.4

3.1.5

3.1.6

3.1.7

3.1.8

3.1.9

3.1.9.1

3.1.9.2

3.1.9.3

show lldp status...................................................................................................................... 53 show broadcast-block config .................................................................................................. 53

show unicast-block config ...................................................................................................... 54

show multicast-block config ................................................................................................... 55 show versions ........................................................................................................................ 55

clear counters ......................................................................................................................... 56

clear line vty ........................................................................................................................... 57

configure terminal................................................................................................................... 58 disable .................................................................................................................................... 58

enable .................................................................................................................................... 59

logout ..................................................................................................................................... 60 ping ........................................................................................................................................ 60

Commands in the global configuration mode ........................................................................ 61

interface ................................................................................................................................. 62

no interface ............................................................................................................................ 63

cli-console-timeout ................................................................................................................. 64

no cli-console-timeout ............................................................................................................ 65 coordinates height .................................................................................................................. 65

coordinates latitude ................................................................................................................ 66

coordinates longitude ............................................................................................................. 67 ethernetip ............................................................................................................................... 67

pnio ........................................................................................................................................ 68

system contact ....................................................................................................................... 69

system location ...................................................................................................................... 70 system name .......................................................................................................................... 70

username ............................................................................................................................... 71

Commands in the interface configuration mode .................................................................... 72 alias ........................................................................................................................................ 72

no alias ................................................................................................................................... 73

broadcast-block ...................................................................................................................... 74 no broadcast-block ................................................................................................................. 74

duplex ..................................................................................................................................... 75

3.1.10.6

3.1.10.7

3.1.10.8

3.1.10.9

no duplex ................................................................................................................................ 76 lldp .......................................................................................................................................... 76

no lldp ..................................................................................................................................... 77

media type .............................................................................................................................. 78

3.1.10.10 multicast-block ....................................................................................................................... 79

3.1.10.11 no multicast-block .................................................................................................................. 80

3.1.10.12 negotiation .............................................................................................................................. 80

3.1.10.13 no negotiation......................................................................................................................... 81

3.1.10.14 shutdown ................................................................................................................................ 82

3.1.10.15 no shutdown ........................................................................................................................... 82

3.1.10.16 speed ..................................................................................................................................... 83

3.1.10.17 unicast-block .......................................................................................................................... 84

3.1.10.18 no unicast-block ..................................................................................................................... 84

3.2

3.2.1

3.2.2

3.2.2.1

3.2.2.2

3.2.3

3.2.4

Load and Save ....................................................................................................................... 86

File list .................................................................................................................................... 86

The "show" commands .......................................................................................................... 87 show loadsave files ................................................................................................................ 87 show loadsave tftp ................................................................................................................. 87

load tftp .................................................................................................................................. 88

save filetype ........................................................................................................................... 89

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Table of contents

3.4

3.4.1

3.4.1.1

3.4.2

3.4.3

3.4.3.1

3.4.3.2

3.5

3.5.1

3.5.1.1

3.5.1.2

3.5.2

3.5.2.1

3.5.2.2

3.5.3

3.5.3.1

3.5.3.2

3.5.3.3

3.5.3.4

3.5.3.5

3.5.3.6

3.5.3.7

3.5.3.8

3.5.3.9

3.5.3.10

3.2.5

3.2.5.1

3.2.6

3.2.6.1

3.2.6.2

3.2.6.3

3.2.6.4

3.2.6.5

3.2.6.6

3.2.6.7

3.3

3.3.1

3.6

3.6.1

3.6.1.1

3.6.2

3.6.2.1

3.6.2.2

3.7

3.7.1

3.7.1.1

3.7.2

3.7.2.1

3.7.2.2

Commands in the global configuration mode ......................................................................... 90 loadsave .................................................................................................................................. 90

Commands in the LOADSAVE configuration mode ............................................................... 91 delete ...................................................................................................................................... 91

password ................................................................................................................................. 92

no password ............................................................................................................................ 93

tftp filename ............................................................................................................................ 94 tftp load ................................................................................................................................... 94

tftp save .................................................................................................................................. 95

tftp server ................................................................................................................................ 96

Reset and Defaults ................................................................................................................. 97 restart ...................................................................................................................................... 97

Configuration Save & Restore ................................................................................................ 99

The "show" commands ........................................................................................................... 99 show running-config ................................................................................................................ 99

write startup-config ................................................................................................................ 102

Commands in the global configuration mode ....................................................................... 102

auto-save .............................................................................................................................. 103

no auto-save ......................................................................................................................... 104

PoE ....................................................................................................................................... 105

The "show" commands ......................................................................................................... 105 show poe status .................................................................................................................... 105

show pse status .................................................................................................................... 106

Commands in the global configuration mode ....................................................................... 106

poe pse usage ...................................................................................................................... 107 no poe pse usage ................................................................................................................. 107

Commands in the Interface Configuration mode .................................................................. 108 poe active .............................................................................................................................. 108

no poe active ......................................................................................................................... 109 poe custom maxpwr .............................................................................................................. 109

no poe custom maxpwr ......................................................................................................... 110

poe custom maxpwr active ................................................................................................... 111 no poe custom maxpwr active .............................................................................................. 111

poe type ................................................................................................................................ 112

no poe type ........................................................................................................................... 113 poe prio ................................................................................................................................. 113

no poe prio ............................................................................................................................ 114

SINEMA ................................................................................................................................ 115

The "show" commands ......................................................................................................... 115 show sinema ......................................................................................................................... 115

Commands in the global configuration mode ....................................................................... 115

sinema .................................................................................................................................. 116 no sinema ............................................................................................................................. 116

NFC ....................................................................................................................................... 117

The "show" commands ......................................................................................................... 117 show nfc active status ........................................................................................................... 117

Commands in the global configuration mode ....................................................................... 118 nfc active ............................................................................................................................... 118

no nfc active .......................................................................................................................... 119

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

5

Table of contents

6

4

5

4.2

4.2.1

4.2.1.1

4.2.2

4.2.2.1

4.2.2.2

4.3

4.3.1

4.3.1.1

4.3.1.2

4.3.1.3

4.3.1.4

4.3.1.5

4.3.1.6

Functions specific to SCALANCE ......................................................................................................... 121

4.1

4.1.1

4.1.1.1

4.1.2

4.1.2.1

4.1.3

4.1.3.1

4.1.3.2

PLUG ................................................................................................................................... 121

The "show" commands ........................................................................................................ 121 show plug ............................................................................................................................. 121

Commands in the global configuration mode ...................................................................... 122 plug ...................................................................................................................................... 122

Commands in the Plug configuration mode ......................................................................... 123 factoryclean .......................................................................................................................... 123

write ...................................................................................................................................... 124

WBM .................................................................................................................................... 125

The "show" commands ........................................................................................................ 125 show web-session-timeout ................................................................................................... 125

Commands in the global configuration mode ...................................................................... 125

web-session-timeout ............................................................................................................ 126

no web-session-timeout ....................................................................................................... 127

Panel button ......................................................................................................................... 128

Commands in the global configuration mode ...................................................................... 128 panel-button control-factory-defaults ................................................................................... 128

no panel-button control-factory-defaults .............................................................................. 129 panel-button control-faultmask ............................................................................................. 129

no panel-button control-faultmask........................................................................................ 130

panel-button control-hsr-manager........................................................................................ 131

no panel-button control-hsr-manager .................................................................................. 132

4.4

4.4.1

4.4.1.1

4.4.2

4.4.2.1

4.4.2.2

Signaling contact .................................................................................................................. 133

The "show" commands ........................................................................................................ 133 show signaling contact ......................................................................................................... 133

Commands in the global configuration mode ...................................................................... 133

signaling contact mode ........................................................................................................ 134

signaling-contact status ....................................................................................................... 135

System time ......................................................................................................................................... 137

5.1

5.1.1

5.1.1.1

5.1.1.2

5.1.2

5.1.2.1

5.1.2.2

5.1.2.3

5.1.2.4

5.1.2.5

5.2

5.2.1

5.2.1.1

5.2.2

5.2.2.1

5.2.3

5.2.3.1

5.2.3.2

5.2.3.3

System time setting .............................................................................................................. 137

The "show" commands ........................................................................................................ 137 show dst info ........................................................................................................................ 137 show time ............................................................................................................................. 137

Commands in the global configuration mode ...................................................................... 138 time ...................................................................................................................................... 138

time set ................................................................................................................................. 139

time dst date ......................................................................................................................... 140

time dst recurring ................................................................................................................. 141

no time dst ............................................................................................................................ 142

NTP client ............................................................................................................................. 143

The "show" commands ........................................................................................................ 143 show ntp info ........................................................................................................................ 143

Commands in the global configuration mode ...................................................................... 144 ntp ........................................................................................................................................ 144

Commands in the NTP configuration mode ......................................................................... 145 ntp server ............................................................................................................................. 145

no ntp server ........................................................................................................................ 146

ntp time diff ........................................................................................................................... 147

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Table of contents

6

6.1.2.4

6.1.2.5

6.1.2.6

6.1.2.7

6.1.3

6.1.3.1

6.1.3.2

6.1.3.3

6.1.3.4

6.1.3.5

6.1.3.6

6.1.3.7

6.1.3.8

6.1.3.9

6.1.3.10

6.1.4

6.1

6.1.1

6.1.1.1

6.1.1.2

6.1.1.3

6.1.1.4

6.1.1.5

6.1.1.6

6.1.1.7

6.1.1.8

6.1.1.9

6.1.1.10

6.1.2

6.1.2.1

6.1.2.2

6.1.2.3

6.1.4.1

6.1.4.2

6.1.4.3

6.1.4.4

6.1.4.5

6.1.4.6

5.3

5.3.1

5.3.1.1

5.3.1.2

5.3.1.3

5.3.2

5.3.2.1

5.3.3

5.3.3.1

5.3.3.2

5.3.3.3

5.3.3.4

SNTP client ........................................................................................................................... 148

The "show" commands ......................................................................................................... 148 show sntp broadcast-mode status ........................................................................................ 148 show sntp unicast-mode status ............................................................................................ 148

show sntp status ................................................................................................................... 149

Commands in the global configuration mode ....................................................................... 149

sntp ....................................................................................................................................... 150

Commands in the SNTP configuration mode ....................................................................... 150 sntp client addressing-mode ................................................................................................. 150

sntp time diff .......................................................................................................................... 151

sntp unicast-server ipv4 ........................................................................................................ 152

no sntp unicast-server ipv4 ................................................................................................... 153

Network structures .............................................................................................................................. 155

VLAN ..................................................................................................................................... 156

The "show" commands VLAN bridge) .................................................................................. 156 show mac-address-table ....................................................................................................... 156

show mac-address-table count ............................................................................................. 157 show mac-address-table dynamic multicast ......................................................................... 157

show mac-address-table dynamic unicast ............................................................................ 158

show mac-address-table static multicast .............................................................................. 159

show mac-address-table static unicast ................................................................................. 160

show vlan .............................................................................................................................. 161

show vlan device info ............................................................................................................ 162 show vlan learning params ................................................................................................... 162

show vlan port config ............................................................................................................ 163

Commands in the global configuration mode (VLAN bridge) ............................................... 164 base bridge-mode ................................................................................................................. 164

interface range ...................................................................................................................... 165

no interface range ................................................................................................................. 166

mgmt vlan ............................................................................................................................. 167

vlan........................................................................................................................................ 168

no vlan .................................................................................................................................. 169

vlan range ............................................................................................................................. 170

Commands in the Interface configuration mode (VLAN Bridge) .......................................... 170

switchport acceptable-frame-type ......................................................................................... 171

no switchport acceptable-frame-type .................................................................................... 172 switchport access vlan .......................................................................................................... 172

no switchport access vlan ..................................................................................................... 173

switchport mode .................................................................................................................... 174

no switchport mode ............................................................................................................... 175 switchport priority default ...................................................................................................... 175

no switchport priority default ................................................................................................. 176

switchport pvid ...................................................................................................................... 177

no switchport pvid ................................................................................................................. 178

Commands in the VLAN configuration mode (VLAN Bridge) ............................................... 178

name ..................................................................................................................................... 179 no name ................................................................................................................................ 179

ports ...................................................................................................................................... 180

no ports ................................................................................................................................. 182

priority ................................................................................................................................... 183

no priority .............................................................................................................................. 184

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

7

8

Table of contents

6.1.4.7

6.1.4.8

6.1.5

6.1.5.1

6.1.5.2

6.1.5.3

6.1.5.4

6.1.5.5

6.1.6

6.1.6.1

6.1.6.2

6.1.7

6.1.7.1

6.1.7.2

6.2

6.2.1

6.2.1.1

6.2.1.2

6.2.1.3

6.2.2

6.2.2.1

6.2.2.2

6.3.4.1

6.3.4.2

6.3.4.3

6.3.4.4

6.3.4.5

6.3.4.6

6.3.4.7

6.3.4.8

6.3.4.9

6.3.4.10

6.3.4.11

6.3.4.12

6.3.4.13

6.3

6.3.1

6.3.1.1

6.3.1.2

6.3.1.3

6.3.1.4

6.3.1.5

6.3.1.6

6.3.1.7

6.3.1.8

6.3.1.9

6.3.1.10

6.3.1.11

6.3.2

6.3.3

6.3.4

priority-enable ...................................................................................................................... 185 no priority-enable ................................................................................................................. 185

The "show" commands (Transparent Bridge) ...................................................................... 186 show dot1d mac-address-table ............................................................................................ 186

show mac-address-table count ............................................................................................ 187

show dot1d mac-address-table static multicast ................................................................... 188

show dot1d mac-address-table static unicast ...................................................................... 189 show vlan device info ........................................................................................................... 189

Commands in the global configuration mode (Transparent Bridge) .................................... 190 base bridge-mode ................................................................................................................ 190

vlan ....................................................................................................................................... 192

Commands in the VLAN configuration mode (Transparent Bridgee) .................................. 193 ip address ............................................................................................................................. 193

no ip address ........................................................................................................................ 194

Link aggregation................................................................................................................... 196

The "show" commands ........................................................................................................ 196 show etherchannel ............................................................................................................... 196

show interfaces etherchannel .............................................................................................. 197 show lacp ............................................................................................................................. 197

Commands in the interface configuration mode .................................................................. 198

channel-group ...................................................................................................................... 199

no channel-group ................................................................................................................. 200

Spanning Tree...................................................................................................................... 201

The "show" commands ........................................................................................................ 201 show spanning-tree .............................................................................................................. 201

show spanning-tree active ................................................................................................... 202

show spanning-tree bridge ................................................................................................... 203

show spanning-tree detail .................................................................................................... 204 show spanning-tree interface ............................................................................................... 204

show spanning-tree interface layer2-gateway-port .............................................................. 205

show spanning-tree mst ....................................................................................................... 206

show spanning-tree mst configuration ................................................................................. 207 show spanning-tree mst interface ........................................................................................ 207

show spanning-tree passive-listening-compatibility ............................................................. 208

show spanning-tree root ...................................................................................................... 209

clear spanning-tree detected protocols ................................................................................ 210

clear spanning-tree counters ............................................................................................... 211

Commands in the global configuration mode ...................................................................... 211 spanning-tree ....................................................................................................................... 211

no spanning-tree .................................................................................................................. 212

spanning-tree compatibility .................................................................................................. 213

no spanning-tree compatibility ............................................................................................. 214

spanning-tree mst configuration........................................................................................... 215 spanning-tree mst instance-id root....................................................................................... 215

no spanning-tree mst instance-id root ................................................................................. 216

spanning-tree mst max-hops ............................................................................................... 217

no spanning-tree mst max-hops .......................................................................................... 218 spanning-tree priority ........................................................................................................... 218

no spanning-tree priority ...................................................................................................... 219

spanning-tree passive-listening-compatibility ...................................................................... 220

no spanning-tree passive-listening-compatibility ................................................................. 221

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Table of contents

7

7.1

7.1.1

7.1.1.1

7.1.1.2

7.1.1.3

7.1.1.4

7.1.2

7.1.2.1

7.1.2.2

7.1.2.3

7.1.2.4

7.1.2.5

6.3.5.15

6.3.5.16

6.3.5.17

6.3.5.18

6.3.5.19

6.3.5.20

6.3.5.21

6.3.6

6.3.6.1

6.3.6.2

6.3.6.3

6.3.6.4

6.3.6.5

6.3.6.6

6.3.4.14

6.3.5

6.3.5.1

6.3.5.2

6.3.5.3

6.3.5.4

6.3.5.5

6.3.5.6

6.3.5.7

6.3.5.8

6.3.5.9

6.3.5.10

6.3.5.11

6.3.5.12

6.3.5.13

6.3.5.14

Time settings for the Spanning Tree protocol ....................................................................... 222

Commands in the interface configuration mode ................................................................... 224

spanning-tree ........................................................................................................................ 225

no spanning-tree ................................................................................................................... 226

spanning-tree auto-edge ....................................................................................................... 228 no spanning-tree auto-edge .................................................................................................. 228

spanning-tree bpdu-transmit ................................................................................................. 229

spanning-tree bpdu-receive .................................................................................................. 230 spanning-tree bpdufilter ........................................................................................................ 230

spanning-tree layer2-gateway-port ....................................................................................... 231

no spanning-tree layer2-gateway-port .................................................................................. 232 spanning-tree loop-guard ...................................................................................................... 232

no spanning-tree loop-guard ................................................................................................. 233

spanning-tree mst ................................................................................................................. 234

no spanning-tree mst ............................................................................................................ 235

spanning-tree mst hello-time ................................................................................................ 236

no spanning-tree mst hello-time ........................................................................................... 237

spanning-tree mst PseudoRootId ......................................................................................... 238

no spanning-tree mst PseudoRootId .................................................................................... 239

spanning-tree restricted-role ................................................................................................. 240

no spanning-tree restricted-role ............................................................................................ 241 spanning-tree restricted-tcn .................................................................................................. 241

no spanning-tree restricted-tcn ............................................................................................. 242

Commands in the MSTP configuration mode ....................................................................... 243 instance ................................................................................................................................. 243

no instance ............................................................................................................................ 244

name ..................................................................................................................................... 245 no name ................................................................................................................................ 245

revision .................................................................................................................................. 246

no revision ............................................................................................................................. 247

6.4

6.4.1

6.4.1.1

6.4.2

6.4.2.1

6.4.2.2

6.4.2.3

6.4.2.4

Passive Listening .................................................................................................................. 248

The "show" commands ......................................................................................................... 248 show passive-listening .......................................................................................................... 248

Commands in the global configuration mode ....................................................................... 248

passive-listening bpdu-vlan-flood ......................................................................................... 249 no passive-listening bpdu-vlan-flood .................................................................................... 249

passive-listening ................................................................................................................... 250

no passive-listening .............................................................................................................. 251

Network protocols ............................................................................................................................... 253

IPv4 protocol ......................................................................................................................... 253

The "show" commands ......................................................................................................... 253 show ip gateway ................................................................................................................... 253

show ip telnet ........................................................................................................................ 254 show dcp server .................................................................................................................... 254

show dcp forwarding ............................................................................................................. 255

Commands in the global configuration mode ....................................................................... 255

ip gateway ............................................................................................................................. 256 no ip gateway ........................................................................................................................ 256

ip echo-reply ......................................................................................................................... 257

no ip echo-reply .................................................................................................................... 258 telnet-server .......................................................................................................................... 258

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

9

Table of contents

10

7.3

7.3.1

7.3.1.1

7.3.1.2

7.3.2

7.3.2.1

7.3.2.2

7.3.2.3

7.3.2.4

7.3.2.5

7.3.2.6

7.3.3

7.3.3.1

7.3.3.2

7.3.3.3

7.3.3.4

7.3.3.5

7.3.3.6

7.3.3.7

7.3.3.8

7.3.3.9

7.3.3.10

7.3.3.11

7.3.3.12

7.3.3.13

7.3.3.14

7.4

7.4.1

7.4.1.1

7.4.1.2

7.4.2

7.4.2.1

7.1.2.6

7.1.2.7

7.1.2.8

7.1.3

7.1.3.1

7.1.3.2

7.1.3.3

7.1.3.4

7.2

7.2.1

7.2.1.1

7.2.1.2

7.2.2

7.2.2.1

7.2.2.2

7.2.2.3

7.2.3

7.2.3.1

7.2.3.2

no telnet-server .................................................................................................................... 259

dcp server ............................................................................................................................ 260

no dcp server ....................................................................................................................... 261

Commands in the interface configuration mode .................................................................. 261

dcp forwarding...................................................................................................................... 262 ip address ............................................................................................................................. 262

no ip address ........................................................................................................................ 263

ip address dhcp .................................................................................................................... 265

DHCP client .......................................................................................................................... 266

The "show" commands ........................................................................................................ 266 show ip dhcp client stats ...................................................................................................... 266 show ip dhcp client ............................................................................................................... 266

Commands in the global configuration mode ...................................................................... 267 ip dhcp config-file-request .................................................................................................... 267

no ip dhcp config-file-request ............................................................................................... 268 ip dhcp client mode .............................................................................................................. 268

Commands in the Interface configuration mode .................................................................. 269 ip address dhcp .................................................................................................................... 269

no ip address ........................................................................................................................ 270

DHCP server ........................................................................................................................ 272

The "show" commands ........................................................................................................ 272 show ip dhcp-server bindings .............................................................................................. 272

show ip dhcp-server pools ................................................................................................... 273

Commands in the global configuration mode ...................................................................... 273

ip dhcp-server ...................................................................................................................... 274 no ip dhcp-server ................................................................................................................. 274

ip dhcp-server icmp-probe ................................................................................................... 275

no ip dhcp-server icmp-probe .............................................................................................. 276 ip dhcp-server pool .............................................................................................................. 276

no ip dhcp-server pool ......................................................................................................... 277

Commands in the DHCPPOOL configuration mode ............................................................ 278 lease-time ............................................................................................................................. 278

network ................................................................................................................................. 279

Option (IP address) .............................................................................................................. 280

option value-string ................................................................................................................ 281

no option .............................................................................................................................. 282

pool-enable .......................................................................................................................... 283

no pool-enable ..................................................................................................................... 284

ports ..................................................................................................................................... 285

no ports ................................................................................................................................ 286 relay-information .................................................................................................................. 286

no relay-information ............................................................................................................. 288

set-interface ......................................................................................................................... 289

static-lease ........................................................................................................................... 290

no static-lease ...................................................................................................................... 291

DHCP Relay ......................................................................................................................... 292

The "show" commands ........................................................................................................ 292 show dhcp server ................................................................................................................. 292 show ip dhcp relay information ............................................................................................ 292

Commands in the Global Configuration mode ..................................................................... 293 ip dhcp server ....................................................................................................................... 293

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Table of contents

7.5.2.1

7.5.2.2

7.5.2.3

7.5.2.4

7.5.2.5

7.5.2.6

7.5.2.7

7.5.2.8

7.5.2.9

7.5.2.10

7.5.2.11

7.5.2.12

7.5.2.13

7.5.2.14

7.5.2.15

7.5.2.16

7.5

7.5.1

7.5.1.1

7.5.1.2

7.5.1.3

7.5.1.4

7.5.1.5

7.5.1.6

7.5.1.7

7.5.1.8

7.5.1.9

7.5.1.10

7.5.1.11

7.5.1.12

7.5.1.13

7.5.2

7.5.2.17

7.5.2.18

7.5.2.19

7.5.2.20

7.5.2.21

7.5.2.22

7.5.2.23

7.4.2.2

7.4.2.3

7.4.2.4

7.4.2.5

7.4.2.6

7.4.2.7

7.4.3

7.4.3.1

7.4.3.2

7.4.3.3

7.4.3.4

7.6

no ip dhcp server .................................................................................................................. 294

ip dhcp relay circuit-id option ................................................................................................ 295

ip dhcp relay information option ............................................................................................ 296

no ip dhcp relay information option ....................................................................................... 297 service dhcp-relay ................................................................................................................. 297

no service dhcp-relay ............................................................................................................ 298

Commands in the Interface Configuration mode .................................................................. 299 ip dhcp relay circuit-id ........................................................................................................... 299

no ip dhcp relay circuit-id ...................................................................................................... 300

ip dhcp relay remote-id ......................................................................................................... 301

no ip dhcp relay remote-id .................................................................................................... 302

SNMP .................................................................................................................................... 303

The "show" commands ......................................................................................................... 303 show snmp ............................................................................................................................ 303 show snmp community ......................................................................................................... 303

show snmp engineID ............................................................................................................ 304 show snmp filter .................................................................................................................... 304

show snmp group .................................................................................................................. 305 show snmp group access ..................................................................................................... 305

show snmp inform statistics .................................................................................................. 306 show snmp notif .................................................................................................................... 306

show snmp targetaddr .......................................................................................................... 307 show snmp targetparam ....................................................................................................... 307

show snmp tcp ...................................................................................................................... 308 show snmp user .................................................................................................................... 308

show snmp viewtree ............................................................................................................. 309

Commands in the global configuration mode ....................................................................... 309

snmpagent ............................................................................................................................ 310 no snmpagent ....................................................................................................................... 310

snmp agent version ............................................................................................................... 311 snmp access ......................................................................................................................... 311

no snmp access .................................................................................................................... 313

snmp community index ......................................................................................................... 314

no snmp community index .................................................................................................... 315

snmp engineid migrate.......................................................................................................... 316 no snmp engineid migrate .................................................................................................... 316

snmp group ........................................................................................................................... 317

no snmp group ...................................................................................................................... 318

snmp notify ............................................................................................................................ 319

no snmp notify ....................................................................................................................... 320

snmp targetaddr .................................................................................................................... 321

no snmp targetaddr ............................................................................................................... 323 snmp targetparams ............................................................................................................... 323

no snmp targetparams .......................................................................................................... 325 snmp v1-v2 readonly............................................................................................................. 325

no snmp v1-v2 readonly........................................................................................................ 326

snmp user ............................................................................................................................. 327

no snmp user ........................................................................................................................ 328 snmp view ............................................................................................................................. 328

no snmp view ........................................................................................................................ 330

SMTP client ........................................................................................................................... 331

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

11

Table of contents

8

12

7.7

7.7.1

7.7.1.1

7.7.2

7.7.2.1

7.7.2.2

7.8

7.8.1

7.8.1.1

7.8.1.2

7.6.1

7.6.1.1

7.6.1.2

7.6.1.3

7.6.2

7.6.2.1

7.6.2.2

7.6.2.3

7.6.2.4

7.6.2.5

7.6.2.6

7.6.2.7

The "show" commands ........................................................................................................ 331 show events smtp-server ..................................................................................................... 331 show events sender email ................................................................................................... 331

show events smtp-port ......................................................................................................... 332

Commands in the Events configuration mode ..................................................................... 332

smtp-server .......................................................................................................................... 333 no smtp-server ..................................................................................................................... 333

sender mail-address ............................................................................................................ 334

no sender mail-address ....................................................................................................... 335

send test mail ....................................................................................................................... 336 smtp-port .............................................................................................................................. 336

no smtp-port ......................................................................................................................... 337

HTTP server ......................................................................................................................... 338

The "show" commands ........................................................................................................ 338 show ip http server status .................................................................................................... 338

Commands in the global configuration mode ...................................................................... 338

ip http ................................................................................................................................... 339

no ip http .............................................................................................................................. 340

HTTPS server ...................................................................................................................... 341

The "show" commands ........................................................................................................ 341 show ip http secure server status ........................................................................................ 341 show ssl server-cert ............................................................................................................. 341

8.1

8.1.1

8.1.1.1

8.1.1.2

8.1.2

8.1.2.1

8.1.2.2

8.1.2.3

8.1.2.4

8.2

8.2.1

8.2.1.1

8.2.1.2

8.2.1.3

7.9

7.9.1

7.9.1.1

7.9.2

7.9.2.1

7.9.2.2

7.10

7.10.1

7.10.1.1

7.10.2

7.10.2.1

7.10.2.2

ARP ...................................................................................................................................... 342

The "show" commands ........................................................................................................ 342 show ip arp ........................................................................................................................... 342

Commands in the global configuration mode ...................................................................... 343 arp timeout ........................................................................................................................... 343

no arp timeout ...................................................................................................................... 344

SSH server ........................................................................................................................... 345

The "show" commands ........................................................................................................ 345 show ip ssh .......................................................................................................................... 345

Commands in the global configuration mode ...................................................................... 345

ssh-server ............................................................................................................................ 346

no ssh-server ....................................................................................................................... 347

Layer 2 management protocols ............................................................................................................ 349

GARP ................................................................................................................................... 349

The "show" commands ........................................................................................................ 349 show forward-all ................................................................................................................... 349

show forward-unregistered .................................................................................................. 350

Commands in the global configuration mode ...................................................................... 350 gmrp ..................................................................................................................................... 350

no gmrp ................................................................................................................................ 351

gvrp ...................................................................................................................................... 352

no gvrp ................................................................................................................................. 353

IGMP snooping .................................................................................................................... 354

The "show" commands ........................................................................................................ 354 show ip igmp snooping ........................................................................................................ 354

show ip igmp snooping forwarding-database ...................................................................... 355 show ip igmp snooping globals ............................................................................................ 355

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Table of contents

8.4

8.4.1

8.4.2

8.4.3

8.4.4

8.4.4.1

8.4.4.2

8.4.4.3

8.4.5

8.4.5.1

8.4.5.2

8.4.5.3

8.4.5.4

8.4.5.5

8.4.5.6

8.4.5.7

8.4.6

8.4.6.1

8.4.6.2

8.4.6.3

8.4.6.4

8.4.6.5

8.4.6.6

8.4.6.7

8.5

8.5.1

8.5.1.1

8.5.1.2

8.5.1.3

8.5.1.4

8.5.2

8.5.2.1

8.2.1.4

8.2.1.5

8.2.1.6

8.2.1.7

8.2.2

8.2.2.1

8.2.2.2

8.2.2.3

8.2.2.4

8.2.2.5

8.2.2.6

8.2.2.7

8.2.3

8.2.3.1

8.2.3.2

8.3

8.3.1

8.3.1.1

8.3.1.2

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

show ip igmp snooping groups ............................................................................................. 356

show ip igmp snooping mrouter ............................................................................................ 357 show ip igmp snooping statistics .......................................................................................... 357

show ip igmp snooping switch-ip .......................................................................................... 358

Commands in the global configuration mode ....................................................................... 358

ip igmp snooping version ...................................................................................................... 359 ip igmp vlan-snooping ........................................................................................................... 359

no ip igmp vlan-snooping ...................................................................................................... 360

ip igmp snooping clear counters ........................................................................................... 361 ip igmp snooping switch-ip .................................................................................................... 361

ip igmp snooping port-purge-interval .................................................................................... 362

no ip igmp snooping port-purge-interval ............................................................................... 363

Commands in the VLAN configuration mode ....................................................................... 363

ip igmp snooping static-group ............................................................................................... 364

no ip igmp snooping static-group .......................................................................................... 365

IGMP querier ......................................................................................................................... 366

Commands in the Global Configuration mode ...................................................................... 366 ip igmp snooping querier ...................................................................................................... 366

no ip igmp snooping querier ................................................................................................. 367

Ring redundancy and standby connection............................................................................ 368 clear hrp counters ................................................................................................................. 368

clear ring-redundancy manager counters ............................................................................. 369

clear standby counter............................................................................................................ 370

The "show" commands ......................................................................................................... 370 show hrp counters ................................................................................................................. 370

show ring-redundancy........................................................................................................... 371 show ring-redundancy manager counters ............................................................................ 371

Commands in the global configuration mode ....................................................................... 372 ring-redundancy configuration .............................................................................................. 372

ring-redundancy hrpobserver ................................................................................................ 373

no ring-redundancy hrpobserver ........................................................................................... 374 ring-redundancy mode .......................................................................................................... 374

no ring-redundancy ............................................................................................................... 375

ring-redundancy standby ...................................................................................................... 376

no ring-redundancy standby ................................................................................................. 377

Commands in the redundancy configuration mode .............................................................. 377

ring ports ............................................................................................................................... 378

standby connection-name ..................................................................................................... 379 no standby connection-name ................................................................................................ 379

standby force-master ............................................................................................................ 380 no standby force-master ....................................................................................................... 380

standby port .......................................................................................................................... 381

no standby port ..................................................................................................................... 382

Unicast .................................................................................................................................. 383

The "show" commands VLAN bridge) .................................................................................. 383 show mac-address-table ....................................................................................................... 383

show mac-address-table dynamic unicast ............................................................................ 384

show mac-address-table static unicast ................................................................................. 385

show unicast-block config ..................................................................................................... 386

Commands in the global configuration mode (VLAN bridge) ............................................... 386

mac-address-table static unicast .......................................................................................... 387

13

Table of contents

9

14

9.2

9.2.1

9.2.1.1

9.2.1.2

9.2.1.3

9.2.1.4

9.2.2

9.2.2.1

9.2.2.2

9.2.2.3

9.2.2.4

9.2.3

9.2.3.1

9.2.3.2

9.3

8.5.2.2

8.5.3

8.5.3.1

8.5.3.2

8.5.3.3

8.5.4

8.5.4.1

8.5.4.2

8.6

8.6.1

8.6.1.1

8.6.1.2

8.6.1.3

8.6.1.4

8.6.2

8.6.2.1

8.6.2.2

8.6.3

8.6.3.1

8.6.3.2

8.6.3.3

8.6.4

8.6.4.1

8.6.4.2

no mac-address-table static unicast .................................................................................... 388

The "show" commands (Transparent Bridge) ...................................................................... 389 show dot1d mac-address-table ............................................................................................ 389

show dot1d mac-address-table static unicast ...................................................................... 390

show unicast-block config .................................................................................................... 391

Commands in the global configuration mode (Transparent Bridge) .................................... 391

mac-address-table static unicast ......................................................................................... 392

no mac-address-table static unicast .................................................................................... 393

Multicast ............................................................................................................................... 394

The "show" commands VLAN bridge) .................................................................................. 394 show mac-address-table ...................................................................................................... 394

show mac-address-table dynamic multicast ........................................................................ 395

show mac-address-table static multicast ............................................................................. 396

show multicast-block config ................................................................................................. 397

Commands in the global configuration mode (VLAN bridge) .............................................. 397

mac-address-table static multicast ....................................................................................... 398

no mac-address-table static multicast ................................................................................. 399

The "show" commands (Transparent Bridge) ...................................................................... 399

show dot1d mac-address-table ............................................................................................ 400 show dot1d mac-address-table static multicast ................................................................... 400

show multicast-block config ................................................................................................. 401

Commands in the global configuration mode (Transparent Bridge) .................................... 402 mac-address-table static multicast ....................................................................................... 402

no mac-address-table static multicast ................................................................................. 404

Load control ......................................................................................................................................... 405

9.1

9.1.1

9.1.1.1

9.1.2

9.1.2.1

9.1.2.2

9.1.2.3

9.1.2.4

9.1.2.5

9.1.2.6

Rate control .......................................................................................................................... 405

The "show" commands ........................................................................................................ 405 show rate-limit output ........................................................................................................... 405

Commands in the interface configuration mode .................................................................. 406 rate-limit output .................................................................................................................... 406

no rate-limit output ............................................................................................................... 407

storm-control ........................................................................................................................ 408

no storm-control ................................................................................................................... 409

storm-control level ................................................................................................................ 410 no storm-control level ........................................................................................................... 410

Static MAC filtering .............................................................................................................. 412

Commands in the global configuration mode (VLAN bridge) .............................................. 412 mac-address-table static multicast ....................................................................................... 412

no mac-address-table static multicast ................................................................................. 413

mac-address-table static unicast ......................................................................................... 414

no mac-address-table static unicast .................................................................................... 415

Commands in the global configuration mode (Transparent Bridge) .................................... 416 mac-address-table static multicast ....................................................................................... 416

no mac-address-table static multicast ................................................................................. 418 mac-address-table static unicast ......................................................................................... 418

no mac-address-table static unicast .................................................................................... 419

Commands in the interface configuration mode .................................................................. 420

switchport ingress-filter ........................................................................................................ 421

no switchport ingress-filter ................................................................................................... 422

Dynamic MAC aging ............................................................................................................ 423

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Table of contents

9.3.1

9.3.1.1

9.3.1.2

9.3.2

9.3.2.1

9.3.2.2

9.3.2.3

9.3.2.4

9.4

9.4.1

9.4.1.1

9.4.2

9.4.2.1

9.5

9.5.1

9.5.1.1

9.5.1.2

9.5.1.3

9.5.1.4

9.5.1.5

9.5.1.6

9.5.1.7

9.5.2

9.5.2.1

9.5.3

9.5.3.1

9.5.3.2

9.5.3.3

9.5.3.4

9.5.3.5

9.5.3.6

9.5.3.7

9.5.3.8

9.5.3.9

9.5.3.10

9.5.3.11

9.5.3.12

The "show" commands ......................................................................................................... 423 show mac-address-table aging-time ..................................................................................... 423 show mac-address-table aging-status .................................................................................. 423

Commands in the global configuration mode ....................................................................... 424 mac-address-table aging-time .............................................................................................. 424

no mac-address-table aging-time ......................................................................................... 425

mac-address-table aging ...................................................................................................... 426

no mac-address-table aging ................................................................................................. 427

Flow control ........................................................................................................................... 428

The "show" commands ......................................................................................................... 428 show flow-control .................................................................................................................. 428

Commands in the interface configuration mode ................................................................... 429 flowcontrol ............................................................................................................................. 429

Service classes ..................................................................................................................... 430

The "show" commands ......................................................................................................... 430 show qos agent-priority ......................................................................................................... 430

show qos broadcast-priority .................................................................................................. 431 show qos cos-map ................................................................................................................ 431

show qos cos-remap ............................................................................................................. 432 show qos dscp-map .............................................................................................................. 432

show qos scheduling mode .................................................................................................. 433

show qos-trust-mode ............................................................................................................ 434

Commands in the Global configuration mode ...................................................................... 434 qos ........................................................................................................................................ 434

Commands in the QOS configuration mode ......................................................................... 435

agent-priority ......................................................................................................................... 436

no agent-priority .................................................................................................................... 437 broadcast-priority .................................................................................................................. 437

no broadcast-priority ............................................................................................................. 438

cos-map ................................................................................................................................ 439

cos-remap ............................................................................................................................. 440

no cos-remap ........................................................................................................................ 441 cos-remap-enable ................................................................................................................. 441

no cos-remap-enable ............................................................................................................ 442

dscp-map .............................................................................................................................. 443

qos-trust-mode ...................................................................................................................... 444

scheduling mode ................................................................................................................... 446

10

Security and authentication ................................................................................................................. 447

10.1

10.1.1

10.1.1.1

10.1.1.2

10.1.1.3

10.1.2

10.1.3

10.1.4

10.1.4.1

10.1.4.2

10.1.4.3

10.1.4.4

User management ................................................................................................................ 447

The "show" commands ......................................................................................................... 447 show password-policy ........................................................................................................... 447

show users ............................................................................................................................ 448 show user-accounts .............................................................................................................. 448

change password .................................................................................................................. 449

whoami .................................................................................................................................. 450

Commands in the global configuration mode ....................................................................... 450 password policy .................................................................................................................... 450

user-account ......................................................................................................................... 451

no user-account .................................................................................................................... 453

username .............................................................................................................................. 454

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

15

Table of contents

16

10.2

10.2.1

10.2.1.1

10.2.1.2

10.2.2

10.2.2.1

10.2.2.2

10.2.2.3

10.2.2.4

10.3

10.3.1

10.3.1.1

10.3.2

10.3.2.1

10.3.2.2

10.3.2.3

10.3.2.4

RADIUS client ...................................................................................................................... 455

The "show" commands ........................................................................................................ 455 show radius statistics ........................................................................................................... 455

show radius server ............................................................................................................... 456

Commands in the global configuration mode ...................................................................... 456 login authentication .............................................................................................................. 456

no login authentication ......................................................................................................... 457

radius-server ........................................................................................................................ 458

no radius-server ................................................................................................................... 460

Management Access Control List ........................................................................................ 461

The "show" commands ........................................................................................................ 461 show authorized-managers .................................................................................................. 461

Commands in the Global configuration mode ...................................................................... 462 authorized-manager ............................................................................................................. 462

no authorized-manager ........................................................................................................ 463 authorized-manager ip-source ............................................................................................. 463

no authorized-manager ip-source ........................................................................................ 465

10.4

10.4.1

10.4.1.1

10.4.2

10.4.2.1

10.4.2.2

10.4.3

10.4.3.1

10.4.3.2

10.4.4

10.4.4.1

10.4.4.2

Port Access Control List Locked Ports ................................................................................ 467

The "show" commands ........................................................................................................ 467 show lock port ...................................................................................................................... 467

Commands in the Global configuration mode ...................................................................... 468 clear-all-static-unicast .......................................................................................................... 468 auto-learn ............................................................................................................................. 468

Commands in the interface configuration mode .................................................................. 469 switchport lock...................................................................................................................... 469

no switchport lock................................................................................................................. 470

Commands in the AUTOLEARN mode ................................................................................ 471 start ...................................................................................................................................... 471

stop ...................................................................................................................................... 472

10.5

10.5.1

10.5.1.1

10.5.1.2

10.5.1.3

10.5.2

10.5.2.1

10.5.2.2

10.5.2.3

10.5.2.4

10.5.3

10.5.3.1

10.5.3.2

10.5.3.3

10.5.3.4

10.5.3.5

10.5.3.6

10.5.3.7

10.5.3.8

10.5.3.9

Port Based Network Access Control .................................................................................... 473

The "show" commands ........................................................................................................ 473 show dot1x ........................................................................................................................... 473

show dot1x guest-vlan mac-info .......................................................................................... 474 show dot1x mac-auth mac-info ............................................................................................ 474

Commands in the global configuration mode ...................................................................... 475 dot1x guest-vlan ................................................................................................................... 475 no dot1x guest-vlan .............................................................................................................. 475

dot1x mac-auth .................................................................................................................... 476

no dot1x mac-auth ............................................................................................................... 477

Commands in the interface configuration mode .................................................................. 478 dot1x guest-vlan ................................................................................................................... 478

no dot1x guest-vlan .............................................................................................................. 479 dot1x guest-vlan vlan-id ....................................................................................................... 479

no dot1x guest-vlan vlan-id .................................................................................................. 480

dot1x guest-vlan reset .......................................................................................................... 481 set dot1x guest-vlan mac-addr count ................................................................................... 481

dot1x mac-auth .................................................................................................................... 482

no dot1x mac-auth ............................................................................................................... 483 dot1x mac-auth port reset .................................................................................................... 483

10.5.3.10 dot1x mac-auth vlan-assign ................................................................................................. 484

10.5.3.11 no dot1x mac-auth vlan-assign ............................................................................................ 485

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Table of contents

10.5.3.12 set dot1x mac-auth mac-addr count ..................................................................................... 485

10.5.3.13 dot1x port-control .................................................................................................................. 486

10.5.3.14 no dot1x port-control ............................................................................................................. 487

10.5.3.15 dot1x reauthentication........................................................................................................... 488

10.5.3.16 no dot1x reauthentication ..................................................................................................... 489

11

Diagnostics ......................................................................................................................................... 491

11.1

11.1.1

11.1.2

11.1.3

11.1.3.1

11.1.3.2

11.1.3.3

11.1.3.4

Event and fault handling ....................................................................................................... 492 logging console ..................................................................................................................... 492

no logging console ................................................................................................................ 493

The "show" commands ......................................................................................................... 493 show events config ............................................................................................................... 493

show events severity............................................................................................................. 494 show events faults config ...................................................................................................... 494

show events faults status ...................................................................................................... 495

11.1.3.5

11.1.3.6

11.1.3.7

11.1.3.8

show startup-information ...................................................................................................... 496 show logbook ........................................................................................................................ 496

show fault counter ................................................................................................................. 497 show cabletest interface ....................................................................................................... 497

11.1.3.9

show interface transceiver details ......................................................................................... 498

11.1.3.10 show power-line-state ........................................................................................................... 499

11.1.4

11.1.5

11.1.6

11.1.7

11.1.7.1

11.1.7.2

11.1.8

11.1.8.1

11.1.8.2

11.1.8.3

11.1.8.4

11.1.8.5

11.1.8.6

11.1.8.7

11.1.8.8

11.1.8.9

clear logbook ......................................................................................................................... 499

clear fault counter ................................................................................................................. 500 fault report ack ...................................................................................................................... 500

Commands in the global configuration mode ....................................................................... 501 events ................................................................................................................................... 501

cabletest interface ................................................................................................................. 502

Commands in the Events configuration mode ...................................................................... 503 add log .................................................................................................................................. 503

client config ........................................................................................................................... 504

no client config ...................................................................................................................... 505

event config ........................................................................................................................... 506

no event config ...................................................................................................................... 508

severity .................................................................................................................................. 509

no severity ............................................................................................................................. 510

power .................................................................................................................................... 511

no power ............................................................................................................................... 512

11.1.8.10 link ......................................................................................................................................... 513

11.1.8.11 no link .................................................................................................................................... 514

11.1.8.12 syslogserver .......................................................................................................................... 515

11.1.8.13 no syslogserver ..................................................................................................................... 516

11.2

11.2.1

11.2.1.1

11.2.1.2

11.2.2

11.2.2.1

11.2.2.2

11.2.2.3

11.2.2.4

11.3

FMP....................................................................................................................................... 517

The "show" commands ......................................................................................................... 517 show fmp limit ....................................................................................................................... 517

show fmp status .................................................................................................................... 518

Commands in the Interface Configuration mode .................................................................. 519 fmp ........................................................................................................................................ 519

no fmp ................................................................................................................................... 520 fmp power-loss ...................................................................................................................... 520

fmp rx-power ......................................................................................................................... 521

Syslog client .......................................................................................................................... 523

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

17

Table of contents

18

11.6

11.6.1

11.6.1.1

11.6.1.2

11.6.2

11.6.2.1

11.6.2.2

11.6.2.3

11.6.2.4

11.6.3

11.6.3.1

11.6.3.2

11.6.3.3

11.6.3.4

11.6.3.5

11.6.3.6

11.5

11.5.1

11.5.1.1

11.5.1.2

11.5.1.3

11.5.2

11.5.2.1

11.5.2.2

11.5.2.3

11.5.2.4

11.5.2.5

11.5.2.6

11.5.2.7

11.5.2.8

11.5.2.9

11.3.1

11.3.1.1

11.3.2

11.3.2.1

11.3.2.2

11.4

11.4.1

11.4.1.1

11.4.2

11.4.2.1

11.4.2.2

11.4.2.3

11.4.2.4

11.4.2.5

11.4.2.6

11.4.3

11.4.3.1

11.4.3.2

11.4.3.3

11.4.3.4

The "show" commands ........................................................................................................ 523 show events syslogserver .................................................................................................... 523

Commands in the Events configuration mode ..................................................................... 523

syslogserver ......................................................................................................................... 524

no syslogserver .................................................................................................................... 525

RMON .................................................................................................................................. 526

The "show" commands ........................................................................................................ 526 show rmon ............................................................................................................................ 526

Commands in the global configuration mode ...................................................................... 527 rmon ..................................................................................................................................... 527

no rmon ................................................................................................................................ 528 rmon alarm ........................................................................................................................... 528

no rmon alarm ...................................................................................................................... 530

rmon event ........................................................................................................................... 531

no rmon event ...................................................................................................................... 532

Commands in the interface configuration mode .................................................................. 532

rmon collection stats ............................................................................................................ 533 no rmon collection stats ....................................................................................................... 533

rmon collection history ......................................................................................................... 534

no rmon collection history .................................................................................................... 535

Port Mirroring ....................................................................................................................... 536

The "show" commands ........................................................................................................ 536 show monitor ........................................................................................................................ 536

show monitor barrier ............................................................................................................ 537 show monitor session .......................................................................................................... 537

Commands in the global configuration mode ...................................................................... 538 monitor ................................................................................................................................. 538

no monitor ............................................................................................................................ 539

monitor barrier enabled ........................................................................................................ 540

no monitor barrier enabled ................................................................................................... 541 monitor session destination ................................................................................................. 541

no monitor session destination ............................................................................................ 542

monitor session source ........................................................................................................ 543

no monitor session source ................................................................................................... 544

no monitor session ............................................................................................................... 546

Loop detection...................................................................................................................... 547

The "show" commands ........................................................................................................ 547 show loopd ........................................................................................................................... 547

show loopd interface ............................................................................................................ 548

Commands in the global configuration mode ...................................................................... 549 loopd .................................................................................................................................... 549

no loopd ............................................................................................................................... 550 loopd vlan mode ................................................................................................................... 550

no loopd vlan mode .............................................................................................................. 551

Commands in the Interface Configuration mode ................................................................. 552 loopd {blocked | forwarder | sender} .................................................................................... 552

loopd {tx-interval | detect-threshold | reaction-timeout} ....................................................... 553

loopd port reset .................................................................................................................... 554

no loopd port reset ............................................................................................................... 555 loopd reaction local .............................................................................................................. 555

no loopd reaction local ......................................................................................................... 556

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Table of contents

11.6.3.7

11.6.3.8

loopd reaction remote ........................................................................................................... 557

no loopd reaction remote ...................................................................................................... 558

Index................................................................................................................................................... 559

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

19

Table of contents

20

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Introduction

1

Validity of this configuration manual

This Configuration Manual covers the following products:

● SCALANCE XB-200

● SCALANCE XC-200

● SCALANCE XP-200

Below, the products are also called IE switch, device or network component.

There are two variants of some devices with different article numbers. The two variants differ only in their factory settings. All other properties are identical.

This Configuration Manual applies to the following software versions:

● SCALANCE XB-200 firmware as of version 2.0

● SCALANCE XC-200 firmware as of version 2.1

● SCALANCE XP-200 firmware as of version 2.0

Factory settings

PROFINET variants

● Industrial Ethernet protocol: PROFINET

● Base bridge mode: 802.1D transparent bridge

● Redundancy mechanism: Ring redundancy

● Trust mode: Trust COS

EtherNet/IP variants

● Industrial Ethernet protocol: EtherNet/IP

● Base bridge mode: 802.1Q VLAN Bridge

● Redundancy mechanism: RSTP

● Trust mode: Trust COS-DSCP

Purpose of the Configuration Manual

This Configuration Manual is intended to provide you with the information you require to install, commission and operate IE switches. It provides you with the information you require to configure the IE switches.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

21

Introduction

Orientation in the documentation

Apart from the configuration manual you are currently reading, the products also have the following documentation:

● Configuration manual "SCALANCE XB-200/XP-200 Web Based Management""

This document is intended to provide you with the information you require to commission and configure IE switches using the Web Based Management.

● Operating Instructions "SCALANCE XB-200", "SCALANCE XC-200" and "SCALANCE

XP-200"

These documents contain information on installing, connecting up and approvals for the products.

You will find the documentation here:

● On the data medium that ships with some products:

– Product CD / product DVD

– SIMATIC NET Manual Collection

● On the Internet pages of Siemens Industry Online Support at.

– SCALANCE XB-200 ( https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/ps/15291/man )

– SCALANCE XC-200 ( https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/ps/24185/man )

– SCALANCE XP-200 ( https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/ps/21869/man )

Further documentation

In the system manuals "Industrial Ethernet / PROFINET Industrial Ethernet" and "Industrial

Ethernet / PROFINET passive network components", you will find information on other

SIMATIC NET products that you can operate along with the devices of this product line in an

Industrial Ethernet network.

There, you will find among other things optical performance data of the communications partner that you require for the installation.

You will find the system manuals here:

● On the data medium that ships with some products:

– Product CD / product DVD

– SIMATIC NET Manual Collection

● On the Internet pages of Siemens Industry Online Support under the following entry IDs:

– 27069465 ( http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/27069465 )

Industrial Ethernet / PROFINET Industrial Ethernet System Manual

– 84922825 ( http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/84922825 )

Industrial Ethernet / PROFINET - Passive network components System Manual

22

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

SIMATIC NET manuals

You will find the SIMATIC NET manuals here:

● On the data medium that ships with some products:

– Product CD / product DVD

– SIMATIC NET Manual Collection

● On the Internet pages of Siemens Industry Online Support

( http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en ).

Introduction

SIMATIC NET glossary

Explanations of many of the specialist terms used in this documentation can be found in the

SIMATIC NET glossary.

You will find the SIMATIC NET glossary here:

● SIMATIC NET Manual Collection or product DVD

The DVD ships with certain SIMATIC NET products.

● On the Internet under the following entry ID:

50305045 ( http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/50305045 )

Security information

Siemens provides products and solutions with industrial security functions that support the secure operation of plants, systems, machines and networks.

In order to protect plants, systems, machines and networks against cyber threats, it is necessary to implement – and continuously maintain – a holistic, state-of-the-art industrial security concept. Siemens’ products and solutions only form one element of such a concept.

Customer is responsible to prevent unauthorized access to its plants, systems, machines and networks. Systems, machines and components should only be connected to the enterprise network or the internet if and to the extent necessary and with appropriate security measures (e.g. use of firewalls and network segmentation) in place.

Additionally, Siemens’ guidance on appropriate security measures should be taken into account. For more information about industrial security, please visit http://www.siemens.com/industrialsecurity ( http://www.siemens.com/industrialsecurity )

Siemens’ products and solutions undergo continuous development to make them more secure. Siemens strongly recommends to apply product updates as soon as available and to always use the latest product versions. Use of product versions that are no longer supported, and failure to apply latest updates may increase customer’s exposure to cyber threats.

To stay informed about product updates, subscribe to the Siemens Industrial Security RSS

Feed under https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/ps/15247/pm

( https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/ene/ps/15247/pm ).

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

23

Introduction

License conditions

Note

Open source software

Read the license conditions for open source software carefully before using the product.

You can download the license conditions in the WBM on the "System > Load&Save >

Copyright" page.

Trademarks

The following and possibly other names not identified by the registered trademark sign

®

are registered trademarks of Siemens AG:

SIMATIC NET, SCALANCE, C-PLUG, OLM

Firmware

The firmware is signed and encrypted. This ensures that only firmware created by Siemens can be downloaded to the device.

24

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

General information

2.1 System functions hardware equipment

Availability of the system functions

The following table shows the availability of the system functions on the IE switches. Note that all functions are described in this configuration manual and in the online help.

Depending on your IE switch, some functions are not available.

We reserve the right to make technical changes.

Information ARP table

Log table

Ethernet Statistics

Diagnostics (temperature)

System SMTP client

DHCP client

DHCP server

SNMP

Manual time setting

DST

SNTP

NTP

SIMATIC Time Client

NFC

Auto logout

Syslog Client

Fault monitoring

PROFINET

EtherNet/IP

Power over Ethernet

Cable tester

SFP diagnostics

Fiber monitoring

-

-

-

-

-

SCALANCE XB-200 SCALANCE XC-200 SCALANCE XP-200

✓ ✓ ✓

-

✓ (restricted)

-

-

-

-

✓ ("PoE" identifier in device names)

2

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

25

General information

2.1 System functions hardware equipment

Layer 2

Layer 3

Security

Sending priorities

CoS assignment

DSCP assignment

QoS prioritization

CoS port reassignment

Load control

GVRP

Port-based VLAN

Switch port VLAN trunk

Port-based mirroring

Dynamic MAC aging

Ring redundancy

Standby

Observer

Spanning Tree

RSTP

MSTP

Enhanced Passive Listening

Compatibility

Loop detection

Link aggregation

DCP forwarding

LLDP

Unicast filter

Locked ports

Unicast learning

Unicast blocking

Multicast groups

IGMP

GMRP

Multicast blocking

Broadcast blocking

RMON

RMON history

DHCP relay agent

Passwords

RADIUS authentication

MAC authentication

Guest VLAN

802.1X reauthentication

Management ACL

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

SCALANCE XB-200 SCALANCE XC-200 SCALANCE XP-200

- ✓ ✓

✓ ✓ ✓

26

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

General information

2.1 System functions hardware equipment

Availability of hardware

The following table shows the hardware of the IE switches.

We reserve the right to make technical changes.

C-PLUG support

SELECT/SET button

RESET button

Signaling contact

Serial interface

Display modes

Pluggable transceiver slots

Function of the buttons:

1)

Reset to factory settings

2)

Switch over the redundancy manager

3)

Set fault mask

SCALANCE XB-200 SCALANCE XC-200 SCALANCE XP-200

- ✓ ✓

- ✓

1) 2) 3)

2) 3)

1)

-

-

-

-

-

1)

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

27

General information

2.2 Configuration limits

2.2 Configuration limits

Configuration limits of the device

Depending on your IE switch, some functions are not available.

Configurable function Maximum number

SCALANCE XB-

200

SCALANCE XC-

200

1632 bytes

3

3

24

24

575

SCALANCE XP-

200

System Maximum frame size (ingress)

Syslog server

E-mail server

DHCP pools

IPv4 addresses per DHCP pool

IPv4 addresses managed by the DHCP server

(dynamic + static)

DHCP static assignments per DHCP pool

SNMP trap recipient

SNTP server

NTP server

Agent/TIA interfaces

2)

Layer 2 Virtual LANs (port-based, including VLAN 1)

Mirroring sessions

Multiple Spanning Tree instances

Link aggregations or Etherchannels each with a maximum of 8 ports per aggregation

16

1

16

-

17

-

-

1)

1)

10

1

1

1

1

24

257

4

8

Ports in a link aggregation

Unicast filtering

Multicast addresses without active GMRP

Multicast addresses with activated GMRP

-

256

-

128

8

512

50

Layer 3

Static MAC addresses in the FDB (Forward Database)

DHCP Relay Agent interfaces

DHCP Relay Agent server

Security IP addresses from RADIUS servers

128

1

4

4

Management ACLs (access rules for management)

10

1) With the SCALANCE XB-200, the number of DHCP pools and manageable IPv4 addresses depends on the number of ports. The number of ports corresponds to the maximum number of DHCP pools and manageable IPv4 addresses.

2)

This is an IP interface.

The following table lists the configuration limits for Web Based Management and the

Command Line Interface of the device.

28

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

2.3

General information

2.3 Features not supported

Features not supported

The following features are not supported by the IE switches SCALANCE XB-200 and

SCALANCE XP-200 with firmware version 2.0 and by the IE switches SCALANCE XC-200 with firmware version 2.1:

● FQDN

● IPv6

● Layer 3 features

● Loopback

● PIM

● UMAC

Even if these features are listed as parameters in the documentation and are displayed with the help functions help

and

?

, you cannot execute them with a SCALANCE XB-200,

SCALANCE XC-200 and SCALANCE XP-200.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

29

General information

2.4 Working with the Command Line Interface (CLI)

2.4

Introduction

Working with the Command Line Interface (CLI)

All the configuration settings for the device can be made using the Command Line Interface

(CLI). The CLI therefore provides the same options as Web Based Management (WBM).

You should read the detailed explanations of the parameters in the relevant configuration manual "Web Based Management". The CLI allows remote configuration over Telnet.

Note

Use with Windows 7

If you want to access the Command Line Interface in Windows 7, make sure that the functions required for this are enabled in Windows 7.

Starting the CLI in a Windows console

Follow the steps outlined below to start the Command Line Interface in a Windows console:

1. Open a Windows console and type in the command "telnet" followed by the IP address of the device you are configuring:

C:\>telnet <IP address>

2. Enter your login and password.

As an alternative, you can also enter the command "telnet" followed by the IP address of the device you are configuring in the Start > Run menu.

Note

Requirement for use of the CLI

You should only use the command line interface if you are an experienced user.

Even commands that bring about fundamental changes to the configuration are executed without a prompt for confirmation.

Errors in the configuration can mean that no further operation is possible in the entire network.

Note

Command sets depend on the logged-on user. Changing configuration data is possible only with the "admin" role.

30

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

General information

2.5 Structure of the Command Line Interface

2.5 Structure of the Command Line Interface

Grouping of the commands in the various modes

The commands of the Command Line Interface are grouped according to various modes.

Apart from a few exceptions ( help

, exit

), commands can only be called up in the mode to which they are assigned. This grouping allows different levels of access rights for each individual group of commands. The following graphic is an overview of the available modes.

User EXEC mode

This mode is active after you log in with the role " user

" in a console window. In this mode, you can use show

commands to display the current values of configuration parameters. It is not possible to modify parameters in this mode.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

31

General information

2.5 Structure of the Command Line Interface

To be able to modify configuration parameters, you need to change to the Privileged EXEC mode.

Note

Default user "user" set in the factory

As of firmware version 2.1 the default user set in the factory "user" is no longer available when the product ships.

If you update a device to the firmware V2.1 the default user set in the factory "user" is initially still available. If you reset the device to the factory settings ("Restore Factory Defaults and

Restart") the default user set in the factory "user" is deleted.

You can create new users with the role "user".

Privileged EXEC mode

You change to this mode if you log in with the name "admin" or enter the command enable

in

User EXEC mode. There are two ways of exiting the Privileged EXEC mode:

1. The exit

command logs you out; the Login Prompt prompt appears.

2. The disable

command brings you back one level from the Privileged EXEC mode to the

User EXEC mode. (The disable

command is not available in the User EXEC mode.)

Global configuration mode

In this mode, you can make basic configuration settings. In addition to this, you can also call up modes for the configuration of special interfaces or functions, for example to configure a

VLAN. You change to this mode by entering configure terminal

in the Privileged EXEC mode. To exit this mode, enter end

.

Other configuration modes

From the Global configuration mode, you can change to other configuration modes for special tasks. These are either general configuration modes (for example line configuration, interface configuration) or protocol-specific configuration modes (SNTP, NTP).

32

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

General information

2.6 The CLI command prompt

2.6

Overview

The CLI command prompt

The Command Line Interface prompt shows the following information:

● The mode in which the CLI is currently operating.

Most commands can only be called in a particular mode. You should therefore check the

CLI mode based on the command prompt.

– User Exec mode:

CLI>

– Privileged Exec mode and configuration modes:

CLI(...)#

● The selected interface when the CLI is in an Interface Configuration mode.

In the Interface Configuration mode, the parameters are configured for one specific interface. The command prompt is displayed in the form

CLI(config-if-$$$)#

where the placeholder

$$$

is replaced by the identifier of the Interface. You select the Interface by setting suitable parameters for the interface

command.

● An identifier when the Trial mode is enabled.

If you first test changes to the configuration and then want to discard them, disable the

Auto save function with the no auto-save

command. You are then in Trial mode.

Changes to the configuration that you have not saved are indicated by an asterisk in front of the command prompt:

*CLI(...)#

.

You save the changes to the configuration with the command write startup-config

. With the auto-save

command, you enable the Auto save function again.

Note

Upper and lower case

The Command Line Interface does not distinguish between upper case and lower case letters.

Make sure, however, that names used by the operating system or other programs are correctly written.

Blank

To use blanks in a text, enter the text in quotes, for example "H e l l o"

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

33

General information

2.7 Symbols of the CLI commands

2.7 Symbols of the CLI commands

Symbols for representing CLI commands

When setting parameters for CLI commands, the following characters are used:

Character

< ... >

[ ... ]

Meaning mandatory parameter optional parameter

Instead of the expression in parenthesis, you must enter a value

Instead of the expression in parenthesis, you can enter a value

( ... ) Value or range of values Enter a value to replace the expression in parenthesis

( ... - ... ) Range of values Enter a value from this range

{ ... } Selection list

{ ... | ... } exclusive selection

Select one more elements from the list

Select exactly one element from this list

These characters are used in combinations to describe mandatory and optional entries.

There is a general description of some of these combinations below:

Character combinations

< variable >

< variable (a - b) >

[< variable 1 >< variable 2 >]

[ keyword < variable (a - b)>]

[ keyword < variable (a - b) unit >]

[keyword { A | B | C }] keyword { [A] [B] [C] }

Meaning

Instead of the expression in parentheses<>, enter a permitted value

Instead of the expression in parentheses <>, enter a value from the range "a" to "b"

The parameter pair is optional.

If you use the parameter assignment, you need to enter a permitted value to replace both expressions in parenthesis <>

The parameter assignment is optional.

If you use the keyword, you need to enter a value from the range "a" to "b" to replace the expression in parenthesis <>

The parameter assignment is optional.

If you use the keyword, you need to enter a value from the range "a" to "b" to replace the expression in parenthesis <>.

"Unit" is one of the variables and is also replaced by the entry.

The parameter assignment is optional.

If you use the keyword, you need to specify exactly one of the values "A", "B" or "C"

After the keyword, enter one or more of the values

"A", "B" or "C"

34

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

2.8 Addresses and interface names

General information

2.8 Addresses and interface names

2.8.1 Naming interfaces

Addressing interfaces

The devices have several types of interface that are addressed in different ways.

Addressing physical interfaces

The following notation applies to all commands that address a physical interface:

● Enter the command " interface

".

● Specify the interface type

<interface-type>

.

● After a space, enter the interface identifier,

<interface-id>

.

The interface identifier is made up of the module number and the port number separated by a slash.

You call a Fast Ethernet interface on the second port of module 0 with the following command: interface fa 0/2

Addressing logical interfaces

The following notation applies to all commands that address a logical interface:

● Enter the command " interface

".

● Enter the keyword for the logical interface.

– port-channel

(abbreviation: po

)

– vlan

● After a space, enter the number of the interface you assigned when you created it.

<port-channel-id(1-8)>

<vlan-id(1-4094)>

You call port channels as follows: interface po 2

You call VLAN ports as follows: interface vlan 1

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

35

General information

2.8 Addresses and interface names

Available physical interfaces

Available interface types

The devices support the following interface types:

interface-type

fast-ethernet

Abbreviation/acronym fa gigabitethernet gi

Available interface identifiers

All physical interfaces of the devices are called module 0.

Devices

SCALANCE XB-200

SCALANCE XC-200

SCALANCE XP-200

SCALANCE XC206-2SFP (depending on the pluggable transceivers)

SCALANCE XP-200

Available logical interfaces

● VLAN

To be able to use a VLAN, create it with the vlan

command.

● Aggregated links, aggregated ports, port channel, Etherchannel

These terms are used for the same function:

Several ports or connections between two devices are logically bundled together

(aggregated) to achieve a higher data transmission rate and a lower failure risk.

To add an interface to an Etherchannel, use the " channel-group

" command.

Identification of the interfaces in the command prompt of the Interface configuration mode

To configure the interface use the command interface

in the global configuration mode.

Since you configure precisely one of the existing interfaces in the Interface configuration mode, the command prompt shows not only the mode but also the name of this interface.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-if-$$$)#

The placeholder

$$$

is replaced by the following name of the interface:

Type of interface fast-ethernet gigabitethernet vlan port-channel

Command prompt cli(config-if-Fa0-$) # cli(config-if-Gi0-$)# cli(config-if-vlan-$)# cli(config-if-po-$)#

The placeholders

$

or

$-$

denote the numbering of the interface.

36

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

2.8.2

Overview

General information

2.8 Addresses and interface names

Address types, address ranges and address masks

Since the various types of addresses can be represented by different notations, the notations used in the Command Line Interface are shown below:

● IPv4 addresses

Addresses for the Internet Protocol version 4 are written in the decimal notation of four numbers from the range 0 to 255, separated by a period.

Note

With leading zeros, the numbers are interpreted as octal numbers, e.g.: 192.168.070.071

→ 192.168.56.57.

● Network masks

A network mask is a series of bits that describes the network part of an IP address.

The notation is normally decimal in keeping with the IP address.

● Alternative notation for network masks

In contrast to the notation described above, network masks can also be represented as a number of 1 bits. The mask of the decimal representation 255.255.0.0 is then written as

/16.

The syntax is then for example: <ipaddress> / 16

Note that there must be a space before and after the "/".

● MAC addresses

In the syntax of the Command Line Interface, a MAC address is represented as a sequence of 6 bytes in hexadecimal format, in each case separated by a colon.

The syntax is then, for example aa:aa:aa:aa:aa:aa

● Multicast addresses

Layer 2 multicast addresses as used on this device use the notation of MAC addresses.

For permitted address ranges, check the rules or ask your network administrator.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

37

General information

2.9 General CLI commands

2.9 General CLI commands

This section describes commands that you can call up in any mode.

2.9.1

Description

clear screen

With this command, you clear the screen.

The command prompt is displayed.

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: clear screen

Result

The screen is cleared.

The command prompt is displayed.

2.9.2

Description

end

With this command, you exit the configuration mode and are then in the Privileged EXEC mode.

Requirement

You are in a configuration mode.

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: end

38

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Result

General information

2.9 General CLI commands

You are in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli#

2.9.3

Description

exit

With this command, you close the current mode.

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: exit

Result

The current mode was exited. You are then at the next higher level.

If you are in Privileged EXEC Modus or in User EXEC Modus mode, you will be logged out.

2.9.4 Help functions and supported input

The Command Line Interface provides various functions that are helpful when making entries in the command line:

● help

● ?

● Command completion with the tab key

● Automatic completion of incomplete commands

● Paging in the list of most recently used commands

● Display of the list of most recently used commands ( show history

)

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

39

General information

2.9 General CLI commands

2.9.4.1

Description help

With this command, you display the help entry for a command or the command list.

Syntax

Call up help with the following parameters: help [command]

Here, you replace

[command]

with the command for which you require help.

If the command for which you require help consists of several words, enter these words without spaces.

Result

The syntax of the command is displayed.

Syntax

If you call up help without parameters, you will obtain a list of all permitted commands in the current mode: help

Result

The mode-specific as well as the global commands are displayed.

Note

Incomplete command names

If you have specified an incomplete command when calling help, a list of all commands that start with the term you have entered is created.

2.9.4.2

Description

The command "?"

With this command, you call up the command list.

40

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Syntax

General information

2.9 General CLI commands

Enter a question mark to obtain a list of all permitted commands in the current mode:

?

For this command, you do not need to press the enter key. The command executes immediately after you type the character.

Result

The mode-specific as well as the global commands are displayed.

Note

Incomplete command names

If you have specified an incomplete command when calling the help function, a list of all commands that start with the term you have entered is created.

Note

Output in pages

With long lists, the results are displayed as pages. If

-- more --

appears at the lower edge of the display, you can move to the next page with the spacebar. If the display is in pages, you cannot page back. You exit the page display with the q

key.

2.9.4.3

Description

Completion of command entries

The command interpreter of the Command Line Interface supports you when you enter commands.

As soon as the first characters of the command have been entered in the input line, the system can complete the entry as long as the character string is unambiguous.

This can be repeated after entering further characters.

Procedure

Enter the first characters of the command.

Press the tab key.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

41

General information

2.9 General CLI commands

Result

The command interpreter completes the input as long as the command is unambiguous.

If you enter a character string that cannot be completed to form a command, an error message is displayed.

● The command is not unique:

% Ambiguous Command

● The command is unknown:

% Invalid Command

● The command is incomplete:

% Incomplete command

If the entry is not yet complete, enter further characters.

With

?

, you obtain a list of the possible commands.

Repeat this if necessary until the command is complete and can execute.

2.9.4.4

Description

Abbreviated notation of commands

The command interpreter of the Command Line Interface also detects commands if only the first character of the command or its parts is entered.

This is only possible if all the parts of the abbreviated input can be assigned to exactly one command or to the parts of the command.

Example

The show event config

command can be replaced by the expression sh e c

.

2.9.4.5

Description

Reusing the last used commands

The Command Line Interface saves the last 14 commands used in a list assigned to the particular mode. This can then only be called up in the relevant mode.

Example:

In the Global Configuration mode, all entered commands are saved. If you entered commands earlier in the Interface Configuration mode, these commands are not included in the list of the Global Configuration mode. You can only call up and reuse these commands in the Interface Configuration mode.

Procedure

You can page through the list of the commands most recently used using the arrow up and arrow down keys.

If the command you are looking for is displayed, you can edit the command line as required and execute the command with the enter key.

42

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

General information

2.9 General CLI commands

Further notes

You display the list of commands last used with the show history

command. This function is available in every mode.

2.9.4.6 Working through a command sequence

Separators for multiple commands in one line

You can call up several commands one after the other in one line in the CLI.

Separate the commands with a semicolon (;).

After completing your input, start the processing of this command sequence with the enter key.

Example

2.9.4.7

The command sequence

CLI#conf t; int vlan 1; no ip address dhcp; ip address 192.168.1.1 255.255.255.0; end; write startup has the same effect as:

CLI#conf t

CLI(config)#int vlan 1

CLI(config-if-vlan-1)#no ip address dhcp

CLI(config-if-vlan-1)#ip address 192.168.1.1 255.255.255.0

CLI(config-if-vlan-1)#end

CLI#write startup

The "show" commands

This section describes commands with which you display various settings. show history

Description

This command shows the last 14 commands you entered.

The commands are listed in the order in which they were called up. The show history command is listed as the last command to be entered.

The list depends on the mode. In the Global configuration mode, the last 14 commands entered in this mode are displayed. These commands are not included in the list of the

Interface configuration mode.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

43

General information

2.9 General CLI commands

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: show history

Result

The list of used commands is displayed.

2.9.4.8

Description clear history

This command deletes the last commands you entered.

Requirement

You are in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: clear history

Result

The last commands to be input are deleted.

You display a list of the last 14 commands entered with the show history

command.

44

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Configuration

The following is described in this section:

● System settings

● Saving and loading configurations and firmware

3.1 System

This section describes commands with which general system properties can be displayed and configured.

3.1.1 The "show" commands

This section describes commands with which you display various settings.

3.1.1.1

Description show cli-console-timeout

This command shows the global configuration for the timeout of the CLI console.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: show cli-console-timeout

Result

The configuration for the timeout is displayed.

3

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

45

Configuration

3.1 System

3.1.1.2

Description show coordinates

This command shows the system coordinates.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: show coordinates

Result

The system coordinates are displayed.

3.1.1.3

Description show device information

This command shows information about the device.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: show device information

Result

The information about the device is displayed.

46

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Configuration

3.1 System

3.1.1.4

Description show environmental temperature

This command shows the temperature values of internal and external modules of the device.

The modules are only shown if they make temperature information available.

If the temperature value falls below or exceeds the displayed threshold values, the status changes accordingly. With the event config

command, you can configure that you are informed of the status change by a message.

Requirement

You are in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: show environmental temperature

Result

The temperature values are displayed.

3.1.1.5

Description show ethernetip

This command shows the current EtherNet/IP configuration.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: show ethernetip

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

47

Configuration

3.1 System

Result

The current EtherNet/IP configuration is displayed.

3.1.1.6

Description show hardware

This command shows the type and number as well as the position of the installed interface cards of the system.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: show hardware

Result

The table of interface cards is displayed.

The slot ID, the status and the type or name of the card is listed.

Note

With SCALANCE XB-200, SCALANCE XC-200 and SCALANCE XP-200 the slot ID is always 0. The table therefore always shows precisely one row.

3.1.1.7

Description show im

This command shows information on device-specific vendor and maintenance data such as the article number, serial number, version numbers etc.

Requirement

48

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Syntax

Configuration

3.1 System

Call the command without parameters: show im

Result

The information is displayed.

3.1.1.8

Description show interfaces

This command shows the status and the configuration of one, several or all interfaces.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: show interfaces

[{

[<interface-type><interface-id>]

[{description|stormcontrol|flowcontrol|status}]

|

{vlan<vlan-id(1-4094)>}

|

port-channel<port-channel-id(1-8)>

}]

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter interface-type interface-id description stormcontrol flowcontrol status vlan vlan-id

Description

Type or speed of the interface

Module no. and port no. of the interface

Shows the description of the interface -

Shows the storm control settings -

Shows the flow control settings

Shows the status of the interface

-

-

Range of values / note

Enter a valid interface.

Keyword for a VLAN connection

Number of the addressed VLAN

-

1 ... 4094

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

49

Configuration

3.1 System

Parameter port-channel port-channel-id

Description Range of values / note

Keyword for a port channel connection -

Number of the addressed port channel 1 ... 8

For information on names of addresses and interfaces, refer to the section "Addresses and interface names (Page 35)".

If you do not select any parameters from the parameter list, the status and configuration of all available interfaces will be displayed.

Result

The status and the configuration of the selected interfaces are displayed.

3.1.1.9

Description show interfaces ... counters

This command shows the counters of one, several or all interfaces.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: show interfaces

[{<interface-type><interface-id>]|{vlan<vlan-id(1-4094)>}]counters

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter interface-type interface-id vlan vlan-id

Description

Type or speed of the interface

Module no. and port no. of the interface

Keyword for a VLAN connection

Number of the addressed VLAN

Range of values / note

Enter a valid interface.

-

1 ... 4094

For information on identifiers of addresses and interfaces, refer to the section "Addresses and interface names (Page 35)".

If you do not select any parameter from the parameter list, the entries are displayed for all available counters.

50

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Result

Configuration

3.1 System

The counters of the selected interfaces are displayed.

3.1.1.10 show ip interface show ip interface

Description

This command shows the configuration of one, several or all IP interfaces.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows:

This cli>

or cli#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: show ip interface

[{

Vlan <vlan-id(1-4094)> |

<interface-type> <interface-id> |

loopback

}]

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter

Vlan vlan-id

Description

Keyword for a VLAN connection

Number of the addressed VLAN type interface-id loopback

Type or speed of the interface

Module no. and port no. of the interface

Loopback

Range of values / note

-

1 ... 4094

Enter a valid interface.

-

For information on identifiers of addresses and interfaces, refer to the section "Addresses and interface names (Page 35)".

If you do not select any parameter from the parameter list, the configuration is displayed for all available IP interfaces.

Result

The configuration of the selected IP interface is displayed.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

51

Configuration

3.1 System

3.1.1.11

Description show pnio

This command shows the current PROFINET configuration.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows:

This cli>

or cli#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: show pnio

Result

The current PROFINET configuration is displayed.

3.1.1.12

Description show lldp neighbors

This command shows the current content of the neighborhood table.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

Syntax

Call the command without parameter assignment: show lldp neighbors

Result

The neighborhood table is displayed.

52

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

3.1.1.13

Description show lldp status

This command shows per port whether LLDP frames are sent or received.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: show lldp status [port {<interface-type> <interface-id>}]

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter port interface-type interface-id

Description

Keyword for a port description.

Type or speed of the interface

Module no. and port no. of the interface

Range of values/note

-

Enter a valid interface.

For information on identifiers of interfaces and addresses, refer to the section "Addresses and interface names (Page 35)".

Result

Configuration

3.1 System

The information is displayed.

3.1.1.14

Description show broadcast-block config

This command shows the broadcast blocking settings for ports.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

53

Configuration

3.1 System

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: show broadcast-block config [port <interface-type> <interface-id)>]

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter port interface-type interface-id

Description

Keyword for a port description

Type or speed of the interface

Module no. and port no. of the interface

Range of values / note

-

Enter a valid interface.

For information on names of addresses and interfaces, refer to the section "Addresses and interface names (Page 35)".

Result

The broadcast blocking settings for ports are displayed.

3.1.1.15

Description show unicast-block config

This command shows the unicast blocking settings for ports.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: show unicast-block config [port <interface-type> <interface-id)>]

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter port interface-type interface-id

Description

Keyword for a port description

Type or speed of the interface

Module no. and port no. of the interface

Range of values / note

-

Enter a valid interface

For information on names of interfaces and addresses, refer to the section "Addresses and interface names (Page 35)".

54

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Result

Configuration

3.1 System

The unicast blocking settings for ports are displayed.

3.1.1.16

Description show multicast-block config

This command shows the multicast blocking settings for ports.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: show multicast-block config [port <interface-type> <interface-id)>]

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter port interface-type interface-id

Description

Keyword for a port description

Type or speed of the interface

Module no. and port no. of the interface

Range of values / note

-

Enter a valid interface

For information on names of addresses and interfaces, refer to the section "Addresses and interface names (Page 35)".

If no parameters are specified, the settings for all ports are displayed.

Result

The multicast blocking settings for ports are displayed.

3.1.1.17

Description show versions

This command shows the version information of the entire system.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

55

Configuration

3.1 System

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: show versions

Result

The version information of the entire system is displayed.

3.1.2

Description

clear counters

With this command, you reset the counters of an interface.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: clear counters [<interface-type><interface-id>]

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter interface-type interface-id

Description

Type or speed of the interface

Module no. and port no. of the interface

Range of values / note

Specify a valid interface.

For information on identifiers of addresses and interfaces, refer to the section "Addresses and interface names (Page 35)".

If no parameters are specified, the counters for all interfaces are reset.

56

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Result

Configuration

3.1 System

The counters of the interface are reset.

Further notes

You can display the statistical information of the interfaces with the show interfaces ... counters

command.

3.1.3

Description

clear line vty

With this command, you close a console session on the device.

With the forceful-clear

option, you close a session and that is not reacting.

Requirement

You are in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: clear line vty {<line-number(2-9)>|all}[forceful-clear]

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter line-number all forceful-clear

Description

Number of the connection that will be terminated terminates all connections closes a session that is not reacting

-

-

Range of values / note

2 ... 9

Result

The console session is closed.

Further notes

You show the logged-on users with the show users

command.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

57

Configuration

3.1 System

See also

Addresses and interface names (Page 35)

3.1.4

Description

configure terminal

With this command, you change to the Global configuration mode.

Requirement

You are in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: configure terminal

Result

You are now in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Further notes

You exit the Global configuration mode with the end

command.

3.1.5 disable

With the commands enable

and disable

you temporarily change the function rights of the logged in user, the login data remains unchanged.

Description

With this command, you close the Privileged EXEC mode.

You are then in the User EXEC mode.

58

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Requirement

You are in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: disable

Result

You are in the User EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

Configuration

3.1 System

3.1.6 enable

With the commands enable

and disable

you temporarily change the function rights of the logged in user, the login data remains unchanged.

Description

With this command, you change to the Privileged EXEC mode.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: enable

Result

You are prompted to enter the administrator password. After logging in successfully, you are in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli#

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

59

Configuration

3.1 System

3.1.7

Description

logout

With this command, you exit the Command Line Interface.

If you are connected to the device via telnet, the session is closed.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: logout

Result

The CLI session is ended and the Windows Login prompt is displayed.

3.1.8

Description

ping

With this command, you request a response from a device in the network.

This allows you to check whether or not another node is reachable.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: ping [ip]<destination-address>

[size<byte(0-2080)>]

[count<packet_count(1-10)>]

[timeout<seconds(1-100)>]

60

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Configuration

3.1 System

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter ip address size byte count packet_count timeout seconds

Description

Uses an IP address

Address of the called node

Range of values/note

-

Enter a valid IP address or a valid hostname.

Keyword for the size of the packets to be transferred

-

Keyword for the size of the packets in bytes 0 … 2080

Keyword for the number of packets to be requested

Number of packets

Response wait time

If this time expires, the request is reported as "timed out".

-

1 … 10

-

Time to the timeout in seconds 1 … 100

For information on names of addresses and interfaces, refer to the section "Addresses and interface names (Page 35)".

If you do not select any parameters from the parameter list, the default values are used.

At system start or when using the restart

command with the option memory or factory

, the following defaults apply:

Parameter size count timeout

Default value

32

3

1

Result

3.1.9

The messages relating to the response of the called node are displayed.

Commands in the global configuration mode

This section describes commands that you can call up in the Global configuration mode.

In Privileged EXEC mode, enter the configure terminal

command to change to this mode.

Commands relating to other topics that can be called in the Global configuration mode can be found in the relevant sections.

You exit the Global configuration mode with the end

or exit

command and are then in the

Privileged EXEC mode again.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

61

Configuration

3.1 System

3.1.9.1

Description interface

With this command, you change to the Interface configuration mode.

There you can edit the settings for one interface. You select the interface with the parameters of this command. If you specify a logical interface that does not exist, it will be created. The name of the selected interface is displayed in the command prompt.

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: interface {vlan<vlan-id(1-4094)>|port-channel<port-channel-id(1-8)>|<interfacetype><interface-id>}

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter vlan vlan-id port-channel port-channel-id interface-type interface-id

Description

Keyword for a VLAN connection

Number of the addressed VLAN

Keyword for a port channel connection

Number of the addressed port channel

Type or speed of the interface

Module no. and port no. of the interface

Values

-

1 … 4094

-

1 … 8

Enter a valid interface.

For information on names of addresses and interfaces, refer to the section "Addresses and interface names (Page 35)".

Result

You are in the Interface configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-if-$$$)#

The placeholder

$$$

is replaced by the following name of the interface:

Type of interface port-channel vlan fast-ethernet gigabitethernet

Command prompt cli(config-if-po-$)# cli(config-if-vlan-$)# cli(config-if-Fa$-$)# cli(config-if-Gi$-$)#

62

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Configuration

3.1 System

Further notes

You exit the Interface configuration mode with the end

or exit

command.

You delete a logical interface with the no interface

command.

You display the status and the configuration of the interfaces with the show interfaces command.

See also

The placeholders

$

or

$-$

denote the numbering of the interface.

The ranges of values for the logical interface VLAN and port channel can be found in the table above. You can only call up interfaces that you created with the vlan

or channel-group command.

The ranges of values from the physical interfaces depend on the hardware configuration.

Features not supported (Page 29)

3.1.9.2

Description no interface

With this command, you delete a logical interface.

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: no interface{vlan<vlan-id(1-4094)>|port-channel<port-channel-id(1-8)>}

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter vlan vlan-id port-channel port-channel-id

Description

Keyword for a VLAN connection

Number of the addressed VLAN

Range of values / note

-

1 … 4094

Keyword for a port channel connection -

Number of the addressed port channel 1 … 8

For information on addresses and interfaces, refer to the section "Addresses and interface names (Page 35)".

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

63

Configuration

3.1 System

Result

The logical interface is deleted.

Further notes

You configure an interface with the interface

command.

You display the status and the configuration of the interfaces with the show interfaces command.

3.1.9.3

Description cli-console-timeout

With this command, you enable the automatic logout and you configure the timeout setting for the CLI.

Note

No automatic logout from the CLI

If the connection is not terminated after the set time, check the setting of the "keepalive" function on the Telnet client. If the set interval is shorter than the configured time, the lower value applies. You have set, for example, 300 seconds for the automatic logout and 120 seconds for the "keepalive" function. In this case, a packet is sent every 120 seconds that keeps the connection up.

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: cli-console-timeout [seconds(60-600)]

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter seconds

Description

Time in seconds until automatic logout after the last entry

Range of values / note

60 ... 600

Default: 300

Result

64

The time is configured and automatic logout is enabled.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Further notes

Configuration

3.1 System

You disable automatic logout with the no cli-console-timeout

command.

You display the current timeout setting with the show cli-console-timeout

command.

3.1.9.4

Description no cli-console-timeout

With this command, you disable the automatic logout.

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: no cli-console-timeout

Result

Automatic logout is disabled.

Further notes

You enable automatic logout with the cli-console-timeout

command.

You display the current timeout setting with the show cli-console-timeout

command.

3.1.9.5

Description coordinates height

With this command, you enter a height coordinate.

Requirement

You are in the Global Configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

65

Configuration

3.1 System

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: coordinates height <meter>

The parameter has the following meaning:

Parameter meter

Description

Input box for the height coordinate

Result

The height coordinate is created.

3.1.9.6

Description coordinates latitude

With this command, you enter a latitude coordinate.

Requirement

You are in the Global Configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: coordinates latitude <latitude>

The parameter has the following meaning:

Parameter latitude

Description

Input box for the latitude coordinate

Range of values / note max. 32 characters

To use spaces in the entry, enter

456"

Result

Range of values / note max. 32 characters

To use spaces in the entry, enter the height coordinate in quotes: coordinates height "123 456"

The latitude coordinate is created.

66

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

3.1.9.7

Description coordinates longitude

With this command, you enter a longitude coordinate.

Requirement

You are in the Global Configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: coordinates longitude <longitude>

The parameter has the following meaning:

Parameter longitude

Description Range of values / note

Input box for the longitude coordinate max. 32 characters

To use spaces in the entry, enter the longitude coordinate in quotes: coordinates longitude

"123 456"

Result

Configuration

3.1 System

The longitude coordinate is created.

3.1.9.8

Description ethernetip

With this command, you set whether EtherNet/IP will be enabled or disabled after the next device restart.

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

67

Configuration

3.1 System

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: ethernetip {off|on}

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter Description off

EtherNet/IP will be disabled after the next restart. on

EtherNet/IP will be enabled after the next restart.

Range of values / note

-

When EtherNet/IP is turned on, PROFINET is turned off.

The switchover from EtherNet/IP and PROFINET has no effect on DCP.

• If a PROFINET connection is established; in other words the PROFINET AR status is "Online", you cannot enable

EtherNet/IP.

Result

EtherNet/IP is enabled or disabled after the next restart.

Further notes

You can display the current EtherNet/IP configuration with the show ethernetip

command.

You restore the default settings of the EtherNet/IP profile with the restart

command.

3.1.9.9

Description pnio

With this command, you configure the setting for PROFINET after the next restart of the device.

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: pnio {off|on}

68

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Configuration

3.1 System

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter off

Description

PROFINET is disabled. on

PROFINET is activated.

Result

PROFINET is enabled or disabled after the next restart.

Further notes

You display the current PROFINET configuration with the show pnio

command.

You restore the default settings of the PROFINET profile with the restart

command.

3.1.9.10

Description system contact

With this command, you enter contact information for the system.

Requirement

You are in the Global Configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: system contact <contact info>

The parameter has the following meaning:

Parameter contact info

Description

Input box for contact information

Range of values / note max. 255 characters

Result

Range of values / note

If a PROFINET connection is established; in other words the PROFINET AR status is

"Online", you cannot disable PROFINET.

When PROFINET is turned on, EtherNet/IP is turned off. The switchover from

PROFINET and EtherNet/IP has no effect on

DCP.

The contact information is created in the system.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

69

Configuration

3.1 System

3.1.9.11

Description system location

With this command, you enter the location information for the system.

Requirement

You are in the Global Configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: system location <location name>

The parameter has the following meaning:

Parameter location name

Description Range of values / note

Input box for the location information max. 255 characters

Result

The location information is created in the system.

3.1.9.12

Description system name

This command, you enter a name for the system.

Requirement

You are in the Global Configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: system name <system name>

70

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Configuration

3.1 System

The parameter has the following meaning:

Parameter system name

Description

Input box for the name

Range of values / note max. 255 characters

Result

The name is created in the system.

3.1.9.13

Description username

With this command, you change the password of the factory set default user " admin

".

Requirement

You are in the Global Configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: username {admin} password <passwd>

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter admin password passwd

Description

User name of the default user with read and write access to the configuration data.

Keyword for a password

Value for the password

Range of values / note

-

-

Enter the password.

The strength of the password depends on the set password policy:

• low:

Password length: at least 6 characters

• high

: The password must meet the following conditions:

– Password length: at least 8 characters

– at least 1 uppercase letter

– at least 1 special character

– at least 1 number

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

71

Configuration

3.1 System

Result

The password is changed.

Note

Changing the password in Trial mode

Even if you change the password in Trial mode, this change is saved immediately.

Further notes

You show the created users with the show user-accounts

command.

You can also change the passwords with the user-account

command.

You display the currently valid password policy with the show password-policy

command.

3.1.10 Commands in the interface configuration mode

This section describes commands that you can call up in the interface configuration mode.

Depending on the Interface selected, various command sets are available.

In the Global configuration mode, enter the interface

command to change to this mode.

Commands relating to other topics that can be called in the interface configuration mode can be found in the relevant sections.

● If you exit the Interface configuration mode with the exit

command, you return to the

Global configuration mode.

● If you exit the Interface configuration mode with the end

command, you return to the

Privileged EXEC mode.

3.1.10.1

Description alias

With this command, you assign a name to an interface. The name only provides information and has no effect on the configuration.

Requirement

You are in the Interface Configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-if-$$$)#

72

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Syntax

Configuration

3.1 System

Call up the command with the following parameters: alias <interface-name>

The parameter has the following meaning:

Parameter interface-name

Description

Name of the interface

Range of values / note max. 63 characters

Result

The interface was assigned a name.

Further notes

You delete the name of the interface with the no alias

command.

3.1.10.2

Description no alias

With this command, you delete the name of the interface.

Requirement

You are in the Interface Configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-if-$$$)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameter assignment: no alias

Result

The name of the interface is removed.

Further notes

You configure the name of the interface with the alias

command.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

73

Configuration

3.1 System

3.1.10.3

Description broadcast-block

With this command, you enable the blocking of broadcast frames on an interface.

Requirement

You are in the Interface configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-if-$$$)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameter assignment: broadcast-block

Result

Broadcast frames are blocked.

Further notes

You disable the blocking of broadcast frames with the no broadcast-block

command.

3.1.10.4

Description no broadcast-block

With this command, you disable the blocking of broadcast frames on an interface.

Requirement

You are in the Interface configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-if-$$$)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameter assignment: no broadcast-block

74

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Result

Configuration

3.1 System

The blocking of broadcast frames is disabled.

Further notes

You enable the blocking of broadcast frames with the broadcast-block

command.

3.1.10.5

Description duplex

Electrical interfaces can be operated in full duplex mode or half duplex mode. The options here depend on the connected device.

Optical connections are always operated in full duplex mode since they have a fiber for each transmission direction.

With this command, you configure the duplex mode of an interface. The same mode must be set for connected interfaces.

Requirement

● Autonegotiation is disabled.

● You are in the Interface configuration mode of an electrical interface.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-if-$$$)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: duplex {full|half}

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter full half

Description

The Interface will be operated in full duplex mode.

The Interface will be operated in half duplex mode

Range of values / note

Default: full

-

Result

The duplex mode of the interface is configured.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

75

Configuration

3.1 System

Further notes

You can reset the duplex mode of the Interface to the default value with the no duplex command.

You disable autonegotiation with the no negotiation

command.

3.1.10.6

Description no duplex

With this command, you reset the duplex mode of an interface to the default value.

The default value is full

.

Requirement

You are in the Interface configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-if-$$$)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: no duplex

Result

The duplex mode of the Interface is reset to the default value.

Further notes

You configure the duplex mode of the interface with the duplex

command.

3.1.10.7

Description lldp

With this command, you enable the sending and receipt of LLDP packets on the interface.

Requirement

You are in the Interface configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-if-$$$)#

76

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Syntax

Configuration

3.1 System

Call up the command with the following parameters: lldp{transmit|receive}

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter transmit receive

Description

The sending of LLDP packets is enabled.

The receipt of LLDP packets is enabled.

Range of values / note

Default: enabled

Default: enabled

Note

Enabling both options

When you call this command, you can only select one option.

If you want to enable both options, call up the command again.

Result

Sending or receipt of LLDP packets is enabled.

Further notes

You disable the sending or receipt of LLDP packets with the no lldp

command.

3.1.10.8

Description no lldp

With this command, you disable the sending or receipt of LLDP packets on the interface.

Requirement

You are in the Interface configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-if-$$$)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: no lldp{transmit|receive}

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

77

Configuration

3.1 System

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter transmit receive

Description the sending of LLDP packets is disabled the receipt of LLDP packets is disabled

Note

Disabling both options

When you call this command, you can only select one option.

If you want to disable both options, call up the command again.

Result

Sending or receipt of LLDP packets is disabled.

Further notes

You enable the sending or receipt of LLDP packets with the lldp

command.

3.1.10.9

Description media type

With this command, you configure the mode of a combo port.

Note

This command only influences combo ports.

If you attempt to configure a different port with this command, an error message will be displayed.

Requirement

You are in the Interface configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-if-$$$)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: media-type {auto|rj45|sfp}

78

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Configuration

3.1 System

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter auto rj45 sfp

Description

The auto

mode is enabled for the combo port.

In this mode, the SFP transceiver port has priority. As soon as an SFP transceiver is plugged in, an existing connection at the fixed RJ-45 port is terminated. If no SFC transceiver is plugged in, a connection can be established via the fixed RJ-45 port.

The rj45

mode is enabled for the combo port.

In this mode, the fixed RJ-45 port is used independent of the SFP transceiver port.

If an SFP transceiver is plugged in, it is disabled and the power turned off.

The sfp

mode is enabled for the combo port.

In this mode, the SFP transceiver port is used independent of the fixed RJ-45 port.

If an RJ-45 connection is established, it is terminated because the power of the

RJ-45 port is turned off.

Range of values / note

Default: auto

-

-

Result

The mode of the combo port is configured.

Further notes

You display the mode of a combo port with the command show interface

and the parameter description

.

3.1.10.10

Description multicast-block

With this command, you enable the blocking of multicast frames on an interface.

Requirement

You are in the Interface configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-if-$$$)#

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

79

Configuration

3.1 System

Syntax

Call the command without parameter assignment: multicast-block

Result

Multicast frames are blocked.

Further notes

You disable the blocking of multicast frames with the no multicast-block

command.

3.1.10.11

Description no multicast-block

With this command, you disable the blocking of multicast frames on an interface.

Requirement

You are in the Interface configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-if-$$$)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameter assignment: no multicast-block

Result

The blocking of multicast frames is disabled.

Further notes

You enable the blocking of multicast frames with the mulitcast-block

command.

3.1.10.12

Description negotiation

With this command, you enable autonegotiation of connection parameters on an interface.

Autonegotiation must be set for every interface of connected interfaces.

80

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Requirement

Configuration

3.1 System

You are in the Interface Configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-if-$$$)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: negotiation

Result

The automatic negotiation of connection parameters on an interface is activated.

Further notes

You disable the autonegotiation of connection parameters with the no negotiation command.

3.1.10.13

Description no negotiation

With this command, you disable autonegotiation of connection parameters on an interface.

Requirement

You are in the Interface Configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-if-$$$)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: no negotiation

Result

The automatic negotiation of connection parameters on an interface is deactivated.

Further notes

You enable the autonegotiation of connection parameters with the negotiation

command.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

81

Configuration

3.1 System

3.1.10.14

Description shutdown

With this command, you shut down the interface.

Requirement

You are in the Interface configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-if-$$$)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: shutdown [complete]

The parameter has the following meaning:

Parameter without parameters complete

Description Range of values / note

The interface is disabled but the connection remains. -

The interface is disabled and the connection to the partner device is terminated.

For every optical port that you disable with the shutdown complete

command, the current consumtion of the device is reduced by 30 mA.

Result

The Interface is shut down.

If you execute this command without parameters, a connection remains displayed. The LED for the port status flashes. However no data is sent or received.

Further notes

You activate the interface with the no shutdown

command.

You can display the status of this function and other information with the show interfaces command.

3.1.10.15

Description no shutdown

With this command, you shut down an interface.

82

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Requirement

You are in the Interface configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-if-$$$)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: no shutdown

Result

The Interface is activated.

Further notes

You deactivate the interface with the shutdown

command.

You can display the status of this function and other information with the show interfaces command.

Configuration

3.1 System

3.1.10.16

Description speed

With this command, you configure the transmission speed of an interface.

Note

Availability of this function

The transmission speed can only be configured for electrical data transfer.

On optical connections, the transmission speed is fixed.

Requirement

You are in the Interface configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-if-$$$)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: speed {10|100}

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

83

Configuration

3.1 System

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter

10

100

Description

Transmission speed 10 Mbps

Transmission speed 100 Mbps

Result

The transmission speed of the interface is configured.

3.1.10.17

Description unicast-block

With this command, you enable the blocking of unknown unicast frames on an interface.

Requirement

You are in the Interface configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-if-$$$)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameter assignment: unicast-block

Result

Unicast frames are blocked.

Further notes

You disable the blocking of unicast frames with the no unicast-block

command.

You display the status of this function with show unicast-block config

.

3.1.10.18

Description no unicast-block

With this command, you disable the blocking of unknown unicast frames on an interface.

84

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Requirement

You are in the Interface configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-if-$$$)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameter assignment: no unicast-block

Result

The blocking of unicast frames is disabled.

Further notes

You enable the blocking of unicast frames with the unicast-block

command.

You display the status of this function with show unicast-block config

.

Configuration

3.1 System

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

85

Configuration

3.2 Load and Save

3.2 Load and Save

This section describes commands for displaying, copying, saving and downloading files for the device.

Note

Note that during the installation of a previous version, the configuration data can be lost. In this case, the device starts up with the factory configuration settings after the firmware has been installed.

3.2.1 File list

Overview of the file types

File type

Config

ConfigPack

Copyright

Debug

EDS

Firmware

GSDML

HTTPSCert

86

LogFile

MIB

RunningCLI

Description

This file contains the start configuration.

Among other things, this device contains the definitions of the users. The passwords are stored the file "Users".

Detailed configuration information. for example, start configuration, users, certificates

ZIP file consisting of the Config, Users and LSYS fle.

OSS licenses

This file contains information for Siemens Support.

It is encrypted and can be sent by e-mail to Siemens Support without any security risk.

Electronic Data Sheet (EDS)

Electronic data sheet for describing devices in the EtherNet/IP mode

The firmware is signed and encrypted. This ensures that only firmware created by Siemens can be downloaded to the device.

PROFINET information on the device properties

Default HTTPS certificates including key

The preset and automatically created HTTPS certificates are self-signed.

We strongly recommend that you create your own HTTPS certificates and make them available. We recommend that you use HTTPS certificates signed either by a reliable external or by an internal certification authority. The HTTPS certificate checks the identity of the device and controls the encrypted data exchange.

Certificates with a different format cannot be copied in.

File with entries from the event log table

Private MSPS MIB file

Text file with CLI commands

This file contains an overview of the current configuration in the form of CLI commands. You can download the text file. The file is not intended to be uploaded again unchanged.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

File type

Script

StartupInfo

Users

Configuration

3.2 Load and Save

Description

Text file with CLI commands

You can upload a script file in a device. The CLI commands it contains are executed appropriately.

Startup log file

This file contains the messages that were entered in the log during the last startup.

This file contains the assignment of the user names to the corresponding passwords.

3.2.2 The "show" commands

This section describes commands with which you display various settings.

3.2.2.1

Description show loadsave files

This command shows the current Load&Save file information.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: show loadsave files

Result

The current Load&Save file information is displayed.

3.2.2.2

Description show loadsave tftp

This command shows the current configuration of the TFTP server for Load&Save.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

87

Configuration

3.2 Load and Save

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: show loadsave tftp

Result

The current configuration of the TFTP server for Load&Save is displayed.

3.2.3

Firmware

load tftp

The firmware is signed and encrypted. This ensures that only firmware created by Siemens can be downloaded to the device.

Description

With this command, you load the files from a TFTP server.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: load tftp ipv4 <ipv4-address> [port <tcp port (1-65535)>] file <filename> filetype

<filetype>

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter ipv4 ipv4-address

Description

Keyword for an IPv4 address

Value for an IPv4 unicast address

Range of values / note

-

Enter a valid IPv4 unicast address.

88

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Configuration

3.2 Load and Save

Parameter port tcp port file filename filetype filetype

Description

Keyword for the port of the server via which the TFTP connection runs

Number of the port

Range of values / note

-

1 … 65535

Default: 69

Keyword for a file name to be assigned -

Name of the file max. 100 characters

Keyword for the file type to be loaded -

Name of the file type max. 100 characters

For information on identifiers of addresses and interfaces, refer to the section "Addresses and interface names (Page 35)".

Result

The file is loaded on the device from the TFTP server.

Further notes

With the " show loadsave files

" command, you can display the file types.

3.2.4

Description

save filetype

With this command, you save files on a TFTP server.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: save filetype <filetype> tftp ipv4 <ipv4-address> [port <tcp port (1-65535)>] file

<filename>

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter filetype filetype

Description

Keyword for a file type to be loaded

Name of the file type

Range of values / note

- max. 100 characters

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

89

Configuration

3.2 Load and Save

Parameter tftp ipv4 ipv4-address port tcp port file filename

Description

Keyword for a TFTP server

Range of values / note

-

Keyword for an IPv4 address

Value for an IPv4 unicast address

-

Enter a valid IPv4 unicast address.

- Keyword for the port of the server via which the TFTP connection runs

Number of the port 1 … 65535

Default: 69

Keyword for a file name to be assigned -

Name of the file max. 100 characters

For information on identifiers of addresses and interfaces, refer to the section "Addresses and interface names (Page 35)".

Result

The file is saved on the TFTP server.

Further notes

With the " show loadsave files

" command, you can display the file types.

3.2.5 Commands in the global configuration mode

This section describes commands that you can call up in the Global configuration mode.

In Privileged EXEC mode, enter the configure terminal

command to change to this mode.

Commands relating to other topics that can be called in the Global configuration mode can be found in the relevant sections.

You exit the Global configuration mode with the end

or exit

command and are then in the

Privileged EXEC mode again.

3.2.5.1

Description loadsave

With this command, you change to the LOADSAVE configuration mode.

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

90

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: loadsave

Result

You are now in the LOADSAVE configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-loadsave)#

Further notes

You exit the LOADSAVE configuration mode with the exit

command.

Configuration

3.2 Load and Save

3.2.6 Commands in the LOADSAVE configuration mode

This section describes commands that you can call up in the LOADSAVE configuration mode.

In the Global Configuration mode, enter the loadsave

command to change to this mode.

You display the valid file types for the commands in the LOADSAVE Configuration mode with the global command show loadsave tftp

.

● If you exit the LOADSAVE configuration mode with the exit command, you return to the

Global Configuration mode.

● If you exit the LOADSAVE configuration mode with the end

command, you return to the

Privileged EXEC mode.

For information on the file types , refer to this list (Page 86).

3.2.6.1

Description delete

With this command, you call up the possible files or delete a specific file.

Requirement

You are in the LOADSAVE configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-loadsave)#

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

91

Configuration

3.2 Load and Save

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: delete{showfiles|filetype<filetype>}

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter showfiles filetype filetype

Description

Shows the available files

Range of values / note

-

Keyword for the file type to be deleted -

Name of the file type max. 100 characters

Result

The files are displayed or the file is deleted.

Further notes

With the " show loadsave files

" command, you can display the file types.

3.2.6.2

Description password

With this command, you activate and configure the password for a file.

Requirement

You are in the LOADSAVE configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-loadsave)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: password {showfiles|filetype<filetype>[pw<password>]}

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter showfiles filetype filetype pw password

Description

Shows the available files

Shows that the file type follows that will be loaded

Name of the file type

Keyword for the password

Password

Values

-

- max. 100 characters

-

Enter the password for the file.

92

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Result

The password for the file is configured and activated.

Further notes

You disable the password with the no password

command.

3.2.6.3

Description no password

With this command, you disable the password for a file.

Requirement

You are in the LOADSAVE configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-loadsave)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: no password {showfiles|filetype<filetype>}

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter showfiles filetype filetype

Description

Shows the available files

Shows that the file type follows that will be loaded

Name of the file type

Configuration

3.2 Load and Save

Values

-

- max. 100 characters

Result

The password for the file is disabled.

Further notes

You enable the password for the user certificate with the password

command.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

93

Configuration

3.2 Load and Save

3.2.6.4

Description tftp filename

With this command, you assign a name to a file type.

The file type decides the type that is affected by the tftp load

or tftp save

action. The name decides the file to be copied to or from the TFTP server.

Requirement

You are in the LOADSAVE configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-loadsave)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: tftp filename {showfiles|filetype< filetype >name<filename>}

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter showfiles filetype filetype name filename

Description

Shows the available files

Keyword for a file type to be assigned a name

Name of the file type

Keyword for a file name to be assigned to the file type

Name of the file

Range of values / note

-

- max. 100 characters

- max. 100 characters

Result

The file types are displayed or the file type is assigned a name.

Further notes

With the " show loadsave files

" command, you can display the file types.

3.2.6.5

Firmware tftp load

The firmware is signed and encrypted. This ensures that only firmware created by Siemens can be downloaded to the device.

94

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Description

Configuration

3.2 Load and Save

With this command, you load a file from a TFTP server into the file system of the device. The

TFTP protocol is used for the transfer. You can also display a list of available files.

Requirement

● The name of the file is specified

● You are in the LOADSAVE configuration mode.

The command prompt is: cli(config-loadsave)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: tftp load{showfiles|filetype<filetype>}

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter showfiles filetype filetype

Description

Shows the available files

Keyword for a file type to be loaded

Name of the file type

Range of values / note

-

- max. 100 characters

Result

The file types are displayed or the file is downloaded to the device.

Further notes

You configure the name of the file with the tftp filename

command.

With the " show loadsave files

" command, you can display the file types.

3.2.6.6

Description tftp save

With this command, you copy a file from the file system of the device to a TFTP server. The

TFTP protocol is used for the transfer. You can also display a list of available files.

Requirement

● The name of the file is specified

● You are in the LOADSAVE configuration mode.

The command prompt is: cli(config-loadsave)#

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

95

Configuration

3.2 Load and Save

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: tftp save {showfiles|filetype<filetype>}

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter showfiles filetype filetype

Description

Shows the available files

Keyword for a file type to be loaded

Name of the file type

Range of values / note

-

- max. 100 characters

Result

The file types are displayed or the file is copied.

Further notes

You configure the name of the file with the tftp filename

command.

With the " show loadsave files

" command, you can display the file types.

3.2.6.7

Description tftp server

With this command, you configure the access to a TFTP server.

Requirement

You are in the LOADSAVE configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-loadsave)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: tftp server ipv4 <ipv4-address>[port<tcp port(1-65535)>]

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter ipv4 ipv4-address

Description

Keyword for an IPv4 address

Value for an IPv4 unicast address

Range of values / note

-

Enter a valid IPv4 unicast address.

96

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Configuration

3.3 Reset and Defaults

Parameter port tcp port

Description

Keyword for the port of the server via which the TFTP connection runs

Number of the port

Range of values / note

-

1 … 65535

For information on identifiers of addresses and interfaces, refer to the section "Addresses and interface names (Page 35)".

Result

3.3

The settings for the access to the selected TFTP server are configured.

Reset and Defaults

This section describes commands for restarting the device and for restoring the original configuration.

3.3.1

Description

restart

With this command, you restart the device.

Select one of the following configuration settings:

● Device restart with the current configuration

● Device restart with the factory configuration settings.

● Device restart with the default settings of the PROFINET IO profile.

● Device restart with the default settings of the EtherNet/IP profile.

● Device restart with the default settings of the Industrial Ethernet profile.

Requirement

You are in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: restart [{factory | pnio | ethernetip | ie}]

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

97

Configuration

3.3 Reset and Defaults

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter without parameters factory pnio ie ethernetip

Description

The system restarts with the current configuration

Restores the factory settings of the device and restarts the device.

The factory settings depend on the device.

Restores the default settings of the

PROFINET IO profile and restarts the device.

Restores the default settings of the

EtherNet/IP profile and restarts the device.

Restores the default settings of the

Industrial Ethernet profile and restarts the device.

Range of values / note

• You can only restart the device with administrator privileges.

A device should only be restarted by this CLI command or the corresponding buttons in the WBM and not by a poer cycle on the device.

By resetting all the settings to the factory settings, the IP address and the passwords are also lost. Following this, the device can only be accessed via the serial interface, using the

Primary Setup Tool or using DHCP.

With the appropriate attachment, a previously correctly configured device can cause circulating frames and therefore the failure of the data traffic.

The profiles provide a preconfiguration for various use cases of the devices.

• When you start a device with the default settings of a profile, the settings are reset to the factory settings and some parameters are set so that they are designed for a use case.

In contrast to resetting to the factory settings. the users and passwords are retained after the restart. The configured IP address is lost so that device can then only be accessed via the serial interface, using the Primary Setup Tool or using DHCP.

• With the appropriate attachment, a previously correctly configured device can cause circulating frames and therefore the failure of the data traffic.

Result

The device is restarted with the selected settings.

98

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

3.4

Configuration

3.4 Configuration Save & Restore

Configuration Save & Restore

This section describes commands for displaying, saving and restoring configuration settings.

3.4.1 The "show" commands

This section describes commands with which you display various settings.

3.4.1.1

Description show running-config

Note

The IE switch does not support all parameters, refer to the section "Features not supported

(Page 29)".

This command shows configuration settings of the device.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: show running-config

[{

syslog|dhcp|qos|stp|la|dot1x|vlan<vlan-id(1-4094)>|

interface

{port-channel<port-channel-id(1-8)>|

<interface-type><interface-list>|

vlan<vlan-id(1-4094)>

}|

ssh|ssl|acl|ip|snmp|radius|rmon|igmp|sntp|http|

broadcast-blocking|multicast-blocking|locked-port|auto-logout|

time|ntp|auto-save|panel-button|cos-map|dscp-map|

output-rate-limit|unicast-blocking|ospf|vrrp|loopd|events|

redundancy|passive|umac|nat|fmp|pim|router-advertisement-blocking}]

[all]

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

99

Configuration

3.4 Configuration Save & Restore

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter syslog dhcp qos stp la dot1x vlan vlan-id interface port-channel port-channel-id interface-type interface-list ssh ssl acl ip snmp radius rmon igmp sntp http broadcast-blocking multicast-blocking

Description

Shows the configuration settings of the

Syslog function shows the configuration settings of the

Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol shows the configuration settings of

QoS (Quality of Service)

Shows the configuration settings of the

Spanning Tree protocol

Shows the configuration settings of the

Link Aggregation function

Range of values / note

-

-

-

-

- shows the configuration settings of the port-based network access control

Keyword for a VLAN connection

-

Number of the addressed VLAN

Keyword for a an interface description -

Keyword for a port channel connection -

-

1 ... 4094

Number of the addressed port channel 1 … 8

Type of interface

Module no. and port no. of the interface

Enter a valid interface.

Shows the configuration settings of the

Secure Shell protocol

Shows the configuration settings of the

Secure Sockets Layer protocol

-

-

- Shows the configuration settings of the access control lists

Shows the configuration settings of the

Internet Protocol

Shows the configuration settings of the

Simple Network Management Protocol shows the configuration settings of the

Remote Authentication Dial-In User service

Shows the configuration settings of the

Remote Monitoring function

Shows the configuration settings of the

Internet Group Management Protocol

-

-

-

-

-

Shows the configuration settings of the

Simple Network Time Protocol

Shows the configuration settings of the

Hypertext Transfer Protocol

Shows the configuration settings of the broadcast blocking

Shows the configuration settings of the multicast blocking

-

-

-

-

100

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Configuration

3.4 Configuration Save & Restore

Parameter locked-port auto-logout time ntp auto-save panel-button cos-map dscp-map output-rate-limit unicast-blocking ospf vrrp loopd events redundancy passive umac nat fmp pim blocking all

Description

Shows the configuration settings of the locked port function

Shows the configuration settings of the auto logout function

Shows the configuration settings of the system time

Shows the configuration settings of the

Network Time Protocol

Shows the configuration settings of the auto save function

Shows the configuration settings of the

Panel Button function

Shows the configuration settings of the

COS function

Shows the configuration settings of the

DSCP map function

Shows the configuration settings of the output rate limit function

Shows the configuration settings of the unicast blocking

Shows the configuration settings of the

Open Shortest Path First

Shows the configuration settings of the

Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol

Shows the configuration settings of loop detection

Shows the configuration settings of the events

Shows the configuration settings of the redundancy

Shows the configuration settings of passive listening

Shows the configuration settings of the user configuration

Shows the configuration settings of the

Network Address Translation

Shows the configuration settings of the

Fiber Monitoring protocol

Shows the configuration settings of the

Independent Multicast protocol

Shows the configuration settings of the router advertisement blocking. shows all configuration settings and all default parameters. Some parameters cannot be changed.

Range of values / note

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

For information on names of addresses and interfaces, refer to the section "Addresses and interface names (Page 35)".

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

101

Configuration

3.4 Configuration Save & Restore

Result

The selected configuration settings of the device are displayed.

3.4.2

Description

write startup-config

With this command, you save the changes to the configuration in the configuration file.

The use of this command is required in the Trial mode. It can also be used in "auto save mode".

Requirement

● The Trial mode is activated.

● You are in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is:

*cli(...)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameter assignment: write startup-config

Result

The changes are saved in the configuration file.

Use the restart

command without parameters to restart the system with this configuration.

Further notes

You enable the auto save function or disable the Trial mode with the auto-save

command.

You disable the auto save function or enable the Trial mode with the no auto-save command.

3.4.3 Commands in the global configuration mode

This section describes commands that you can call up in the Global configuration mode.

In Privileged EXEC mode, enter the configure terminal

command to change to this mode.

Commands relating to other topics that can be called in the Global configuration mode can be found in the relevant sections.

102

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Configuration

3.4 Configuration Save & Restore

You exit the Global configuration mode with the end

or exit

command and are then in the

Privileged EXEC mode again.

3.4.3.1

Description auto-save

The CLI can save changes to the configuration automatically.

If you first want to test changes made to the configuration so that you can discard them afterwards if necessary, you can disable the auto save function.

You are then in the Trial mode.

Changes to the configuration that you have not saved, are indicated by an asterisk in front of the command prompt:

*cli(...)#

.

You save the changes to the configuration with the write startup-config

command.

With the auto-save

command, you enable the auto save function.

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: auto-save

As default the function is "enabled".

Result

The auto save function is enabled.

Further notes

You save changes to the configuration in the Trial mode with the write startup-config command.

You disable the function with the no auto-save

command.

You can display the status of this function and other information with the show device information command.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

103

Configuration

3.4 Configuration Save & Restore

3.4.3.2

Description no auto-save

With this command, you disable the auto save function.

Requirement

You are in the Global Configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: no auto-save

Result

The auto save function is disabled. The Trial mode is activated.

Further notes

You enable the function with the auto-save

command.

You can display the status of this function and other information with the show device information command.

You save changes to the configuration in the Trial mode with the write startupconfig command.

104

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

3.5 PoE

Configuration

3.5 PoE

3.5.1 The "show" commands

This section describes commands with which you display various settings.

3.5.1.1

Description show poe status

This command shows specific information for all or for a selected PoE interface (PoE: Power over Ethernet).

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: show poe status [interface <interface-type> <interface-id>]

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter interface interface-type interface-id

Description Range of values / note

Keyword for a an interface description -

Type or speed of the interface

Module no. and port no. of the interface

Enter a valid interface.

If you use the command without setting parameters, information about all PoE interfaces is displayed.

For information on names of addresses and interfaces, refer to the section "Addresses and interface names (Page 35)".

Result

The information for the selected PoE interface is displayed.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

105

Configuration

3.5 PoE

3.5.1.2

Description show pse status

This command shows the current settings of the PoE power supply of the device.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: show pse status [<integer>]

The parameter has the following meaning:

Parameter integer

Description

Number of the PSE

Range of values / note

-

If you do not select any parameter, the entries are displayed for all available PSEs.

Result

The current settings of the PoE power supply of the device are displayed.

3.5.2 Commands in the global configuration mode

This section describes commands that you can call up in the Global configuration mode.

In Privileged EXEC mode, enter the configure terminal

command to change to this mode.

Commands relating to other topics that can be called in the Global configuration mode can be found in the relevant sections.

You exit the Global configuration mode with the end

or exit

command and are then in the

Privileged EXEC mode again.

106

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Configuration

3.5 PoE

3.5.2.1

Description poe pse usage

With this command, you set a value (as a percentage) for the "Usage Threshold" parameter.

This specifies how many percent of the maximum power the connected devices will use. As soon as the power being used by the end devices exceeds this percentage, an event is triggered. An event is also entered in the log. You display the entries of the log with the command show logbook

. You will find more information on this command in the section

"show logbook (Page 496)".

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: poe pse <integer (1-4)> usage <integer (1-100)>

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter integer integer

Description

Number of the PSE

Value for "Usage Threshold" as a percentage.

Range of values / note

1 … 4

1 ... 100

Default: 80%

Result

The value for "Usage Threshold" is configured.

3.5.2.2

Description no poe pse usage

With this command, you reset the parameter "Usage Threshold" to the default value.

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

107

Configuration

3.5 PoE

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: no poe pse <integer (1-4)> usage

The parameter has the following meaning:

Parameter integer

Description

Number of the PSE

Result

Range of values / note

1 … 4

The parameter "Usage Threshold" is reset to the default value.

3.5.3 Commands in the Interface Configuration mode

This section describes commands that you can call up in the interface configuration mode.

Depending on the Interface selected, various command sets are available.

In the Global configuration mode, enter the interface

command to change to this mode.

Commands relating to other topics that can be called in the interface configuration mode can be found in the relevant sections.

● If you exit the Interface configuration mode with the exit

command, you return to the

Global configuration mode.

● If you exit the Interface configuration mode with the end

command, you return to the

Privileged EXEC mode.

3.5.3.1

Description poe active

With this command, you activate PoE for the interface in whose interface configuration mode you are currently working.

Requirement

You are in the Interface Configuration mode of a PoE interface.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-if-$$$)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: poe active

108

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Result

Configuration

3.5 PoE

PoE is activated for the corresponding interface.

3.5.3.2

Description no poe active

With this command, you deactivate PoE for the interface in whose interface configuration mode you are currently working.

Requirement

You are in the Interface Configuration mode of a PoE interface.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-if-$$$)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: no poe active

Result

PoE is deactivated for the corresponding interface.

3.5.3.3

Description poe custom maxpwr

With this command you set the maximum power that a port makes available to supply a connected device.

This value is taken into account when the function is enabled with the poe custom maxpwr active

command.

Requirement

You are in the Interface Configuration mode of a PoE interface.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-if-$$$)#

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

109

Configuration

3.5 PoE

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameter: poe custom maxpwr <integer(0-30)>

The parameter has the following meaning:

Parameter integer

Description

Value for the user-defined maximum power in watts

Range of values / note

0 ... 30

Result

The maximum power is set.

Further notes

You enable the user-defined maximum power for the interface with the poe custom maxpwr active

command.

You disable the user-defined maximum power for the interface with the no poe custom maxpwr active

command.

You delete the user-defined maximum power for the interface with the no poe custom maxpwr command.

3.5.3.4

Description no poe custom maxpwr

With this command, you delete the user-defined maximum power for a port.

Requirement

You are in the Interface Configuration mode of a PoE interface.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-if-$$$)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: no poe custom maxpwr

Result

The user-defined maximum power is deleted.

110

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Further notes

Configuration

3.5 PoE

You configure the user-defined maximum power for the interface with the poe custom maxpwr command.

You enable the user-defined maximum power for the interface with the poe custom maxpwr active

command.

You disable the user-defined maximum power for the interface with the no poe custom maxpwr active

command.

3.5.3.5

Description poe custom maxpwr active

With this command, you enable use of the user-defined maximum power for the interface.

Requirement

You are in the Interface Configuration mode of a PoE interface.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-if-$$$)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: poe custom maxpwr active

Result

The user-defined maximum power is enabled for the relevant interface.

Further notes

You configure the user-defined maximum power for an interface with the poe custom maxpwr command.

You disable the use of the user-defined maximum power with the no poe custom maxpwr active

command.

3.5.3.6

Description no poe custom maxpwr active

With this command, you disable use of the user-defined maximum power for the interface.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

111

Configuration

3.5 PoE

Requirement

You are in the Interface Configuration mode of a PoE interface.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-if-$$$)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: no poe custom maxpwr active

Result

The user-defined maximum power is disabled for the relevant interface.

Further notes

You configure the user-defined maximum power for an interface with the poe custom maxpwr command.

You enable the use of the user-defined maximum power with the poe custom maxpwr active command.

3.5.3.7

Description poe type

This command specifies a character string that describes a connected device in greater detail.

Requirement

You are in the Interface configuration mode of a PoE interface.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-if-$$$)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: poe type <string>

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter string

Description

Description of a connected device

Range of values / note max. 255 characters

112

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Result

The description of the connected device has been specified.

3.5.3.8

Description no poe type

With this command, you delete the description for a connected device.

Requirement

You are in the Interface Configuration mode of a PoE interface.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-if-$$$)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: no poe type

Result

The description of the corresponding device is deleted.

3.5.3.9

Description poe prio

With this command, you specify the priority of the power supply for an interface.

Requirement

You are in the Interface configuration mode of a PoE interface.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-if-$$$)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: poe prio {low|high|critical}

Configuration

3.5 PoE

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

113

Configuration

3.5 PoE

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter low high critical

Description low priority medium priority high priority

If the power of the connected power supply is inadequate to supply all connected devices, devices with a higher priority are given preference.

If the same priority is set for two ports, the port with the lower number will be preferred when necessary.

Result

The priority of the corresponding interface has been specified.

3.5.3.10

Description no poe prio

With this command, you set the priority of an interface to the default value "low".

Requirement

You are in the Interface configuration mode of a PoE interface.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-if-$$$)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: no poe prio

Result

The priority of the corresponding interface has been set to "low".

114

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

3.6 SINEMA

Configuration

3.6 SINEMA

3.6.1 The "show" commands

This section describes commands with which you display various settings.

3.6.1.1

Description show sinema

This command shows whether the SINEMA configuration interface is enabled or disabled.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: show sinema

Result

The setting of the SINEMA configuration interface is displayed.

3.6.2 Commands in the global configuration mode

This section describes commands that you can call up in the Global configuration mode.

In Privileged EXEC mode, enter the configure terminal

command to change to this mode.

Commands relating to other topics that can be called in the Global configuration mode can be found in the relevant sections.

You exit the Global configuration mode with the end

or exit

command and are then in the

Privileged EXEC mode again.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

115

Configuration

3.6 SINEMA

3.6.2.1

Description sinema

With this command, you enable the SINEMA configuration interface.

Requirement

You are in the Global Configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameter assignment: sinema

Result

The SINEMA configuration interface is enabled.

Further notes

You disable the SINEMA configuration interface with the no sinema

command.

You display the setting whether the SINEMA configuration interface is enabled or disabled with the command show sinema

.

3.6.2.2

Description no sinema

With this command, you disable the SINEMA configuration interface.

Requirement

You are in the Global Configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameter assignment: no sinema

116

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Result

Configuration

3.7 NFC

The SINEMA configuration interface is disabled.

Further notes

You enable the SINEMA configuration interface with the sinema

command.

You display the setting whether the SINEMA configuration interface is enabled or disabled with the command show sinema

.

3.7 NFC

3.7.1 The "show" commands

This section describes commands with which you display various settings.

Note

You will find further information on NFC in the operating instructions "SCALANCE XC-200".

3.7.1.1

Description show nfc active status

This command shows whether or not the NFC function (Near Field Communication) is activated or deactivated.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: show nfc active status

Result

The status of the NFC function is displayed.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

117

Configuration

3.7 NFC

3.7.2 Commands in the global configuration mode

This section describes commands that you can call up in the Global configuration mode.

In Privileged EXEC mode, enter the configure terminal

command to change to this mode.

Commands relating to other topics that can be called in the Global configuration mode can be found in the relevant sections.

You exit the Global configuration mode with the end

or exit

command and are then in the

Privileged EXEC mode again.

3.7.2.1

Description nfc active

With this command, you activate NFC.

Requirement

You are in the Global Configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameter assignment: nfc active

Result

NFC is activated.

Further notes

You deactivate NFC with the no nfc active

command.

You display the status, i.e. whether the NFC function is activated or deactivated with the command show nfc active status

.

118

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Configuration

3.7 NFC

3.7.2.2

Description no nfc active

With this command, you deactivate NFC.

Requirement

You are in the Global Configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: no nfc active

Result

NFC is deactivated.

Further notes

You activate NFC with the nfc active

command.

You display the status, i.e. whether the NFC function is activated or deactivated with the command show nfc active status

.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

119

Configuration

3.7 NFC

120

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Functions specific to SCALANCE

This part contains the sections that describe functions specific to SCALANCE.

4

4.1 PLUG

The C-PLUG stores the configuration of a device and can therefore transfer the configuration of the old device to the new device when a device is replaced.

This section describes the commands relevant for working with the C-PLUG.

4.1.1 The "show" commands

This section describes commands with which you display various settings.

4.1.1.1

Description show plug

This command shows the current information of the PLUG.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: show plug

Result

The current information of the PLUG is diplayed.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

121

Functions specific to SCALANCE

4.1 PLUG

4.1.2 Commands in the global configuration mode

This section describes commands that you can call up in the Global configuration mode.

In Privileged EXEC mode, enter the configure terminal

command to change to this mode.

Commands relating to other topics that can be called in the Global configuration mode can be found in the relevant sections.

You exit the Global configuration mode with the end

or exit

command and are then in the

Privileged EXEC mode again.

4.1.2.1

Description plug

With this command, you change to the Plug Configuration mode.

Requirement

You are in the Global Configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: plug

Result

You are now in the Plug Configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-plug)#

Further notes

You exit the Plug Configuration mode with the end

or exit

command.

122

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

4.1.3

Functions specific to SCALANCE

4.1 PLUG

Commands in the Plug configuration mode

This section describes commands that you can call up in the Plug Configuration mode.

In the Global Configuration mode, enter the plug

command to change to this mode.

● If you exit the Plug Configuration mode with the exit

command, you return to the Global

Configuration mode.

● If you exit the Plug Configuration mode with the end

command, you return to the

Privileged EXEC mode.

4.1.3.1

Description factoryclean

With this command, you delete the device configuration stored on the PLUG.

Requirement

● There is a device configuration on the PLUG.

● You are in the Plug Configuration mode.

The command prompt is: cli(config-plug)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: factoryclean

Result

The device configuration on the PLUG is deleted.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

123

Functions specific to SCALANCE

4.1 PLUG

4.1.3.2

Description write

With this command, you format the PLUG and copy the current device configuration to it.

Requirement

● The PLUG is formatted.

● You are in the Plug Configuration mode.

The command prompt is: cli(config-plug)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameter assignment: write

Result

The current device configuration has been copied to the formatted PLUG.

124

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

4.2

Functions specific to SCALANCE

4.2 WBM

WBM

On the device, you can limit the time available for access with Web Based Management. If no entry is made for a specific time, the WBM session is closed.

This section describes commands relevant for the configuration of this feature.

4.2.1 The "show" commands

This section describes commands with which you display various settings.

4.2.1.1

Description show web-session-timeout

This command shows the timeout setting for the WBM.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: show web-session-timeout

Result

The timeout setting for the WBM is displayed.

4.2.2 Commands in the global configuration mode

This section describes commands that you can call up in the Global configuration mode.

In Privileged EXEC mode, enter the configure terminal

command to change to this mode.

Commands relating to other topics that can be called in the Global configuration mode can be found in the relevant sections.

You exit the Global configuration mode with the end

or exit

command and are then in the

Privileged EXEC mode again.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

125

Functions specific to SCALANCE

4.2 WBM

4.2.2.1

Description web-session-timeout

With this command, you enable the automatic logoff and you configure the timeout setting for the WBM.

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: web-session-timeout[seconds(60-3600)]

The parameter has the following meaning:

Parameter seconds

Description

Time in seconds until automatic logout after the last entry

Range of values / note

60 … 3600

Default: 900

Result

The time is configured and automatic logout is enabled.

Further notes

You disable automatic logoff with the no web-session-timeout

command.

You display the current timeout setting with the show web-session-timeout

command.

126

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Functions specific to SCALANCE

4.2 WBM

4.2.2.2

Description no web-session-timeout

With this command, you disable the automatic logoff.

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: no web-session-timeout

Result

Automatic logoff is disabled.

Further notes

You enable automatic logoff with the web-session-timeout

command.

You display the current timeout setting with the show web-session-timeout

command.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

127

Functions specific to SCALANCE

4.3 Panel button

4.3 Panel button

This section describes the commands relevant for working with the button.

You will find a detailed description of the function available using the button in the device operating instructions.

Availability of the buttons

Depending on your IE switch, different buttons and functions are available, see section

"System functions hardware equipment (Page 25)".

4.3.1 Commands in the global configuration mode

This section describes commands that you can call up in the Global configuration mode.

In Privileged EXEC mode, enter the configure terminal

command to change to this mode.

Commands relating to other topics that can be called in the Global configuration mode can be found in the relevant sections.

You exit the Global configuration mode with the end

or exit

command and are then in the

Privileged EXEC mode again.

4.3.1.1

Description panel-button control-factory-defaults

With this command, you enable the following function of the button:

● When the button is pressed for more than 12 seconds, there is a restart with the factory settings.

This function corresponds to calling the restart

command with the parameter factory

.

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameter assignment: panel-button control-factory-defaults

128

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Result

Functions specific to SCALANCE

4.3 Panel button

The function of the button for restarting with factory settings is enabled.

Further notes

You disable this function with the no panel-button control-factory-defaults

command.

4.3.1.2

Description no panel-button control-factory-defaults

With this command, you disable the following function of the button:

● When the button is pressed for more than 12 seconds, there is a restart with the factory settings.

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameter assignment: no panel-button control-factory-defaults

Result

The function of the button for restarting with factory settings is enabled or disabled.

Further notes

You enable this function with the panel-button control-factory-defaults

command.

4.3.1.3

Description panel-button control-faultmask

With this command, you enable the following function of the button:

● If display mode D "fault mask" is displayed and the button is pressed for 5 - 12 seconds, the fault mask is set.

This function corresponds to calling the power

and link

commands with the parameter.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

129

Functions specific to SCALANCE

4.3 Panel button

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameter assignment: panel-button control-faultmask

Result

The function of the button for setting the fault mask is enabled.

Further notes

You disable this function with the no panel-button control-faultmask

command.

4.3.1.4

Description no panel-button control-faultmask

With this command, you disable the following function of the button:

● If display mode D "fault mask" is displayed and the button is pressed for 5 - 12 seconds, the fault mask is set.

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameter assignment: no panel-button control-faultmask

Result

The function of the button for setting the fault mask is disabled.

130

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Functions specific to SCALANCE

4.3 Panel button

Further notes

You enable this function with the panel-button control-faultmask

command.

4.3.1.5

Description panel-button control-hsr-manager

With this command, you enable the following function of the button:

● If display mode B is displayed and the button is pressed for 5 seconds, the "redundancy manager" function is switched over.

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameter assignment: panel-button control-hsr-manager

Result

The function of the button for switching over the redundancy manager is enabled.

Further notes

You disable this function with the no panel-button control-hsr-manager

command.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

131

Functions specific to SCALANCE

4.3 Panel button

4.3.1.6

Description no panel-button control-hsr-manager

With this command, you disable the following function of the button:

● If display mode B is displayed and the button is pressed for 5 seconds, the "redundancy manager" function is switched over.

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameter assignment: no panel-button control-hsr-manager

Result

The function of the button for switching over the redundancy manager is disabled.

Further notes

You enable this function with the panel-button control-hsr-manager

command.

132

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

4.4

Functions specific to SCALANCE

4.4 Signaling contact

Signaling contact

This section describes the commands relevant for working with the signaling contact.

4.4.1 The "show" commands

This section describes commands with which you display various settings.

4.4.1.1

Description show signaling contact

This command shows the current configuration of the signaling contact.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: show signaling-contact

Result

The current configuration of the signaling contact is displayed.

4.4.2 Commands in the global configuration mode

This section describes commands that you can call up in the Global configuration mode.

In Privileged EXEC mode, enter the configure terminal

command to change to this mode.

Commands relating to other topics that can be called in the Global configuration mode can be found in the relevant sections.

You exit the Global configuration mode with the end

or exit

command and are then in the

Privileged EXEC mode again.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

133

Functions specific to SCALANCE

4.4 Signaling contact

4.4.2.1

Description signaling contact mode

With this command, you specify the reaction of the signaling contact.

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: signaling-contact mode {conventional | aligned}

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter conventional aligned

Description

An error/fault is displayed by the fault LED and the signaling contact is opened. When the error/fault state no longer exists, the fault LED goes off and the signaling contact is closed.

The way the signaling contact works does not depend on the error/fault that has occurred. The signaling contact can be opened or closed as required by user actions.

Result

The reaction of the signaling contact is specified.

Further notes

You display the setting with the show signaling contact

command.

134

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

4.4.2.2

Description signaling-contact status

With this command, you close or open the signaling contact.

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: signaling-contact status {open|close}

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter open close

Description

Signaling contact is opened.

Signaling contact is closed.

Functions specific to SCALANCE

4.4 Signaling contact

Result

The signaling contact is opened or closed.

Further notes

You display the setting with the show signaling contact

command.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

135

Functions specific to SCALANCE

4.4 Signaling contact

136

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

System time

5.1 System time setting

This section describes commands relevant for the configuration of the system time.

5.1.1 The "show" commands

This section describes commands with which you display various settings.

5.1.1.1

Description show dst info

This command shows all the entries for daylight saving time stored on the device.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: show dst info

Result

The entries for daylight saving time are displayed.

5.1.1.2

Description show time

This command shows the settings of the system clock.

5

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

137

System time

5.1 System time setting

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: show time

Result

The settings for the system clock are displayed.

5.1.2 Commands in the global configuration mode

This section describes commands that you can call up in the Global configuration mode.

In Privileged EXEC mode, enter the configure terminal

command to change to this mode.

Commands relating to other topics that can be called in the Global configuration mode can be found in the relevant sections.

You exit the Global configuration mode with the end

or exit

command and are then in the

Privileged EXEC mode again.

5.1.2.1

Description time

With this command, you configure the way in which the system time is obtained.

Requirement

You are in the Global Configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: time{manual|ntp|sntp|SINEC}

138

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

System time

5.1 System time setting

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter manual ntp sntp

SINEC

Description

The system time is entered by the user

The system time is obtained from an NTP server

The system time is obtained from an SNTP server

The system time is obtained using the "SIMATIC time protocol"

Result

The method of obtaining the system time is configured.

Further notes

You display the settings for the system clock with the show time

command.

5.1.2.2

Description time set

With this command, you set the system clock.

Requirement

You are in the Global Configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: time set hh:mm:ss <day (1-31)>

{january|february|march|april|may|june|july|august|september|october|november|decembe r}

<year (2000 - 2035)>

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter hh:mm:ss

Description

Time of day day

Day of the month

Range of values / note

Hour, minute, second each separated by ":" no link

1 ... 31

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

139

System time

5.1 System time setting

Parameter

- year

Description

Month

Year

Range of values / note january, february, march, april, may, june, july, august, september, october, november, december

2000 ... 2035

Result

The system time is set.

Further notes

You display the settings for the system clock with the show time

command.

5.1.2.3

Description time dst date

With this command, you configure the start and end of daylight saving time.

Requirement

You are in the Global Configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: time dst date <name(16)> <year (1900-2099)> begin <MMDDhh> end <MMDDhh>

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter name year begin

MMDDhh

Description

Name of the entry

Year

Keyword for the start of daylight saving time.

Time for the start of daylight saving time.

Range of values / note maximum 16 characters

1900 ... 2099

-

Time in the format

MM

Month

DD

Day hh

Hour

140

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

System time

5.1 System time setting

Parameter end

MMDDhh

Description

Keyword for the end of daylight saving time.

Time for the end of daylight saving time.

Range of values / note

-

Time in the format

MM

Month

DD

Day hh

Hour

Result

The entry for the start and end of daylight saving time was created.

Further notes

You display the settings for the daylight saving time changeover with the show dst info command.

5.1.2.4

Description time dst recurring

With this command, you configure the start and end of daylight saving time with a generic description.

Requirement

You are in the Global Configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: time dst recurring <name(16)> begin {<week(1-5)> | last} <weekday> <month> <hour> end

{<week(1-5)> | last} <weekday> <month> <hour>

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter name begin week last

Description

Name of the entry

Keyword for the start of daylight saving time.

Calendar week in a month

Keyword for the last calendar week in a month

Range of values / note maximum 16 characters

-

1 … 5

-

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

141

System time

5.1 System time setting

Parameter weekday month hour end

Result

The entry for the start and end of daylight saving time was created.

Further notes

You display the settings for the daylight saving time changeover with the show dst info command.

5.1.2.5

Description no time dst

With this command you delete the entry for the start and end of daylight saving time with the specified name. If you do not specify a name as the parameter, all entries are deleted.

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: no time dst [<name(16)>]

The parameter has the following meaning:

Parameter name

Description

Name of the entry

Range of values / note maximum 16 characters

Result

Description

Weekday

Month

Hour

Keyword for the end of daylight saving time.

Range of values / note monday, tuesday, wednesday, thursday, friday, saturday, sunday january, february, march, april, may, june, july, august, september, october, november, december

0 ... 23

-

142

An entry or the entries for the start and end of daylight saving time was/were deleted.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

System time

5.2 NTP client

Further notes

You display the settings for the daylight saving time changeover with the show dst info command.

5.2 NTP client

This section describes commands relevant for configuration of the NTP client.

5.2.1 The "show" commands

This section describes commands with which you display various settings.

5.2.1.1

Description show ntp info

This command shows the current settings for the Network Time Protocol (NTP).

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: show ntp info

Result

The current NTP settings are displayed.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

143

System time

5.2 NTP client

5.2.2 Commands in the global configuration mode

This section describes commands that you can call up in the Global configuration mode.

In Privileged EXEC mode, enter the configure terminal

command to change to this mode.

Commands relating to other topics that can be called in the Global configuration mode can be found in the relevant sections.

You exit the Global configuration mode with the end

or exit

command and are then in the

Privileged EXEC mode again.

5.2.2.1

Description ntp

With this command, you change to the Network Time Protocol (NTP).

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: ntp

Result

You are now in the NTP configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-ntp)#

Further notes

You exit the NTP configuration mode with the end

or exit

command.

144

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

5.2.3

System time

5.2 NTP client

Commands in the NTP configuration mode

This section describes commands that you can call up in the NTP configuration mode.

In the Global configuration mode, enter the ntp

command to change to this mode.

● If you exit the NTP configuration mode with the exit

command, you return to the Global configuration mode.

● If you exit the NTP configuration mode with the end

command, you return to the Privileged

EXEC mode.

5.2.3.1

Description ntp server

With this command, you configure the connection to a server on the NTP client.

Note

To avoid time jumps, make sure that there is only one time server in the network.

Requirement

You are in the NTP configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-ntp)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: ntp server ipv4 <ip_addr>[port<1025-36564>][poll<seconds(64-1024)>]

The parameter has the following meaning:

Parameter Description ipv4

Keyword for an IPv4 address ip_addr

Value for the IPv4 address of the time server port

UDP port of the time server poll

Keyword for the time after which the time of day is requested again seconds

Value for the time in seconds

Range of values / note

-

Enter a valid IPv4 address

1025 … 36564

-

64 … 1024

For information on names of addresses and interfaces, refer to the section "Addresses and interface names (Page 35)".

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

145

System time

5.2 NTP client

Result

The connection to a server is configured on the NTP client.

Further notes

You delete the connection to a server with the no ntp server

command.

5.2.3.2

Description no ntp server

With this command, you delete the connection to a server on the NTP client.

Requirement

You are in the NTP configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-ntp)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameter assignment: no ntp server

Result

The connection to a server is deleted on the NTP client.

Further notes

You configure the connection to a server with the ntp server

command.

146

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

System time

5.2 NTP client

5.2.3.3

Description ntp time diff

With this command, you configure the time difference between the device and the NTP server.

Requirement

You are in the NTP configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-ntp)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: ntp time diff <(+/-hh:mm)>

The parameter has the following meaning:

Parameter

+

hh mm

Description

Time zones to the west of the NTP server time zone

Time zones to the east of the NTP server time zone

Number of hours difference

Number of minutes difference

Enter the number of hours and number of minutes with two digits each.

Default: No time difference.

Result

The time difference between the device and the NTP server is configured.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

147

System time

5.3 SNTP client

5.3 SNTP client

This section describes commands relevant for configuration of the SNTP client.

5.3.1 The "show" commands

This section describes commands with which you display various settings.

5.3.1.1

Description show sntp broadcast-mode status

This command shows the current configuration of the broadcast mode of SNTP.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: show sntp broadcast-mode status

Result

The current SNTP broadcast configuration is displayed.

5.3.1.2

Description show sntp unicast-mode status

This command shows the current configuration of the unicast mode of SNTP.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

148

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: show sntp unicast-mode status

Result

The current SNTP unicast configuration is displayed.

5.3.1.3

Description show sntp status

This command shows the settings of the Simple Network Time Protocol.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: show sntp status

Result

The settings of SNTP are displayed.

System time

5.3 SNTP client

5.3.2 Commands in the global configuration mode

This section describes commands that you can call up in the Global configuration mode.

In Privileged EXEC mode, enter the configure terminal

command to change to this mode.

Commands relating to other topics that can be called in the Global configuration mode can be found in the relevant sections.

You exit the Global configuration mode with the end

or exit

command and are then in the

Privileged EXEC mode again.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

149

System time

5.3 SNTP client

5.3.2.1

Description sntp

With this command, you change to the SNTP configuration mode.

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: sntp

Result

You are now in the SNTP configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-sntp)#

Further notes

You exit the SNTP configuration modewith the end

or exit

command.

5.3.3 Commands in the SNTP configuration mode

This section describes commands that you can call up in the SNTP configuration mode.

In the Global configuration mode, enter the sntp

command to change to this mode.

● If you exit the SNTP configuration mode with the exit

command, you return to the Global configuration mode.

● If you exit the SNTP configuration mode with the end

command, you return to the

Privileged EXEC mode.

5.3.3.1

Description sntp client addressing-mode

With this command, you configure the addressing mode of the SNTP client as unicast or broadcast.

150

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Requirement

System time

5.3 SNTP client

● The SNTP client is activated.

● You are in the SNTP Configuration mode.

The command prompt is: cli(config-sntp)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: sntp client addressing-mode{unicast|broadcast}

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter unicast broadcast

Description configures the SNTP client in unicast mode configures the SNTP client in broadcast mode

Range of values / note

Default: unicast enabled

Supports only IPv4 addresses

Result

The addressing mode of the SNTP client is configured.

Further notes

You display this setting and other information with the show sntp status

command.

You display the settings for the unicast mode with the show sntp unicast-mode status command.

You display the settings for the broadcast mode with the show sntp broadcast-mode status command.

5.3.3.2

Description sntp time diff

With this command, you configure the time difference of the system time relative to the UTC time.

Requirement

● The SNTP server must have started up.

● You are in the SNTP Configuration mode.

The command prompt is: cli(config-sntp)#

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

151

System time

5.3 SNTP client

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: sntp time diff <(+/-hh:mm)>

The parameter has the following meaning:

Parameter

+

hh mm

Description

Time zones to the west of the SNTP server time zone

Time zones to the east of the SNTP server time zone

Number of hours difference

Number of minutes difference

Enter the time difference as follows:

● with sign

● without spaces

● Hours and minutes both two digits (with leading zero)

Default: no time difference

Result

The time zone of the system time is configured.

Further notes

You can display the settings of this function and other information with the show sntp status command.

5.3.3.3

Description sntp unicast-server ipv4

With this command, you configure an SNTP unicast server.

Note

To avoid time jumps, make sure that there is only one time server in the network.

Requirement

● The addressing mode of the SNTP client is configured as "unicast".

● You are in the SNTP configuration mode.

The command prompt is: cli(config-sntp)#

152

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Syntax

System time

5.3 SNTP client

Call up the command with the following parameters: sntp unicast-server ipv4 <ucast_addr> [port<1025-36564>][poll<seconds(16-16284)>]

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter ipv4 ucast_addr

Description

Keyword for an IP address

Value for an IPv4 unicast address port poll seconds

UDP port of the time server

Keyword for the time after which the time of day is requested again

Value for the time in seconds

Range of values / note

-

Enter a valid IPv4 unicast address.

1025 … 36564

Default: 123

-

16 ... 16284

Result

The SNTP unicast server is configured.

Further notes

You can reset the setting to the default with the no sntp unicast-server ipv4

command.

You display this setting and other information with the show sntp unicast–mode status command.

5.3.3.4

Description no sntp unicast-server ipv4

With this command, you delete the attributes for an SNTP unicast server and reset the address.

Requirement

You are in the SNTP configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-sntp)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: no sntp unicast-server ipv4<ucast_addr>

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

153

System time

5.3 SNTP client

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter ucast_addr

Description

Value for an IPv4 unicast address

Range of values

Enter a valid IPv4 unicast address.

For information on names of addresses and interfaces, refer to the section "Addresses and interface names (Page 35)".

Result

The SNTP unicast server is reset to the default value.

Further notes

You configure the setting with the sntp unicast-server ipv4

command.

You display this setting and other information with the show sntp unicast–mode status command.

154

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Network structures

6

This part contains the sections that describe the commands for configuring and managing various network structures.

The following technologies are available:

● The establishment of independent structures even across the boundaries of subnets using virtual networks (VLANs)

This can result in the following advantages:

– Administration:

Devices can be grouped together to form a logical units regardless of their physical location

– Performance:

By prioritizing, time-critical data (process data, streams) can be given priority for transfer

– Security:

The transition between VLANs can only be controlled by an administrator

● Aggregation of interfaces or connections between devices to increase the data transmission rate and reliability (link aggregation, port aggregation)

● Detection and monitoring of parallel connections or loops in an Ethernet network by setting up a tree structure (loop detection)

● Improved reliability by adapting the tree structure if transmission is disrupted (Spanning

Tree)

● Splitting up of the network into smaller units that are connected together via managed connection pairs (standby connection)

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

155

Network structures

6.1 VLAN

6.1 VLAN

This section describes commands for configuring and managing virtual networks (VLANs).

With the following commands, note which "Base bridge mode" you are in. If you are in the

"Transparent Bridge" mode, all settings relate to the management VLAN: VLAN 1.

You change the mode with the base bridge-mode

command.

6.1.1 The "show" commands VLAN bridge)

This section describes commands with which you display various settings.

6.1.1.1

Description show mac-address-table

This command shows the table with the static and dynamic unicast MAC addresses and multicast MAC addresses.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: show mac-address-table [vlan<vlan-range>][address<aa:aa:aa:aa:aa:aa>]

[interface <interface-type><interface-id>]

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter vlan vlan-range address aa:aa:aa:aa:aa:aa interface interface-type interface-id

Description

Keyword for a VLAN or VLAN range

Number of the addressed VLAN or

VLAN range

Keyword for a MAC address

Type or speed of the interface

Module no. and port no. of the interface

Range of values / note

-

1 ... 4094

-

MAC address -

Keyword for a an interface description -

Enter a valid interface.

For information on names of addresses and interfaces, refer to the section "Addresses and interface names (Page 35)".

156

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Network structures

6.1 VLAN

If you do not select any parameter from the parameter list, the entries are displayed for all available interfaces.

Result

The entries of the MAC addresses table are displayed.

6.1.1.2

Description show mac-address-table count

With this command, you show the number of MAC addresses for all or a selected VLAN.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: show mac-address-table count[vlan<vlan-id(1-4094)>]

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter vlan vlan-id

Description

Keyword for a VLAN connection

Number of the addressed VLAN

Range of values / note

-

1 ... 4094

If you do not select any parameter from the parameter list, the total number of entries is displayed for all VLANs.

Result

The number of MAC addresses for the selected VLAN is displayed.

6.1.1.3

Description show mac-address-table dynamic multicast

This command shows the table with the dynamic multicast MAC addresses assigned by the device.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

157

Network structures

6.1 VLAN

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: show mac-address-table dynamic multicast[vlan<vlan-range>]

[address<aa:aa:aa:aa:aa:aa>]

[{interface<interface-type><interface-id>}]

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter vlan vlan-range address aa:aa:aa:aa:aa:aa interface interface-type interface-id

Description

Keyword for a VLAN connection

Number of the addressed VLAN

Range of values / note

-

1 ... 4094

Keyword for a MAC address

MAC address

Keyword for a an interface description -

Type of interface Enter a valid interface

Module no. and port no. of the interface

-

-

For information on names of addresses and interfaces, refer to the section "Addresses and interface names (Page 35)".

If you do not select any parameter from the parameter list, the entries are displayed for all available interfaces.

Result

The dynamic multicast MAC addresses are displayed.

6.1.1.4

Description show mac-address-table dynamic unicast

This command shows the table with the dynamic unicast MAC addresses assigned by the device.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

158

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Syntax

Network structures

6.1 VLAN

Call up the command with the following parameters: show mac-address-table dynamic unicast[vlan<vlan-range>]

[address<aa:aa:aa:aa:aa:aa>][{interface<interface-type>

<interface-id>}]

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter vlan vlan-range address aa:aa:aa:aa:aa:aa interface interface-type interface-id

Description

Keyword for a VLAN connection

Number of the addressed VLAN

Range of values / note

-

1 ... 4094

Keyword for a MAC address

MAC address

Keyword for a an interface description -

Type or speed of the interface Enter a valid interface

Module no. and port no. of the interface

-

-

For information on names of addresses and interfaces, refer to the section "Addresses and interface names (Page 35)".

If you do not select any parameter from the parameter list, the entries are displayed for all available interfaces.

Result

The dynamic unicast MAC addresses are displayed.

6.1.1.5

Description show mac-address-table static multicast

This command shows the table with the static multicast MAC addresses.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: show mac-address-table static multicast[vlan<vlan-range>]

[address<aa:aa:aa:aa:aa:aa>][{interface<interface-type><interface-id>}]

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

159

Network structures

6.1 VLAN

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter vlan vlan-range address aa:aa:aa:aa:aa:aa interface interface-type interface-id

Description

Keyword for a VLAN connection

Number of the addressed VLAN

Range of values / note

-

1 ... 4094

Keyword for a MAC address

MAC address

Keyword for a an interface description -

Type or speed of the interface Enter a valid interface

Module no. and port no. of the interface

-

-

For information on names of addresses and interfaces, refer to the section "Addresses and interface names (Page 35)".

If you do not select any parameter from the parameter list, the entries are displayed for all available interfaces.

Result

The static multicast MAC addresses are displayed.

6.1.1.6

Description show mac-address-table static unicast

This command shows the table with the static unicast MAC addresses.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: show mac-address-table static unicast[vlan<vlan-range>]

[address<aa:aa:aa:aa:aa:aa>][{interface<interface-type><interface-id>}]

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter vlan vlan-range address aa:aa:aa:aa:aa:aa

Description

Keyword for a VLAN connection

Number of the addressed VLAN

Keyword for a MAC address

MAC address

-

-

Range of values / note

-

1 ... 4094

160

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Network structures

6.1 VLAN

Parameter interface interface-type interface-id

Description Range of values / note

Keyword for a an interface description -

Type or speed of the interface

Module no. and port no. of the interface

Enter a valid interface

For information on names of addresses and interfaces, refer to the section "Addresses and interface names (Page 35)".

If you do not select any parameter from the parameter list, the entries are displayed for all available interfaces.

Result

The static unicast MAC addresses are displayed.

6.1.1.7

Description show vlan

This command shows the specific information for all or a selected VLAN.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: show vlan[brief|id<vlan-range>|summary]

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter brief id vlan-range summary

Description

Shows brief information about all

VLANs

Keyword for a VLAN or VLAN range

Number of the addressed VLAN or

VLAN range

Shows a summary of the VLANs

Range of values / note

-

-

1 ... 4094

If you do not select any parameter from the parameter list, the entries of all available interfaces are displayed.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

161

Network structures

6.1 VLAN

Result

The information for the selected VLAN is displayed.

6.1.1.8

Description show vlan device info

This command shows all the global information that is valid for all VLANs.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: show vlan device info

Result

The global information is displayed.

6.1.1.9

Description show vlan learning params

This command shows the parameters for the automatic learning of addresses for selected or all VLANs (active and inactive VLANs).

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: show vlan learning params[vlan<vlan-range>]

162

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Network structures

6.1 VLAN

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter vlan vlan-range

Description

Keyword for a VLAN or VLAN range

Number of the addressed VLAN or

VLAN range

Range of values / note

-

1 ... 4094

If you do not select any parameter from the parameter list, the entries of all available interfaces are displayed.

Result

The settings for the automatic learning of addresses are displayed.

6.1.1.10

Description show vlan port config

This command shows the VLAN-specific information for ports.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: show vlan port config[{port<interface-type><interface-id>}]

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter port interface-type interface-id

Description

Keyword for a port

Type of interface

Module no. and port no. of the interface

Range of values / note

-

Enter a valid interface.

For information on identifiers of addresses and interfaces, refer to the section "Addresses and interface names (Page 35)".

If you do not select any parameter from the parameter list, the entries of all available interfaces are displayed.

Result

The information about the ports is displayed.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

163

Network structures

6.1 VLAN

6.1.2 Commands in the global configuration mode (VLAN bridge)

This section describes commands that you can call up in the Global configuration mode.

In Privileged EXEC mode, enter the configure terminal

command to change to this mode.

Commands relating to other topics that can be called in the Global configuration mode can be found in the relevant sections.

You exit the Global configuration mode with the end

or exit

command and are then in the

Privileged EXEC mode again.

6.1.2.1

Description base bridge-mode

With this command, you configure whether or not the device forwards frames with VLAN tags transparently (IEEE 802.1D/Transparent Bridge) or takes VLAN information into account (IEEE 802.1Q/VLAN Bridge).

Note

Changing base bridge mode

Note the section "Changing base bridge mode". This section describes how a change affects the existing configuration.

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: base bridge-mode {dot1d-bridge|dot1q-vlan}

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter dot1d-bridge dot1q-vlan

Description

Sets the mode "Transparent Bridge" for the device.

VLAN tags are not taken into account or changed but are forwarded transparently. In this mode, you cannot create any VLANs. Only a management VLAN is available: VLAN 1.

Sets the mode "VLAN Bridge" for the device.

VLAN information is taken into account.

Range of values / notes

Default setting with

PROFINET variants

Default setting with Ether-

Net/IP variants

164

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Result

Network structures

6.1 VLAN

The device mode is configured.

Changing base bridge mode

802.1D Transparent Bridge → 802.1Q VLAN Bridge

If you change the Base bridge mode from Transparent Bridge to VLAN Bridge, this has the following effects

● All static and dynamic unicast entries are deleted.

● All static and dynamic multicast entries are deleted.

● With spanning tree you can set the following protocol compatibility: STP, RSTP and

MSTP

802.1Q VLAN Bridge → 802.1D Transparent Bridge

If you change the Base bridge mode from VLAN Bridge to Transparent Bridge, this has the following effects

● All VLAN configurations are deleted.

● A management VLAN is created: VLAN 1.

● All static and dynamic unicast entries are deleted.

● All static and dynamic multicast entries are deleted.

● With spanning tree you can set the following protocol compatibility: STP and RSTP

● You cannot use GVRP.

● You cannot use guest VLAN.

● The VLAN assignment cannot be adopted from the RADIUS server.

Further notes

You can display the status of this function and other VLAN information with the show vlan device info

command.

6.1.2.2

Description interface range

With this command, you can put several interfaces or the interfaces of VLANs together and configure them together. The configurations are valid for all interfaces of the specified range.

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

165

Network structures

6.1 VLAN

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: interface range

(

{<interface-type> <0/a-b,0/c,...>}

{vlan <vlan-id(1-4094)> - <vlan-id(2-4094)>}

)

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter interface-type

0/a-b, 0/c,...

vlan vlan-id vlan-id

Description

Keyword for an interface

Module no. and port no. of the interface

Keyword for a VLAN connection

Number of the addressed VLAN

Number of the addressed VLAN

Range of values / note

Enter a valid interface.

-

1 ... 4094

2 ... 4094

For information on names of addresses and interfaces, refer to the section "Addresses and interface names (Page 35)".

If you want to address several VLANs with this command, you must insert a blank before and after the hyphen, for example interface range vlan 5 - 10

.

Result

The interfaces or interfaces of VLANs were put together to form an interface range.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-if-vlan-range)#

The configuration commands you enter in a mode apply to all interfaces of this area.

Further notes

With the no interface range

command, you remove VLANs from this range or break it up.

6.1.2.3

Description no interface range

With this command, you remove the interfaces or interfaces of VLANs from the interface range or break it up if you first remove all previously added interfaces.

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

166

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Syntax

Network structures

6.1 VLAN

Call up the command with the following parameters: no interface range vlan <vlan-id(1-4094)> - <vlan-id(2-4094)>

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter vlan vlan-id vlan-id

Description

Keyword for a VLAN connection

Number of the addressed VLAN

Number of the addressed VLAN

Range of values / note

-

1 ... 4094

2 ... 4094

For information on names of addresses and interfaces, refer to the section "Addresses and interface names (Page 35)".

If you address several VLANs, you must insert a blank before and after the hyphen, for example

no interface range vlan 5 - 10

.

Result

The VLANs have been removed from the specified interface area.

Further notes

With the interface range

command, you can put several interfaces or VLANs together to be able to configure them together.

6.1.2.4

Description mgmt vlan

With this command, you change the agent VLAN ID. You can only use VLANs that have already been configured.

Note

Changing the agent VLAN ID

If the configuration PC is connected directly to the device via Ethernet and you change the agent VLAN ID, the device is no longer reachable via Ethernet following the change.

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

167

Network structures

6.1 VLAN

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: mgmt vlan <vlan-id(1-4094)>

The parameter has the following meaning:

Parameter vlan-id

Description

Number of the addressed VLAN

Range of values

1 ... 4094

Result

The Agent VLAN ID has been changed.

Further notes

You show the configuration of the IP interfaces with the show ip interface

command.

6.1.2.5

Description vlan

With this command, you create a VLAN on the device and change to the VLAN configuration mode.

In the provider backbone bridge mode, this command is used to create user, service and backbone VLANs.

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: vlan <vlan-id(1-4094)>

The parameter has the following meaning:

Parameter vlan-id

Description

Number of the addressed VLAN

Do not enter any leading zeros with the number of the VLAN.

Range of values / note

1 ... 4094

168

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Result

The VLAN is created.

You are now in the VLAN configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-vlan-$$$)#

Further notes

You delete the VLAN with the no vlan

command.

You can display information about the VLAN with the show vlan

command.

Network structures

6.1 VLAN

6.1.2.6

Description no vlan

With this command, you delete a VLAN on the device.

Requirement

● The VLAN must not be assigned to a physical port.

● You are in the Global Configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameter: no vlan <vlan-id(1-4094)>

Parameter vlan-id

Description

Number of the addressed VLAN

The VLAN with number 1 cannot be deleted.

Range of values / note

1 ... 4094

Result

The VLAN is deleted

Further notes

With the vlan

command, you create a VLAN on the device.

You can display information about the VLAN with the show vlan

command.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

169

Network structures

6.1 VLAN

6.1.2.7

Description vlan range

With this command, you can select several VLANs and configure them together. The configurations are valid for all selected VLANs.

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: vlan range <vlan-id(1-4094)> - <vlan-id(2-4094)>

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter vlan-id vlan-id

Description

Number of the addressed VLAN

Number of the addressed VLAN

Range of values / note

1 ... 4094

2 ... 4094

Enter a space before and after the hyphen, e.g. vlan range 5 - 10

.

For information on names of addresses and interfaces, refer to the section "Addresses and interface names (Page 35)".

Result

The command prompt is as follows:

CLI(config-vlan-range)#

Configuration commands you enter with this command prompt apply to all selected VLANs.

Further notes

With the command exit

, you return to the Global configuration mode.

6.1.3 Commands in the Interface configuration mode (VLAN Bridge)

This section describes commands that you can call up in the interface configuration mode.

Depending on the Interface selected, various command sets are available.

In the Global configuration mode, enter the interface

command to change to this mode.

170

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Network structures

6.1 VLAN

Commands relating to other topics that can be called in the interface configuration mode can be found in the relevant sections.

● If you exit the Interface configuration mode with the exit

command, you return to the

Global configuration mode.

● If you exit the Interface configuration mode with the end

command, you return to the

Privileged EXEC mode.

6.1.3.1

Description switchport acceptable-frame-type

With this command, you configure which types of frames are accepted.

Requirement

You are in the Interface configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-if-$$$)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: switchport acceptable-frame-type{all|tagged}

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter all tagged

Description

All frames are accepted.

Note: On a ring port only the parameter

"all" is supported.

Untagged frames are discarded.

Range of values / note

Default: all

-

Result

The setting is enabled.

Further notes

You can reset the setting to the default with the no switchport acceptable-frame-type command.

You can display the status of this function and other information with the show vlan port config

command.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

171

Network structures

6.1 VLAN

6.1.3.2

Description no switchport acceptable-frame-type

With this command, you reset the setting for the types of frames accepted by the interface to the default value.

The default value is all

.

The interface accepts tagged and untagged frames.

Requirement

You are in the Interface Configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-if-$$$)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: no switchport acceptable-frame-type

Result

The setting is reset to the default value.

Further notes

You configure the setting with the switchport acceptable-frame-type

command.

You can display the status of this function and other information with the show vlan port config command.

6.1.3.3

Description switchport access vlan

With this command, you assign an VLAN to an interface and configure the port VLAN identifier (PVID) for it.

Requirement

You are in the Interface configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-if-$$$)#

172

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Syntax

Network structures

6.1 VLAN

Call up the command with the following parameters: switchport access vlan <vlan-id(1-4094)>

The parameter has the following meaning:

Parameter vlan-id

Description

Number of the addressed VLAN

Range of values / note

1 ... 4094

Result

The Interface is added to the VLAN as an untagged port and the corresponding VLAN ID is set.

Further notes

You can reset the setting to the default with the no switchport access vlan

command.

You display the setting and other information with the show vlan port config

command.

6.1.3.4

Description no switchport access vlan

With this command, you reset the setting for the port VLAN identifier (PVID) for an interface to the default value.

The default value is 1.

Requirement

You are in the interface configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-if-$$$)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: no switchport access vlan

Result

The setting is reset to the default value.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

173

Network structures

6.1 VLAN

Further notes

You configure the setting with the switchport access vlan

command.

You can display the status of this function and other information with the show vlan port config command.

6.1.3.5

Description switchport mode

With this command, you specify the operating mode for the switch port.

Requirement

● The interface is configured as a switch port.

● You are in the Interface configuration mode.

The command prompt is: cli(config-if-$$$)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: switchport mode { trunk | hybrid }

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter trunk hybrid

Description

Configures the port as a trunk port that only forwards tagged frames. The port can then only be configured as the trunk port if the port is not entered in any VLAN that exchanges untagged frames.

For the trunk port to forward tagged frames, all VLAN IDs to which the trunk port forwards frames must be stored.

If a new VLAN is created, the VLAN ID is automatically entered at the trunk port.

With a trunk port, the VLAN assignment is dynamic. Static configurations can only be created if, in addition to the trunk port property, the port is also entered statically as a member in the VLANs involved. An example of a static configuration is the assignment of the multicast groups in certain VLANs.

If you execute the " acceptable frame-type all

" command at the trunk port, the port also receives untagged frames.

Configures the port as a hybrid port that accepts tagged and untagged frames.

Range of values / note

-

Default: hybrid

Result

The operating mode is configured.

174

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Further notes

Network structures

6.1 VLAN

You reset the operating mode to the default with the no switchport mode

command.

You display this setting and other information with the show vlan port config

command.

You configure the interface as a switch port with the switchport

command.

6.1.3.6

Description no switchport mode

With this command, you reset the operating mode for the switch port to the default.

The default value is Hybrid.

Requirement

● The interface is configured as a switch port.

● You are in the Interface configuration mode.

The command prompt is: cli(config-if-$$$)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: no switchport mode

Result

The setting is reset to the default value.

Further notes

You configure the operating mode with the switchport mode

command.

You display this setting and other information with the show vlan port config

command.

You configure the interface as a switch port with the switchport

command.

6.1.3.7

Description switchport priority default

With this command, you configure the priority default for the interface.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

175

Network structures

6.1 VLAN

Requirement

You are in the Interface configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-if-$$$)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: switchport priority default <(0-7)>

The parameter has the following meaning:

Parameter

-

Description

Value for the priority default

Range of values / note

0 ... 7

Default: 0

Result

The setting for the default priority of the interface is configured.

Further notes

You reset the priority default to the original default with the no switchport priority default command.

You display this setting and other information with the show vlan port config

command.

6.1.3.8

Description no switchport priority default

With this command, you reset the priority default for the interface to the default value.

The default value is 0.

Requirement

You are in the Interface configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-if-$$$)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: no switchport priority default

176

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Result

Network structures

6.1 VLAN

The setting is reset to the default value.

Further notes

You configure the priority default with the switchport priority default

command.

You display this setting and other information with the show vlan port config

command.

6.1.3.9

Description switchport pvid

With this command, you assign an interface to a VLAN and configure the port VLAN identifier (PVID) for it. If a received frame has no VLAN tag, it has a tag added with the VLAN

ID specified here and is sent according to the switch rules for the port.

Requirement

You are in the Interface configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-if-$$$)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: switchport pvid <vlan-id(1-4094)>

The parameter has the following meaning:

Parameter vlan-id

Description

Number of the addressed VLAN

Range of values / note

1 ... 4094

Result

The PVID is configured

Further notes

You can reset the setting to the default with the no switchport pvid

command.

You configure the VLAN ID with the switchport access vlan

command.

You display the setting and other information with the show vlan port config

command.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

177

Network structures

6.1 VLAN

6.1.3.10

Description no switchport pvid

With this command, you reset the setting for the port VLAN identifier (PVID) for an interface to the default value.

The default value is 1.

Requirement

You are in the Interface configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-if-$$$)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: no switchport pvid

Result

The setting is reset to the default value.

Further notes

You configure the setting with the switchport pvid

command.

You configure the VLAN ID with the switchport access vlan

command.

You can display the status of this function and other information with the show vlan port config

command.

6.1.4 Commands in the VLAN configuration mode (VLAN Bridge)

This section describes commands that you can call up in the VLAN Configuration mode.

In the Global Configuration mode, enter the vlan $$$

command to change to this mode.

When doing this, you need to replace the

$$$

placeholders with the relevant VLAN ID.

Commands relating to other topics that can be called in the VLAN Configuration mode can be found in the relevant sections.

● If you exit the VLAN Configuration mode with the exit

command, you return to the Global

Configuration mode.

● If you exit the VLAN Configuration mode with the end

command, you return to the

Privileged EXEC mode.

178

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

6.1.4.1

Description name

With this command, you assign a name to the VLAN.

Requirement

You are in the VLAN Configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-vlan-$$$)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: name <vlan-name>

The parameter has the following meaning:

Parameter vlan-name

Description

Name that will be assigned to the

VLAN

Network structures

6.1 VLAN

Range of values / note max. 32 characters

Result

The VLAN is assigned a name.

Further notes

You delete name assignment for a VLAN with the no name

command.

6.1.4.2

Description no name

With this command, you delete the name assignment for a VLAN.

Requirement

You are in the VLAN configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-vlan-$$$)#

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

179

Network structures

6.1 VLAN

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: no name

Result

The name of the VLAN is deleted.

Further notes

You assign the VLAN a name with the command name

.

6.1.4.3

Description ports

With this command, you generate a list that specifies the behavior of the interfaces and replaces the existing VLAN configuration.

● Member Port (tagged port)

The interface is added permanently to the list of incoming and outgoing connections.

Tagged and untagged frames are transferred.

● Untagged Port

The interface transfers untagged frames. If the VLAN ID (PVID) is set, incoming untagged frames are given a tag with the VLAN ID specified there. Received frames with a VLAN

ID are forwarded according to the VLAN ID. With outgoing frames, the tag with the VLAN

ID is removed.

● Forbidden Ports

This interface is not used for communication in a VLAN.

The "tagged port" and "untagged port" you specify with this command are used for outgoing data traffic.

Requirement

You are in the VLAN configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-vlan-$$$)#

180

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Syntax

Result

Network structures

6.1 VLAN

Call up the command with the following parameters: ports

(

[<interface-type><0/a-b,0/c,...>]

[<interface-type><0/a-b,0/c,...>]

[port-channel<a,b,c-d>]

)

[

untagged<interface-type> <0/a-b,0/c,...>

(

[<interface-type><0/a-b,0/c,...>]

[port-channel <a,b,c-d>]

[all]

)

]

[

forbidden<interface-type><0/a-b,0/c,...>

[<interface-type><0/a-b,0/c,...>]

[portchannel<a,b,c-d>]

]

[name<vlan-name>]

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter interface-type

/a-b,0/c,...

port-channel a,b,c-d untagged all forbidden name vlan-name

Description

Type or speed of the interface

Port no. of the interface

Keyword for a port channel

Port no. of the interface

Keyword for interfaces or ports that transfer data packets without VLAN marking

Specifies that all interfaces or ports are set to "untagged"

Keyword for forbidden interfaces or ports

Keyword for the name assignment

Name of the VLAN

Range of values / note

Enter a valid interface.

-

Enter a valid interface name

-

-

-

- max. 32 characters

For information on names of addresses and interfaces, refer to the section "Addresses and interface names (Page 35)".

The existing VLAN configuration is replaced. To add individual interfaces, you need to recreate the full list.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

181

Network structures

6.1 VLAN

Further notes

You display details of the function with the show vlan

command.

You reset the settings with the no ports

command.

6.1.4.4

Description no ports

With this command, you remove ports from a VLAN.

Requirement

You are in the VLAN configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-vlan-$$$)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: no ports

(

[<interface-type><0/a-b,0/c,...>]

[<interface-type><0/a-b,0/c,...>]

[port-channel<a,b,c-d>]

[all]

)

[

untagged<interface-type> <0/a-b,0/c,...>

(

[<interface-type><0/a-b,0/c,...>]

[port-channel <a,b,c-d>]

[all]

)

]

[

(

forbidden<interface-type><0/a-b,0/c,...>

[<interface-type><0/a-b,0/c,...>]

[portchannel<a,b,c-d>]

[all]

)

]

[name<vlan-name>]

182

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Network structures

6.1 VLAN

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter interface-type

/a-b,0/c,...

port-channel a,b,c-d untagged all forbidden name vlan-name

Description

Type of interface

Port no. of the interface

Keyword for a port channel

Port no. of the interface

Keyword for interfaces or ports that transfer data packets without VLAN marking

Specifies that all interfaces or ports are set to "untagged"

Keyword for forbidden interfaces or ports

Keyword for the name assignment

Name of the VLAN

Range of values / note

Enter a valid interface.

-

Enter a valid interface.

-

-

-

- max. 32 characters

For information on names of addresses and interfaces, refer to the section "Addresses and interface names (Page 35)".

Result

The ports are removed from the VLAN configuration.

Further notes

It is possible to remove individual ports from a VLAN configuration without needing to rewrite the entire configuration (in contrast to creating ports because it is not possible to add individual ports later).

You display details of the function with the show vlan

command.

You configure the setting with the ports

command.

6.1.4.5

Description priority

With this command, you assign a priority to the VLAN. The selected priority is entered in all incoming frames of this VLAN. The switch sorts the frame into a queue according to this prioritization .

Requirement

You are in the VLAN Configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-vlan-$$$)#

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

183

Network structures

6.1 VLAN

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: priority <prio (0-7)>

The parameter has the following meaning:

Parameter prio

Description

Value of the priority

Range of values / note

0 ... 7

Default: 0

Result

The VLAN has been assigned a priority.

Further notes

You reset the priority to the default value with the no priority

command.

You enable the priority with the priority-enable

command.

You disable the priority with the no priority-enable

command.

You display the current priority with the show vlan

command.

You configure the assignment of the priority to a queue with the cos-map

command.

6.1.4.6

Description no priority

With this command, you reset the priority of the VLAN back to the default value.

Requirement

You are in the VLAN Configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-vlan-$$$)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameter assignment: no priority

Result

The priority of the VLAN is reset to the default value.

184

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Further notes

Network structures

6.1 VLAN

You change the priority with the priority command.

You enable the priority with the priority-enable

command.

You disable the priority with the no priority-enable

command.

You display the current priority with the show vlan

command.

You configure the assignment of the priority to a queue with the cos-map

command.

6.1.4.7

Description priority-enable

With this command, you enable the priority of a VLAN.

Requirement

You are in the VLAN Configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-vlan-$$$)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameter assignment: priority-enable

Result

The priority of the VLAN is enabled.

Further notes

You disable the priority with the no priority-enable

command.

You change the priority with the priority command.

You reset the priority to the default value with the no priority

command.

You display the current priority with the show vlan

command.

6.1.4.8

Description no priority-enable

With this command, you disable the priority of a VLAN.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

185

Network structures

6.1 VLAN

Requirement

You are in the VLAN Configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-vlan-$$$)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameter assignment: no priority-enable

Result

The priority of the VLAN is disabled.

Further notes

You enable the priority with the priority-enable

command.

You change the priority with the priority command.

You reset the priority to the default value with the no priority

command.

You display the current priority with the show vlan

command.

6.1.5 The "show" commands (Transparent Bridge)

This section describes commands with which you display various settings.

6.1.5.1

Description show dot1d mac-address-table

This command shows the table with the static and dynamic unicast entries and the dynamic multicast entries.

Requirement

You are in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli#

186

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Syntax

Network structures

6.1 VLAN

Call up the command with the following parameters: show dot1d mac-address-table [address <aa:aa:aa:aa:aa:aa>]

[{interface <interface-type> <interface-id>}]

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter address aa:aa:aa:aa:aa:aa interface interface-type interface-id

Description

Keyword for a MAC address

MAC address

Keyword for a an interface description

Type or speed of the interface

Module no. and port no. of the interface

Range of values/note

-

Specify a valid MAC address.

-

Enter a valid interface.

For information on names of addresses and interfaces, refer to the section "Addresses and interface names (Page 35)".

If you do not select any parameter from the parameter list, the entries are displayed for all available interfaces.

Result

The entries are displayed.

6.1.5.2

Description show mac-address-table count

With this command, you show the number of MAC addresses for all or a selected VLAN.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: show mac-address-table count[vlan<vlan-id(1-4094)>]

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

187

Network structures

6.1 VLAN

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter vlan vlan-id

Description

Keyword for a VLAN connection

Number of the addressed VLAN

Range of values / note

-

1 ... 4094

If you do not select any parameter from the parameter list, the total number of entries is displayed for all VLANs.

Result

The number of MAC addresses for the selected VLAN is displayed.

6.1.5.3

Description show dot1d mac-address-table static multicast

This command shows the table with the static multicast MAC addresses.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: show dot1d mac-address-table static multicast [address <aa:aa:aa:aa:aa:aa>]

[{interface <interface-type> <interface-id>}]

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter address aa:aa:aa:aa:aa:aa interface interface-type interface-id

Description

Keyword for a MAC address

MAC address

Range of values / note

-

-

Keyword for a an interface description -

Type or speed of the interface Enter a valid interface

Module no. and port no. of the interface

For information on names of addresses and interfaces, refer to the section "Addresses and interface names (Page 35)".

If you do not select any parameter from the parameter list, the entries are displayed for all available interfaces.

188

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Result

Network structures

6.1 VLAN

The static multicast MAC addresses are displayed.

6.1.5.4

Description show dot1d mac-address-table static unicast

This command shows the table with the static unicast MAC addresses.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: show dot1d mac-address-table static unicast [address <aa:aa:aa:aa:aa:aa>]

[{interface <interface-type> <interface-id>}]

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter address aa:aa:aa:aa:aa:aa interface interface-type interface-id

Description

Keyword for a MAC address

MAC address

Keyword for a an interface description -

Type or speed of the interface Enter a valid interface

Module no. and port no. of the interface

Range of values / note

-

-

For information on names of addresses and interfaces, refer to the section "Addresses and interface names (Page 35)".

If you do not select any parameter from the parameter list, the entries are displayed for all available interfaces.

Result

The static unicast MAC addresses are displayed.

6.1.5.5

Description show vlan device info

This command shows all the global information that is valid for all VLANs.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

189

Network structures

6.1 VLAN

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: show vlan device info

Result

The global information is displayed.

6.1.6 Commands in the global configuration mode (Transparent Bridge)

This section describes commands that you can call up in the Global configuration mode.

In Privileged EXEC mode, enter the configure terminal

command to change to this mode.

Commands relating to other topics that can be called in the Global configuration mode can be found in the relevant sections.

You exit the Global configuration mode with the end

or exit

command and are then in the

Privileged EXEC mode again.

6.1.6.1

Description base bridge-mode

With this command, you configure whether or not the device forwards frames with VLAN tags transparently (IEEE 802.1D/Transparent Bridge) or takes VLAN information into account (IEEE 802.1Q/VLAN Bridge).

Note

Changing base bridge mode

Note the section "Changing base bridge mode". This section describes how a change affects the existing configuration.

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

190

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Syntax

Network structures

6.1 VLAN

Call up the command with the following parameters: base bridge-mode {dot1d-bridge|dot1q-vlan}

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter dot1d-bridge dot1q-vlan

Description

Sets the mode "Transparent Bridge" for the device.

VLAN tags are not taken into account or changed but are forwarded transparently. In this mode, you cannot create any VLANs. Only a management VLAN is available: VLAN 1.

Sets the mode "VLAN Bridge" for the device.

VLAN information is taken into account.

Range of values / notes

Default setting with

PROFINET variants

Default setting with Ether-

Net/IP variants

Result

The device mode is configured.

Changing base bridge mode

802.1D Transparent Bridge → 802.1Q VLAN Bridge

If you change the Base bridge mode from Transparent Bridge to VLAN Bridge, this has the following effects

● All static and dynamic unicast entries are deleted.

● All static and dynamic multicast entries are deleted.

● With spanning tree you can set the following protocol compatibility: STP, RSTP and

MSTP

802.1Q VLAN Bridge → 802.1D Transparent Bridge

If you change the Base bridge mode from VLAN Bridge to Transparent Bridge, this has the following effects

● All VLAN configurations are deleted.

● A management VLAN is created: VLAN 1.

● All static and dynamic unicast entries are deleted.

● All static and dynamic multicast entries are deleted.

● With spanning tree you can set the following protocol compatibility: STP and RSTP

● You cannot use GVRP.

● You cannot use guest VLAN.

● The VLAN assignment cannot be adopted from the RADIUS server.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

191

Network structures

6.1 VLAN

Further notes

You can display the status of this function and other VLAN information with the show vlan device info

command.

6.1.6.2

Description vlan

With this command, you change to the VLAN configuration mode.

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: vlan <vlan-id(1-4094)>

The parameter has the following meaning:

Parameter vlan-id

Description

Number of the addressed VLAN

Do not enter any leading zeros with the number of the VLAN.

Range of values / note

1 ... 4094

In the transparent bridge mode only VLAN 1 is available.

Result

You are now in the VLAN configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-vlan-1)#

Further notes

You can display information about the VLAN with the show vlan device info

command.

192

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

6.1.7

Network structures

6.1 VLAN

Commands in the VLAN configuration mode (Transparent Bridgee)

This section describes commands that you can call up in the VLAN Configuration mode.

In the Global Configuration mode, enter the vlan $$$

command to change to this mode.

When doing this, you need to replace the

$$$

placeholders with the relevant VLAN ID.

Commands relating to other topics that can be called in the VLAN Configuration mode can be found in the relevant sections.

● If you exit the VLAN Configuration mode with the exit

command, you return to the Global

Configuration mode.

● If you exit the VLAN Configuration mode with the end

command, you return to the

Privileged EXEC mode.

6.1.7.1

Description ip address

With this command, you assign an IP address.

Requirement

You are in the Interface Configuration mode of VLAN.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-if-vlan-$$$)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: ip address <ip-address> {<subnet-mask>| / <prefix-length(0-32)>}

The parameter has the following meaning:

Parameter ip-address subnet-mask prefix-length

Description

IP address

Subnet mask

Decimal representation of the mask as a number of "1" bits

Range of values / note

Specify a valid IP address.

Enter a valid subnet mask.

0 ... 32

For information on names of addresses and interfaces, refer to the section "Addresses and interface names (Page 35)".

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

193

Network structures

6.1 VLAN

Result

The IP address is assigned.

Note

Effectiveness of the command

The command is effective immediately. If you configure the interface via which you access the device, the connection will be lost!

Further notes

You delete the setting with the no ip address

command.

6.1.7.2

Description no ip address

With this command, you delete the assignment of an IP address and disable DHCP.

Requirement

You are in the Interface Configuration mode of VLAN.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-if-vlan-$$$)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: no ip address [{ <ucast_addr> | dhcp }]

The parameter has the following meaning:

Parameter ucast-addr

Description

Value for an IPv4 unicast address dhcp

Specify this parameter if you want to disable the DHCP function explicitly.

Range of values / note

Enter a valid IPv4 unicast address.

-

For information on names of addresses and interfaces, refer to the section "Addresses and interface names (Page 35)".

Result

If DHCP was enabled on this interface, DHCP is now disabled. Any existing dynamically learned IP address will be automatically converted to a static IP address.

194

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Network structures

6.1 VLAN

If static IP addresses were configured and if no explicit IP address was transferred as a parameter, all static IP addresses will be deleted from this interface.

If a static IP address was specified explicitly, this address is deleted from this interface.

Note

Effectiveness of the command

The command is effective immediately.

If you configure the interface via which you access the device, you can lose the connection!

Further notes

You assign an IP address with the ip address

or ip address dhcp

command.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

195

Network structures

6.2 Link aggregation

6.2 Link aggregation

This section describes commands that configure or manage the bundling of interfaces or connections between devices.

6.2.1 The "show" commands

This section describes commands with which you display various settings.

6.2.1.1

Description show etherchannel

This command shows the settings of the Etherchannel.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: show etherchannel [[channel-group-number]

{detail|load-balance|port|port-channel|summary|protocol}]

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter channel-groupnumber detail load-balance port port-channel summary protocol

Description

Number of the Channel-Group

Detailed display of the settings

Shows which load balancing method is enabled

Information on the Etherchannel port

Information on the Port-Channel

Brief overview of the settings of a Channel-Group

Specification of the protocol set for a Channel-Group

If you do not select any parameters from the parameter list, the settings of all channels will be displayed in detail.

Result

The Etherchannel settings are displayed.

196

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Network structures

6.2 Link aggregation

6.2.1.2

Description show interfaces etherchannel

This command shows the interface-specific information for a port channel.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: show interfaces[<interface-type><interface-id>]etherchannel

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter interface-type interface-id

Description

Type or speed of the interface

Module no. and port no. of the interface

Range of values / note

Enter a valid interface.

For information on names of addresses and interfaces, refer to the section "Addresses and interface names (Page 35)".

If you do not select an interface, information for all interfaces is displayed.

Result

The interface-specific information for a port channel is displayed.

Note

When a port is assigned to a link aggregation but is not active (e.g. link down), the values displayed may differ from the values configured for the link aggregation.

If the port in the link aggregation becomes active, individual port configurations such as DCP forwarding are overwritten with the configured values of the link aggregation.

6.2.1.3

Description show lacp

This command shows the information about the settings and information about the ports involved in the link aggregation. The number of sent and received packets is also displayed.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

197

Network structures

6.2 Link aggregation

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: show lacp [<port-channel(1-8)>]{counters|neighbor[detail]}

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter port-channel counters neighbor detail

Description

Number of the Channel-Group

Shows the values of the counters

Displays information on neighbor ports -

Displays detailed information on neighbor ports

-

Range of values / note

1 ... 8

-

If you do not select a port channel, information for all available interfaces is displayed.

Result

The information is displayed.

6.2.2 Commands in the interface configuration mode

This section describes commands that you can call up in the interface configuration mode.

Depending on the Interface selected, various command sets are available.

In the Global configuration mode, enter the interface

command to change to this mode.

Commands relating to other topics that can be called in the interface configuration mode can be found in the relevant sections.

● If you exit the Interface configuration mode with the exit

command, you return to the

Global configuration mode.

● If you exit the Interface configuration mode with the end

command, you return to the

Privileged EXEC mode.

198

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Network structures

6.2 Link aggregation

6.2.2.1

Description channel-group

With this command, you add an interface to an Etherchannel.

Requirement

With the interface po <channel-group-id(1-8)>

command, you have already generated a logical interface for an Etherchannel.

You are in the Interface configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-if-$$$)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: channel-group <channel-group-number(1-8)> mode{on|active|passive}

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter channel-groupnumber on

Description

Number of the Channel-Group active passive

Adds the interface without LACP to a

Channel-Group.

This corresponds to manual bundling.

The negotiation of a connection via

LACP is started unconditionally

The negotiation of a connection via

LACP is started when an LACP packet arrives from the connection partner

Range of values / note

1 ... 8

-

-

-

Result

The Etherchannel is configured.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

199

Network structures

6.2 Link aggregation

6.2.2.2

Description no channel-group

With this command, you remove the interface from an Etherchannel.

Requirement

You are in the interface configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-if-$$$)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: no channel-group

Result

The interface is deleted from the Etherchannel.

200

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

6.3

Network structures

6.3 Spanning Tree

Spanning Tree

The Spanning Tree Protocol is used to monitor a LAN for redundant connections. These are blocked and reactivated when necessary if there are changes to the network topology.

This section describes the commands of the Spanning Tree Protocol (STP), the Rapid

Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP) and the Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP).

Note

Avoiding bad configurations

When using the commands in this section, you should take particular care because a bad configuration of this function can have serious negative affects on the network.

6.3.1 The "show" commands

This section describes commands with which you display various settings.

6.3.1.1

Description show spanning-tree

This command shows the settings of the spanning tree function.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: show spanning-tree [{summary|blockedports|pathcost method}]

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter summary blockedports pathcost method

Description

Shows a summary

Shows the blocked ports

Shows whether 16-bit (short) or 32 bit (long) values are used in the calculation

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

201

Network structures

6.3 Spanning Tree

Result

The settings for the spanning tree function are displayed.

Further notes

You can show further settings for special aspects of the Spanning Tree Protocol with the following commands:

● show spanning-tree active

● show spanning-tree bridge

● show spanning-tree detail

● show spanning-tree interface

● show spanning-tree root

● show spanning-tree mst

6.3.1.2

Description show spanning-tree active

This command shows the settings for the active ports of the spanning tree function.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: show spanning-tree active [detail]

The parameter has the following meaning:

Parameter detail

Description

Shows settings in detail

Result

The settings for the active ports of the spanning tree function are displayed.

202

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Network structures

6.3 Spanning Tree

6.3.1.3

Description show spanning-tree bridge

This command shows the settings of the spanning tree function of the bridge.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: show spanning-tree bridge

[{address|forward-time|hello-time|id|max-age|protocol|priority|detail}]

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter address forward-time hello-time id max-age protocol priority detail

Description

Shows the MAC address of the bridge

Shows the time that the bridge is in the listening mode when changing from the blocking mode to the learning mode

Shows the time after which the bridge sends configuration frames (BPDUs)

Shows the ID of the bridge

Shows the maximum age of the data packet after which it is deleted

Shows the protocol used

Shows the priority of the bridge

Shows detailed information about the spanning tree settings of the interface

Result

The settings for the spanning tree function of the bridge are displayed.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

203

Network structures

6.3 Spanning Tree

6.3.1.4

Description show spanning-tree detail

This command shows the detailed settings of the spanning tree function.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: show spanning-tree detail

Result

The detailed settings for the spanning tree function are displayed.

6.3.1.5

Description show spanning-tree interface

This command shows the settings of the ports for the spanning tree function.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: show spanning-tree interface <interface-type><interface-id>

[{cost|priority|portfast|rootcost|restricted-role|

restricted-tcn|state|stats|detail}]

204

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Network structures

6.3 Spanning Tree

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter interface-type interface-id cost priority portfast rootcost restricted-role restricted-tcn state stats detail

Description

Type or speed of the interface

Module no. and port no. of the interface

Shows the port costs used to calculate the lowest-cost path.

Shows the priority of the port.

Shows whether spanning-tree portfast

is enabled.

Shows the costs of the path to the root bridge.

Shows whether spanning-tree restricted-role

is enabled.

Shows whether spanning-tree restricted-tcn

is enabled.

Shows the status of the interface.

Shows the counters of the various

BPDU transmissions.

Shows detailed information about the spanning tree settings of the interface.

-

-

-

-

Range of values / note

Enter a valid interface.

-

-

-

-

-

For information on identifiers of addresses and interfaces, refer to the section "Addresses and interface names (Page 35)".

Result

The settings of the ports for the spanning tree function are displayed.

6.3.1.6

Description show spanning-tree interface layer2-gateway-port

This command shows the settings of Layer 2 Gateway Port (L2GP). For example the priority, the MAC address and the status of L2GP are displayed.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

205

Network structures

6.3 Spanning Tree

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: show spanning-tree interface

[<interface-type><interface-id>] layer2-gateway-port

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter interface-type interface-id

Description

Type or speed of the interface

Module no. and port no. of the interface

Range of values / note

Enter a valid interface

For information on names of addresses and interfaces, refer to the section "Addresses and interface names (Page 35)".

Result

The settings for Layer 2 Gateway Port (L2GP) are displayed.

6.3.1.7

Description show spanning-tree mst

This command shows various settings of the spanning tree configuration specific to a

Common Internal Spanning Tree (CIST) instance or a selected instance of the Multiple

Spanning Tree Protocol.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

Syntax

Call up the command with one of the following parameter assignments: show spanning-tree mst[<instance-id(1-64|4094)>][detail]

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter instance-id

Description

Number of the instance or range of instances whose settings are displayed detail

Shows detailed information about the selected interface

Range of values / note

• 1 ... 64

4094

-

206

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Result

Network structures

6.3 Spanning Tree

The settings for the spanning tree configuration are displayed.

Further notes

You display the general settings for the Spanning Tree Protocol with the show spanning-tree command.

6.3.1.8

Description show spanning-tree mst configuration

This command shows various settings for an instance of the Multiple Spanning Tree

Protocol.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: show spanning-tree mst configuration

Result

The settings of an instance of the Multiple Spanning Tree protocol are displayed.

Further notes

You display the general settings for the Spanning Tree Protocol with the show spanning-tree command.

6.3.1.9

Description show spanning-tree mst interface

This command shows port-specific settings of a Multiple Spanning Tree configuration.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

207

Network structures

6.3 Spanning Tree

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

Syntax

Call up the command with one of the following parameter assignments: show spanning-tree mst

[<instance-id(1-64|4094)>] interface <interface-type><interface-id>

[{stats|hello-time|detail}]

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter instance-id interface-type interface-id stats hello-time detail

Description

Number of the instance or range of instances whose settings are displayed

Range of values / note

• 1 ... 64

4094

Type or speed of the interface

Module no. and port no. of the interface

Shows the number of incoming and outgoing packets for each path of the interface

Shows the intervals at which the root switch sends its "Hello" message to the other switches

Shows detailed information about the selected interface

Enter a valid interface

-

-

-

For information on names of addresses and interfaces, refer to the section "Addresses and interface names (Page 35)".

Result

The port-specific settings are displayed.

Further notes

You display the general settings for the Spanning Tree Protocol with the show spanning-tree command.

6.3.1.10

Description show spanning-tree passive-listening-compatibility

This command shows whether or not the "Enhanced Passive Listening Compatibility" function is enabled or disabled.

208

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Requirement

Network structures

6.3 Spanning Tree

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

Syntax

Call the command without parameter assignment: show spanning-tree passive-listening-compatibility

Result

The setting for the "Enhanced Passive Listening Compatibility" function is displayed.

Further notes

You enable the "Enhanced Passive Listening Compatibility" function with the spanning-tree passive-listening-compatibility

command.

You disable the "Enhanced Passive Listening Compatibility" function with the no spanningtree passive-listening-compatibility

command.

6.3.1.11

Description show spanning-tree root

This command shows the settings of the root bridge for the spanning tree function.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: show spanning-tree root

[{address|cost|forward-time|id|max-age|port|priority|detail}]

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter address cost

Description

Shows the MAC address of the root bridge

Shows the costs of the connection to the root bridge.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

209

Network structures

6.3 Spanning Tree

Parameter forward-time id max-age port priority detail

Result

Description

Shows the time that the bridge is in the listening mode when changing from the blocking mode to the learning mode

Shows the ID of the root bridge

Shows the maximum age of the data packet after which it is deleted

Shows the interface via which the spanning tree is set up

Shows the priority of the bridge

Shows detailed information about the root bridge

The settings of the root bridge for the spanning tree function are displayed.

6.3.2

Description

clear spanning-tree detected protocols

With this command, you restart the protocol transmission process on a specific or on all interfaces and force renegotiation of the connection settings with the neighboring devices.

Requirement

You are in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: clear spanning-tree detected protocols

[{interface<interface-type><interface-id>}]

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter interface interface-type interface-id

Description Range of values / note

Keyword for a an interface description -

Type or speed of the interface

Module no. and port no. of the interface

Enter a valid interface.

For information on names of addresses and interfaces, refer to the section "Addresses and interface names (Page 35)".

If you do not select any parameters from the parameter list, the process is restarted for all interfaces.

210

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Result

Network structures

6.3 Spanning Tree

The connection settings for spanning tree are renegotiated.

6.3.3

Description

clear spanning-tree counters

With this command, you reset all the statistical counters of the spanning tree function at the device and port level.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: clear spanning-tree counters

Result

The spanning tree counters are reset.

6.3.4 Commands in the global configuration mode

This section describes commands that you can call up in the Global configuration mode.

In Privileged EXEC mode, enter the configure terminal

command to change to this mode.

Commands relating to other topics that can be called in the Global configuration mode can be found in the relevant sections.

You exit the Global configuration mode with the end

or exit

command and are then in the

Privileged EXEC mode again.

6.3.4.1 spanning-tree

Description

The Spanning Tree Protocol is used to monitor a LAN for redundant connections. These are blocked and reactivated when necessary if there are changes to the network topology.

With this command, you enable the spanning tree function.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

211

Network structures

6.3 Spanning Tree

Requirement

● The ring redundancy is disabled.

● You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: spanning-tree

Result

The spanning tree function is enabled.

If you enable Spanning Tree, passive listening is disabled.

Further notes

The default setting of the function with PROFINET variants is "disabled".

The default setting of the function with EtherNet/IP variants is "enabled".

You disable the ring redundancy function with the no ring-redundancy

command.

You disable the spanning tree function with the no spanning-tree

command.

You can display the status of this function and other information with the show spanning-tree detail command.

You can display information about active ports with the show spanning-tree active command.

6.3.4.2

Description no spanning-tree

With this command, you disable the spanning tree function.

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

212

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Syntax

Network structures

6.3 Spanning Tree

Call the command without parameters: no spanning-tree

Result

The spanning tree function is disabled.

Further notes

You enable the spanning tree function with the spanning-tree

command.

You can display the status of this function and other information with the show spanning-tree detail command.

You can display information about active ports with the show spanning-tree active command.

6.3.4.3

Description spanning-tree compatibility

With this command, you configure the compatibility version of the protocol that will be used by the spanning tree function.

Requirement

You are in the Global Configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: spanning-tree compatibility {stp|rst|mst}

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter stp rst mst

Description

The version is compatible with the

Spanning Tree protocol

The version is compatible with the

Rapic Spanning Tree protocol

The version is compatible with the

Multiple Spanning Tree protocol

Range of values / note

-

Default: enabled

-

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

213

Network structures

6.3 Spanning Tree

Result

The compatibility version of the protocol is selected.

Further notes

With the no spanning-tree compatibility

command, you can reset the setting to the default value rst

.

You can display the status of this function and other information with the show spanning tree detail

command.

You can display information about active ports with the show spanning tree active command.

6.3.4.4

Description no spanning-tree compatibility

With this command, you reset the compatibility version of the protocol of the spanning tree function to the default value.

The default value is RST.

Requirement

You are in the Global Configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: no spanning-tree compatibility

Result

The compatibility version is reset to the default value.

Further notes

You configure the setting with the spanning-tree compatibility

command.

You can display the status of this function and other information with the show spanning tree detail

command.

214

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

6.3.4.5

Description spanning-tree mst configuration

With this command, you change to the MSTP configuration mode.

Requirement

● MSTP is enabled

● Compatibility mode: MSTP

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: spanning-tree mst configuration

Result

You are now in the MSTP configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-mst)#

Further notes

You exit the MSTP configuration mode with the end

or exit

command.

Network structures

6.3 Spanning Tree

6.3.4.6

Description spanning-tree mst instance-id root

With this command you specify whether the device is a root bridge (primary) or a substitute root bridge (secondary).

Requirement

You are in the Global Configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

215

Network structures

6.3 Spanning Tree

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: spanning-tree mst{instance-id<instance-id(1-64)>}root{primary|secondary}

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter instance-id

Description

Keyword for the instance instance-id

Number of the instance primary

The priority of the device is set to a low value so that the device can become the root bridge (primary) of the

Spanning Tree instance. The lower the value, the higher the priority. secondary

The priority of the device is set to a low value so that the device becomes the substitute root bridge (secondary) of the Spanning Tree instance. If the root bridge (primary) fails, the substitute root bridge (secondary) takes over the task of the root bridge without delay.

Range of values / note

-

1 ... 64

The priority is set to the value 24576.

The priority is set to the value 28672.

Result

The function of the device is specified.

Further notes

You disable the root bridge with the no spanning-tree mst instance-id root

command.

You display this setting and other information with the commands that start with show spanning tree ...

.

6.3.4.7

Description no spanning-tree mst instance-id root

With this command, you disable the "root bridge" function on the device.

Requirement

You are in the Global Configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: no spanning-tree mst{instance-id<instance-id(1-64)>}root

216

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Network structures

6.3 Spanning Tree

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter instance-id instance-id

Description

Keyword for the instance

Number of the instance

Range of values / note

-

1 ... 64

Result

The "root bridge" function is disabled.

Further notes

You enable the root bridge function with the spanning-tree mst instance-id root

command.

You display this setting and other information with the commands that start with show spanning tree ...

.

6.3.4.8

Description spanning-tree mst max-hops

With this command, you configure the maximum number of nodes (hops) that a path can run through in an MST.

Requirement

You are in the Global Configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: spanning-tree mst max-hops <value(6-40)>

The parameter has the following meaning:

Parameter value

Description

Maximum number of hops that a path can run through in an MST

Range of values / note

6 ... 40

Default: 20

Result

The setting for the maximum number of hops is configured.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

217

Network structures

6.3 Spanning Tree

Further notes

You can reset the setting for the maximum number of nodes to the default with the no spanning-tree mst max-hops

command.

You display this setting and other information with the show spanning tree mst configuration

command.

6.3.4.9

Description no spanning-tree mst max-hops

With this command, you reset the maximum number of hops that a path in an MST can run through to the default value.

The default value is 20.

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: no spanning-tree mst max-hops

Result

The setting for the maximum number of nodes is reset to the default value.

Further notes

You can configure the setting for the maximum number of nodes with the spanning-tree mst max-hops

command.

You display this setting and other information with the show spanning tree mst configuration

command.

6.3.4.10

Description spanning-tree priority

With this command, you configure the priority of the device. Which device becomes the root bridge is decided based on the priority. The bridge with the highest priority becomes the root bridge. The lower the value, the higher the priority.

218

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Requirement

Network structures

6.3 Spanning Tree

You are in the Global Configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: spanning-tree[mst <instance-id(1-64)>] priority <value(0-61440)>

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter mst instance-id priority value

Description

Keyword for a Multiple Spanning Tree instance

Number of the instance

Keyword for the priority

Value for the priority

Range of values / note

-

1 ... 64

-

0 ... 61440

Default: 32768

You can only change the value for the priority in the steps of 4096.

Result

The priority of the device is configured.

Further notes

You can reset the setting to the default with the no spanning-tree priority

command.

You display this setting and other information with the commands that start with show spanning-tree ...

.

6.3.4.11

Description no spanning-tree priority

With this command, you reset the priority of the device back to the default value.

The default value is 32768.

Requirement

You are in the Global Configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

219

Network structures

6.3 Spanning Tree

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: no spanning-tree[mst <instance-id(1-64)>]priority

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter mst instance-id

Description

Keyword for a Multiple Spanning Tree instance

Number of the instance

Range of values / note

-

1 ... 64

Result

The priority of the device is reset to the default value.

Further notes

You configure the setting with the spanning-tree priority

command.

You display this setting and other information with the commands that start with show spanning-tree ...

.

6.3.4.12

Description spanning-tree passive-listening-compatibility

With this command you enable the "Enhanced Passive Listening Compatibility" function.

If you enable the "Enhanced Passive Listening Compatibility" function, the IE switch sends topology change frames via the (R)STP edge port that caused the topology change.

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameter assignment: spanning-tree passive-listening-compatibility

Result

The "Enhanced Passive Listening Compatibility" function is enabled.

220

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Further notes

Network structures

6.3 Spanning Tree

You disable the function with the no spanning-tree passive-listening-compatibility command.

You can display the status of this function with the show spanning-tree passive-listeningcompatibility command.

6.3.4.13

Description no spanning-tree passive-listening-compatibility

With this command you disable the "Enhanced Passive Listening Compatibility" function.

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameter assignment: no spanning-tree passive-listening-compatibility

Result

The "Enhanced Passive Listening Compatibility" function is disabled.

Further notes

You enable the function with the spanning-tree passive-listening-compatibility

command.

You can display the status of this function with the show spanning-tree passive-listeningcompatibility command.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

221

Network structures

6.3 Spanning Tree

6.3.4.14 Time settings for the Spanning Tree protocol spanning-tree (time settings)

Description

With this command, you configure the various time settings of the spanning tree function:

● With the forward-time

option, you configure the time after which a port changes its spanning tree status from "Blocking" to "Forwarding".

● With the hello-time

option, you configure the time after which the bridge sends its configuration frames (BPDUs).

● With the max-age

option, you configure the time after which the information of the BPDUs becomes invalid.

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: spanning-tree{forward-time<seconds(4-30)>|hello-time<seconds(1-2)>|

max-age<seconds(6-40)>}

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter forward-time seconds

Description

Keyword for the time after which a port changes its spanning tree status from

"Blocking" to "Forwarding"

Time after which the changeover takes place hello-time seconds

Keyword for the time after which the bridge sends its configuration BPDUs

Time after which they are sent max-age

Range of values / note

-

4 ... 30

Default: 15

-

1 ... 2

Default: 2

- seconds

Keyword for the time after which the information of the BPDUs becomes invalid

Maximum age of the BPDUs in seconds

6 ... 40

Default: 20

222

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Network structures

6.3 Spanning Tree

Note

Dependencies when setting the timing

If you specify the time settings for spanning tree, you need to keep to the following two rules:

• 2 * ( forward-time

- 1) ≥ max-age

• max-age

≥ 2 * ( hello-time

+ 1)

Result

The selected setting for the time is configured.

Further notes

You reset the time settings to the default values with the no spanning-tree forward-time

, no spanning-tree hello-time

or no spanning-tree max-age

.

If you call the no spanning-tree

command without parameters, you disable the spanning tree function. The configured time settings are retained.

If you call the restart factory

command, the system restarts with the factory configuration settings All rime settings are reset.

You display these settings and other information with the commands that start with show spanning-tree ...

. no spanning-tree (time settings)

Description

With this command in conjunction with the relevant parameter you reset the time settings of the spanning tree function to the default values.

If you call the command without parameters, you disable the spanning tree function. The configured time settings are retained.

If you call the restart factory

command, the system restarts with the factory configuration settings All rime settings are reset.

The default values are as follows:

Parameter forward-time hello-time max-age

Default value

15 seconds

2 seconds

20 seconds

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

223

Network structures

6.3 Spanning Tree

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: no spanning-tree{forward-time|hello-time|max-age}

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter forward-time hello-time max-age

Description

Time after which a port changes its spanning tree status from "Blocking" to

"Forwarding"

Time after which the bridge sends its configuration frames (BPDUs)

Time after which the information of the BPDUs becomes invalid

Result

The selected setting for the time is reset to the default value.

Further notes

You configure the time with the spanning-tree

command (time settings).

You display these settings and other information with the commands that start with show spanning-tree ...

.

6.3.5 Commands in the interface configuration mode

This section describes commands that you can call up in the interface configuration mode.

Depending on the Interface selected, various command sets are available.

In the Global configuration mode, enter the interface

command to change to this mode.

Commands relating to other topics that can be called in the interface configuration mode can be found in the relevant sections.

● If you exit the Interface configuration mode with the exit

command, you return to the

Global configuration mode.

● If you exit the Interface configuration mode with the end

command, you return to the

Privileged EXEC mode.

224

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Network structures

6.3 Spanning Tree

6.3.5.1

Description spanning-tree

With this command, you configure the various properties of the spanning tree function:

● With the cost

option, you configure the port costs used to calculate the lowest-cost path.

● With the disable

option, you disable the interface for the spanning tree function.

● With the link-type

option, you configure the connection status of the following network segment. The following settings are possible:

– point-to-point

– the interface communicates with precisely one network component

– shared

- the interface is connected to more than one network component

● With the portfast

option, you enable the PortFast function on the interface. The interface is connected to an end device and can therefore ignore the waiting time before changing to Forwarding mode.

● With the port-priority

option, you configure the priority of the interface for negotiating a spanning tree configuration.

Requirement

You are in the Interface Configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-if-$$$)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: spanning-tree {cost <0-200000000>|disable|

link-type{point-to-point|shared}|portfast|

port-priority<0-240>}

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter cost disable

Description

Keyword

Describes the costs of the port for calculating the lowest cost path.

Range of values / note

0 ... 200000000

Default: if dynamic calculation of the path costs is not enabled:

• 200000 for physical interfaces

199999 for port channels disables the interface for spanning tree -

Default:

The spanning tree function is enabled on the interface

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

225

Network structures

6.3 Spanning Tree

Parameter link-type portfast port-priority

Description

Connection status of the following network segment

Enables the PortFast function

Priority of the interface

Range of values / note

• point-to-point

• shared

Default:

• point-to-point

The connection is configured as full-duplex

• shared in all other cases

-

Default: disabled

0 ... 240 in steps of 16

Default: 128

Note

Configure multiple properties

With each call of the command, you can configure precisely one property.

If you want to configure several properties, call the command several times.

Result

The selected property is configured.

Further notes

You can reset the setting to the default with the no spanning-tree

(properties) command.

You display these settings and other information with the commands that start with show spanning tree ...

.

6.3.5.2

Description no spanning-tree

With this command, you reset the various properties of the spanning tree function to the default value:

226

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Network structures

6.3 Spanning Tree

The default values are as follows:

Parameter cost

Default value if dynamic calculation of the path costs is not enabled:

• 200000 for physical interfaces

199999 for port channels disable link-type

The spanning tree function is enabled on the interface

• point-to-point portfast port-priority

The connection is configured as full-duplex

• shared in all other cases disabled

128

Requirement

You are in the Interface Configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-if-$$$)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: no spanning-tree {cost|disable|link-type|portfast|port-priority}

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter cost disable link-type portfast port-priority

Description

Keyword for the costs of the port for calculating the lowest-cost path.

Enables the interface for spanning tree.

Connection status of the following network segment

Disables the PortFast function.

Keyword for the priority of the interface

Note

Configure multiple properties

With each call of the command, you can configure precisely one property.

If you want to configure several properties, call the command several times.

Result

The selected setting was reset to the default value.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

227

Network structures

6.3 Spanning Tree

Further notes

You configure the setting with the spanning-tree

command (properties).

You display these settings and other information with the commands that start with show spanning tree ...

.

6.3.5.3

Description spanning-tree auto-edge

With this command, you enable automatic discovery of a bridge connected to the interface.

Requirement

You are in the Interface Configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-if-$$$)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: spanning-tree auto-edge

Result

The automatic discovery of a bridge on the interface is enabled.

Further notes

The automatic discovery of a bridge on the interface is disabled with the no spanning-tree auto-edge

command.

6.3.5.4

Description no spanning-tree auto-edge

With this command, you disable automatic discovery of a bridge connected to the interface.

Requirement

You are in the Interface Configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-if-$$$)#

228

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Syntax

Network structures

6.3 Spanning Tree

Call the command without parameters: no spanning-tree auto-edge

Result

The automatic discovery of a bridge on the interface is disabled.

Further notes

The automatic discovery of a bridge on the interface is enabled with the spanning-tree autoedge

command.

6.3.5.5

Description spanning-tree bpdu-transmit

With this command, you enable or disable the BPDU transmit status at the port.

Requirement

You are in the Interface Configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-if-$$$)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: spanning-tree bpdu-transmit{enabled|disabled}

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter enabled disabled

Description

BPDU packets are transmitted at the port

BPDU packets are not transmitted at the port

Range of values / note

Default: enabled

-

Result

The BPDU transmit status has switched over.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

229

Network structures

6.3 Spanning Tree

Further notes

You can display the status of this function and other information with the show spanning-tree interface

command with the detail

option.

6.3.5.6

Description spanning-tree bpdu-receive

With this command, you enable or disable the BPDU receive status at the port.

Requirement

You are in the Interface Configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-if-$$$)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: spanning-tree bpdu-receive{enabled|disabled}

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter enabled disabled

Description Range of values / note

BPDU packets are received at the port Default: enabled

BPDU packets are ignored at the port -

Result

The BPDU receive status is enabled or disabled.

Further notes

You can display the status of this function and other information with the show spanning-tree interface

command with the detail

option.

6.3.5.7

Description spanning-tree bpdufilter

With this command, you configure the BPDU transmit status for a port.

230

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Requirement

Network structures

6.3 Spanning Tree

You are in the Interface Configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-if-$$$)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: spanning-tree bpdufilter{disable|enable}

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter disable enable

Description

The transfer of BPDU packets is disabled for the port

The transfer of BPDU packets is enabled for the port

Range of values / note

Default: disabled

-

Result

The BPDU transmit status is configured.

6.3.5.8

Description spanning-tree layer2-gateway-port

With this command, you configure a port as a layer 2 gateway port.

Requirement

You are in the Interface Configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-if-$$$)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: spanning-tree layer2-gateway-port

Result

The port is configured as a layer 2 gateway port.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

231

Network structures

6.3 Spanning Tree

Further notes

You delete the configuration of a port as a layer 2 gateway port with the command no spanning-tree layer2-gateway-port

.

You can display other information with the show spanning-tree interface

command with the detail

option.

6.3.5.9

Description no spanning-tree layer2-gateway-port

With this command, you delete the configuration of the port as a layer 2 gateway port.

Requirement

You are in the Interface Configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-if-$$$)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: no spanning-tree layer2-gateway-port

Result

The configuration of the port as a layer 2 gateway port is deleted.

Further notes

You configure a port as a layer 2 gateway port with the command spanning-tree layer2gateway-port

.

You can display other information with the show spanning-tree interface

command with the detail

option.

6.3.5.10

Description spanning-tree loop-guard

This function prevents alternative ports or root ports becoming designated ports if there is a disruption of a one-way link.

With this command, you enable the function.

232

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Requirement

Network structures

6.3 Spanning Tree

● Spanning tree is enabled.

● You are in the Interface configuration mode.

The command prompt is: cli(config-if-$$$)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: spanning-tree loop-guard

Result

The "Spanning Tree Loop Guard" function is enabled.

Further notes

You disable the setting with the no spanning-tree loop-guard

command.

You can display the status of this function and other information with the following commands:

● show spanning-tree detail

● show spanning-tree active detail

● show spanning-tree interface

6.3.5.11

Description no spanning-tree loop-guard

This function prevents alternative ports or root ports becoming designated ports if there is a disruption of a one-way link.

With this command, you disable the function.

Requirement

You are in the Interface configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-if-$$$)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: no spanning-tree loop-guard

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

233

Network structures

6.3 Spanning Tree

Result

The "Spanning Tree Loop Guard" function is disabled.

Further notes

You enable the setting with the spanning-tree loop-guard

command.

You can display the status of this function and other information with the following commands:

● show spanning-tree detail

● show spanning-tree active detail

● show spanning-tree interface

6.3.5.12

Description spanning-tree mst

With this command, you configure the various properties of the Multiple Spanning Tree function:

● With the cost

option, you configure the port costs used to calculate the lowest-cost path.

● With the port-priority

option, you configure the priority of the interface for negotiating a

Multiple Spanning Tree configuration.

● With the disable

option, you disable the interface for the Multiple Spanning Tree function.

Requirement

You are in the Interface Configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-if-$$$)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: spanning-tree mst<instance-id(1-64)>

{cost(0-200000000)|port-priority (0-240)|disable}

234

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Network structures

6.3 Spanning Tree

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter instance-id cost

Description

Number of the addressed instance

Costs of the port for calculating the lowest cost path. port-priority disable

Priority of the interface

Disables the interface for multiple spanning tree

Range of values / note

1 ... 64

0 ... 200000000

Default:

200000 for physical interfaces

• 199999 for port channels

0 ... 240 in steps of 16

Default: 128

Default: MST is disabled, RST is enabled

Note

Configure multiple properties

With each call of the command, you can configure precisely one property.

If you want to configure several properties, call the command several times.

Result

The selected property is configured.

Further notes

You can reset the setting to the default with the no spanning-tree mst

(properties) command.

You display these settings and other information with the commands that start with show spanning tree ...

.

6.3.5.13

Description no spanning-tree mst

With this command, you reset the various properties of the Multiple Spanning Tree function to the default value.

The default values are as follows:

Parameter cost

Default value

200000 for physical interfaces

199999 for port channels port-priority disable

128

MST is disabled, RST is enabled

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

235

Network structures

6.3 Spanning Tree

Requirement

You are in the Interface Configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-if-$$$)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: no spanning-tree mst<instance-id(1-64)>{cost|port-priority|disable}

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter instance-id cost port-priority disable

Description

Number of the addressed instance

Keyword for the costs of the port for calculating the lowest-cost path.

Keyword for the priority of the interface -

Enables the interface for multiple spanning tree.

-

Range of values / note

1 ... 64

-

Note

Configure multiple properties

With each call of the command, you can configure precisely one property.

If you want to configure several properties, call the command several times.

Result

The selected setting is reset to the default value.

Further notes

You configure the setting with the spanning-tree mst

command (properties).

You display these settings and other information with the commands that start with show spanning tree ...

.

6.3.5.14

Description spanning-tree mst hello-time

With this command, you configure the Hello time after which the bridge sends its configuration frames (BPDUs).

A change to this value applies to all MST instances active on this interface.

236

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Requirement

Network structures

6.3 Spanning Tree

You are in the Interface Configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-if-$$$)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: spanning-tree mst hello-time <seconds(1-2)>

The parameter has the following meaning:

Parameter seconds

Description

Time after which the bridge sends its configuration frames (BPDUs)

Range of values / note

1 ... 2

Default: 2

Result

The setting for the hello time is configured.

Further notes

You can reset the setting for the hello time to the default with the no spanning-tree mst hello-time

command.

You display this setting and other information with the commands that start with show spanning tree ...

.

6.3.5.15

Description no spanning-tree mst hello-time

With this command, you reset the hello time after which the bridge sends its configuration

BPDUs to the default value.

The default value is 2 seconds.

Requirement

You are in the interface configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-if-$$$)#

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

237

Network structures

6.3 Spanning Tree

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: no spanning-tree mst hello-time

Result

The setting for the hello time is reset to the default value.

Further notes

You can configure the setting for the hello time with the

spanning-tree mst hello-time command.

You display this setting and other information with the commands that start with show spanning tree ...

.

6.3.5.16

Description spanning-tree mst PseudoRootId

With this command, you configure a pseudoroot MAC address and the priority for a spanning tree configuration. The command is used in conjunction with the layer 2 gateway port.

Requirement

You are in the Interface configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-if-$$$)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: spanning-tree[mst<instance-id>]pseudoRootId

priority<value(0-61440)>mac-address<ucast_mac>

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter mst instance-id priority value

Description Range of values / note

Keyword for a spanning tree instance -

Number of the instance 1 ... 64

Keyword for the priority

Value for the priority

-

0 ... 61440

Default:

Priority of the device

238

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Network structures

6.3 Spanning Tree

Parameter mac-address ucast_mac

Description

Keyword for the pseudoroot unicast

MAC address

MAC address of the interface

Range of values / note

- aa:aa:aa:aa:aa:aa

Default:

MAC address of the device

You can only change the value for the priority in the steps of 4096.

Result

The pseudoroot MAC address and the priority are configured.

Further notes

You can reset the settings to the default values with the

no spanning-tree mst pseudoRootId command.

You display this setting and other information with the commands that start with show spanning tree ...

.

6.3.5.17

Description no spanning-tree mst PseudoRootId

With this command, you reset a pseudoroot MAC address and the priority of the spanning tree configuration to the default values.

The default values are as follows:

● The priority is configured to the priority of the device.

● The MAC address is configured to the MAC address of the device.

Requirement

You are in the Interface configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-if-$$$)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: no spanning-tree[mst<instance-id(1-64)>]pseudoRootId

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

239

Network structures

6.3 Spanning Tree

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter mst instance-id

Description Range of values / note

Keyword for a spanning tree instance -

Number of the instance 1 ... 64

Result

The pseudoroot MAC address and the priority are rest to the defaults.

Further notes

You configure the settings with the spanning-tree mst pseudoRootId

command.

You display this setting and other information with the commands that start with show spanning tree ...

.

6.3.5.18

Description spanning-tree restricted-role

With this command, you prevent the port adopting the role of root port.

Requirement

You are in the Interface configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-if-$$$)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: spanning-tree restricted-role

As default the function is "disabled".

Result

The port is prevented from adopting the role of root port.

Further notes

You cancel the lock with the no spanning-tree restricted-role

command.

You can display the status of this function and other information with the show spanning-tree detail command.

240

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Network structures

6.3 Spanning Tree

6.3.5.19

Description no spanning-tree restricted-role

With this command, you release the port for the role as root port.

Requirement

You are in the interface configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-if-$$$)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: no spanning-tree restricted-role

Result

The port is released for the role of root port.

Further notes

You prevent the port adopting the role of the root port with the spanning-tree restrictedrole

command.

6.3.5.20

Description spanning-tree restricted-tcn

With this command, you restrict the port for the Topology Change Notification (TCN) function. The port cannot initiate any modifications to the network topology.

Requirement

You are in the Interface configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-if-$$$)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: spanning-tree restricted-tcn

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

241

Network structures

6.3 Spanning Tree

Result

The port is prevented from using the TCN function.

Further notes

You cancel the lock with the no spanning-tree restricted-tcn

command.

You can display the status of this function and other information with the show spanning-tree detail command.

6.3.5.21

Description no spanning-tree restricted-tcn

With this command, you release the port for the TCN function.

Requirement

You are in the Interface configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-if-$$$)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: no spanning-tree restricted-tcn

Result

The port is released for the TCN function.

Further notes

You restrict the port for the TCN function with the spanning-tree restricted-tcn

command.

242

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

6.3.6

Network structures

6.3 Spanning Tree

Commands in the MSTP configuration mode

This section describes commands that you can call up in the MSTP configuration mode.

In the Global configuration mode, enter the spanning-tree mst configuration

command to change to this mode.

● If you exit the MSTP configuration mode with the exit

command, you return to the Global configuration mode.

● If you exit the MSTP configuration mode with the end

command, you return to the

Privileged EXEC mode.

6.3.6.1

Description instance

With this command, you assign a range of VLANs to an MST instance.

Requirement

You are in the MSTP configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-mst)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: instance <instance-id(1-64)> vlan <vlan-range>

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter instance-id

Description

Number of the instance vlan vlan-range

Keyword for a VLAN connection

Range of VLANs assigned to an instance

Range of values / note

1 ... 64

You can define up to 16 MSTP instances.

Default:

The VLANs 1 – 4094 are assigned to instance "0"

- enter the range limts with a hyphen or blank

Result

The range of VLANs is assigned to the MST instance.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

243

Network structures

6.3 Spanning Tree

Further notes

You cancel the assignment of the VLAN to an MST instance with the no instance

command.

You delete the MST instance with the no instance

command.

You display this setting and other information with the show spanning-tree mst configuration

command.

6.3.6.2

Description no instance

With this command, you cancel the assignment of a VLAN to an MST instance or delete the

MST instance.

Requirement

You are in the MSTP Configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-mst)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: no instance <instance-id (1-64)> [vlan <vlan-range>]

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter instance-id vlan vlan-range

Description

Number of the MST instance

Keyword for a VLAN connection

Range of VLANs that will be deleted from the instance

Range of values / note

1 ... 64

- enter the range limts with a hyphen or blank

If you specify a VLAN or a VLAN range, the assignment to an MST instance is canceled.

If you do not specify a VLAN, the MST instance is deleted.

Result

The assignment of a VLAN to an MST instance is canceled or the MST instance is deleted.

Further notes

You assign a VLAN to an MST instance with the instance

command.

You display this setting and other information with the show spanning-tree mst configuration

command.

244

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Network structures

6.3 Spanning Tree

6.3.6.3

Description name

With this command, you configure a name for the MST region.

Requirement

You are in the MSTP Configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-mst)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: name <region-name>

The parameter has the following meaning:

Parameter region-name

Description

Name of the MST region

Range of values / note max. 32 characters

The default value of the name is the MAC address of the device.

Result

The name is configured.

Further notes

You delete the name of the MST region with the no name command.

You display this setting and other information with the show spanning tree mst configuration

command.

6.3.6.4

Description no name

With this command, you reset the name for the MST region to the default value.

The default value is:

● The MAC address of the device is configured as name.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

245

Network structures

6.3 Spanning Tree

Requirement

You are in the MSTP Configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-mst)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: no name

Result

The name is reset to the default value.

Further notes

You configure the name of the MST region with the name

command.

You display this setting and other information with the show spanning tree mst configuration

command.

6.3.6.5

Description revision

With this command, you assign a revision number to the MST region.

Requirement

You are in the MSTP Configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-mst)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: revision <revision-no(0-65535)>

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter revision-no

Description

Value of the revision number

Range of values / note

0 ... 65535

Default: 0

246

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Result

Network structures

6.3 Spanning Tree

The MST region is assigned a revision number.

Further notes

You delete a revision number with the no revision

command.

You display this setting and other information with the show spanning tree mst configuration

command.

6.3.6.6

Description no revision

With this command, you reset the revision number of the MST region to the default value.

The default value is 0.

Requirement

You are in the MSTP Configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-mst)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: no revision

Result

The revision number of the MST region is reset to the default value.

Further notes

You assign a revision number to the MST region with the revision

command.

You display this setting and other information with the show spanning tree mst configuration

command.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

247

Network structures

6.4 Passive Listening

6.4 Passive Listening

This section describes commands of the passive listening function.

If you enable passive listening, the IE switch forwards (R)STP configuration frames (BPDUs) transparently even when (R)STP is disabled for it. The IE switch also reacts to topology change frames. When the IE switch receives a TC frame, it deletes the MAC address table.

6.4.1 The "show" commands

This section describes commands with which you display various settings.

6.4.1.1

Description show passive-listening

This command shows whether or not "passive listening" is enabled.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: show passive-listening

Result disabled

is displayed if "passive listening" is disabled. If "passive listening" is enabled, enabled

is displayed.

6.4.2 Commands in the global configuration mode

This section describes commands that you can call up in the Global configuration mode.

In Privileged EXEC mode, enter the configure terminal

command to change to this mode.

Commands relating to other topics that can be called in the Global configuration mode can be found in the relevant sections.

You exit the Global configuration mode with the end

or exit

command and are then in the

Privileged EXEC mode again.

248

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Network structures

6.4 Passive Listening

6.4.2.1

Description passive-listening bpdu-vlan-flood

With this command you enable forwarding of BPDUs for specific VLANs; in other words to all ports that are members of a VLAN.

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: passive-listening bpdu-vlan-flood

As default the function is "enabled".

Result

BPDUs for specific VLANs.

Further notes

You disable this function with the no passive-listening bpdu-vlan-flood

command.

You display the status of "passive listening" with the show passive-listening

command.

6.4.2.2

Description no passive-listening bpdu-vlan-flood

With this command you enable the flooding of BPDUs to all available ports of the device regardless of the configured VLANs.

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

249

Network structures

6.4 Passive Listening

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: no passive-listening bpdu-vlan-flood

Result

BPDUs are flooded to all available ports.

Further notes

You enable this function with the passive-listening bpdu-vlan-flood

command.

You display the status of "passive listening" with the show passive-listening

command.

6.4.2.3

Description passive-listening

This command enables "passive listening".

Requirement

Note

No simultaneous operation with spanning tree

"Passive listening" can only be enabled when spanning tree is disabled.

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: passive-listening

Result

The "passive listening" function is enabled.

Further notes

You disable "passive listening" with the no passive-listening

command.

You display the status of "passive listening" with the show passive-listening

command.

250

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Network structures

6.4 Passive Listening

6.4.2.4

Description no passive-listening

This command disables "passive listening".

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: no passive-listening

Result

The "passive listening" function is disabled.

Further notes

You enable "passive listening" with the passive-listening

command.

You display the status of "passive listening" with the show passive-listening

command.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

251

Network structures

6.4 Passive Listening

252

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Network protocols

This part contains the sections that describe the commands for working with the various network protocols.

7

7.1 IPv4 protocol

This section describes commands of the Internet Protocol (IP) version 4.

7.1.1 The "show" commands

This section describes commands with which you display various settings.

7.1.1.1

Description show ip gateway

This command shows the default gateway configured for the device.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: show ip gateway

Result

The default gateway is displayed.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

253

Network protocols

7.1 IPv4 protocol

7.1.1.2

Description show ip telnet

This command shows the admin status and the port number of the Telnet server.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: show ip telnet

Result

The admin status and the port number of the Telnet server are displayed.

7.1.1.3

Description show dcp server

This command shows whether or not the DCP function is enabled on the device.

If the DCP function is enabled, the read and write permissions are displayed.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: show dcp server

Result

The overview of the status of the DCP function and access rights is displayed.

254

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

7.1.1.4

Description show dcp forwarding

This command shows an overview of the DCP forwarding behavior on one or all interfaces.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: show dcp forwarding [port<interface-type><interface-id>]

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter port interface-type interface-id

Description Range of values / note

Keyword for a an interface description -

Type or speed of the interface Enter a valid interface.

Module no. and port no. of the interface

For information on names of addresses and interfaces, refer to the section "Addresses and interface names (Page 35)".

Result

Network protocols

7.1 IPv4 protocol

The overview of the DCP forwarding behavior is displayed.

7.1.2 Commands in the global configuration mode

This section describes commands that you can call up in the Global configuration mode.

In Privileged EXEC mode, enter the configure terminal

command to change to this mode.

Commands relating to other topics that can be called in the Global configuration mode can be found in the relevant sections.

You exit the Global configuration mode with the end

or exit

command and are then in the

Privileged EXEC mode again.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

255

Network protocols

7.1 IPv4 protocol

7.1.2.1

Description ip gateway

With this command, you configure the default gateway.

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: ip gateway <gateway>

The parameter has the following meaning:

Parameter Description gateway

Specifies the IP address of the gateway

Range of values enter a valid IP address

Result

The entry is configured.

Further notes

You delete the default gateway with the no ip gateway

command.

You show the default gateway with the show ip gateway

command.

7.1.2.2

Description no ip gateway

With this command, you delete the default gateway.

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

256

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Syntax

Network protocols

7.1 IPv4 protocol

Call up the command with the following parameters: no ip gateway <gateway>

The parameter has the following meaning:

Parameter Description gateway

Specifies the IP address of the gateway.

Range of values

Specify a valid IP address.

Result

The entry is deleted.

Further notes

You configure the default gateway with the ip gateway

command.

You show the default gateway with the show ip gateway

command.

7.1.2.3

Description ip echo-reply

To check the availability of a network node, packets of the Internet Control Message Protocol

(ICMP) can be sent to it. These packets of type 8 request the recipient to send a packet back to the sender (echo reply).

With this command you enable the network node to react to ping queries.

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: ip echo-reply

Result

"ICMP echo reply messages" are enabled. The network node reacts to ping queries.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

257

Network protocols

7.1 IPv4 protocol

Further notes

You disable the setting with the no ip echo-reply

command.

7.1.2.4

Description no ip echo-reply

With this command you stop the network node reacting to ping queries.

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: no ip echo-reply

Result

"ICMP echo reply messages" are disabled. The network node does not react to ping queries.

Further notes

You change the setting with the ip echo-reply

command.

7.1.2.5

Description telnet-server

With this command, you enable the Telnet server.

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

258

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: telnet-server

As default the function is "enabled".

Result

The Telnet server is enabled.

Further notes

You disable the Telnet server with the no telnet-server

command.

7.1.2.6

Description no telnet-server

With this command, you disable the Telnet server.

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: no telnet-server

Result

The Telnet server is disabled.

Further notes

You enable the Telnet server with the telnet-server

command.

Network protocols

7.1 IPv4 protocol

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

259

Network protocols

7.1 IPv4 protocol

7.1.2.7

Description dcp server

With this command, you configure the read and write permissions for the DCP server and enable it.

Requirement

You are in the Global Configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: dcp server {read-only|read-write}

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter read-only read-write

Description only reading is permitted on the DCP server reading and writing is permitted on the

DPC server

Range of values / note

-

Default: read-write

Result

The read and write permissions for the DPC server are configured.

The DCP server is enabled.

Further notes

You disable the DCP server with the no dcp server

command.

260

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

7.1.2.8

Description no dcp server

With this command, you disable the DCP server.

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: no dcp server

Result

The DCP server is disabled.

Further notes

You enable and configure the DCP server with the dcp server

command.

Network protocols

7.1 IPv4 protocol

7.1.3 Commands in the interface configuration mode

This section describes commands that you can call up in the interface configuration mode.

Depending on the Interface selected, various command sets are available.

In the Global configuration mode, enter the interface

command to change to this mode.

Commands relating to other topics that can be called in the interface configuration mode can be found in the relevant sections.

● If you exit the Interface configuration mode with the exit

command, you return to the

Global configuration mode.

● If you exit the Interface configuration mode with the end

command, you return to the

Privileged EXEC mode.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

261

Network protocols

7.1 IPv4 protocol

7.1.3.1

Description dcp forwarding

With this command, you configure the forwarding behavior of the interface for DCP frames.

Note

PROFINET configuration

Since DCP is a PROFINET protocol, the configuration created here is only effective with the

VLAN associated with the TIA interface.

Requirement

You are in the Interface configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-if-$$$)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: dcp forwarding {block|forward}

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter block forward

Description

DCP frames are discarded

DCP frames are forwarded

Range of values / note

-

Default: forward

Result

The forwarding behavior of the interface for DCP frames is configured.

7.1.3.2

Description ip address

With this command, you assign an IP address.

Requirement

You are in the Interface Configuration mode of VLAN.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-if-vlan-$$$)#

262

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Syntax

Network protocols

7.1 IPv4 protocol

Call up the command with the following parameters: ip address <ip-address> {<subnet-mask>| / <prefix-length(0-32)>}

The parameter has the following meaning:

Parameter ip-address subnet-mask prefix-length

Description

IP address

Subnet mask

Decimal representation of the mask as a number of "1" bits

Range of values / note

Specify a valid IP address.

Enter a valid subnet mask.

0 ... 32

For information on names of addresses and interfaces, refer to the section "Addresses and interface names (Page 35)".

Result

The IP address is assigned.

Note

Effectiveness of the command

The command is effective immediately. If you configure the interface via which you access the device, the connection will be lost!

Further notes

You delete the setting with the no ip address

command.

7.1.3.3

Description no ip address

With this command, you delete the assignment of an IP address and disable DHCP.

Requirement

You are in the Interface Configuration mode of VLAN.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-if-vlan-$$$)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: no ip address [{ <ucast_addr> | dhcp }]

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

263

Network protocols

7.1 IPv4 protocol

The parameter has the following meaning:

Parameter ucast-addr dhcp

Description

Value for an IPv4 unicast address

Specify this parameter if you want to disable the DHCP function explicitly.

Range of values / note

Enter a valid IPv4 unicast address.

-

For information on names of addresses and interfaces, refer to the section "Addresses and interface names (Page 35)".

Result

If DHCP was enabled on this interface, DHCP is now disabled. Any existing dynamically learned IP address will be automatically converted to a static IP address.

If static IP addresses were configured and if no explicit IP address was transferred as a parameter, all static IP addresses will be deleted from this interface.

If a static IP address was specified explicitly, this address is deleted from this interface.

Note

Effectiveness of the command

The command is effective immediately.

If you configure the interface via which you access the device, you can lose the connection!

Further notes

You assign an IP address with the ip address

or ip address dhcp

command.

264

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Network protocols

7.1 IPv4 protocol

7.1.3.4

Description ip address dhcp

With this command, the VLAN interface obtains the IP address via DHCP.

Requirement

You are in the Interface Configuration mode of VLAN.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-if-vlan-$$$)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: ip address dhcp

Result

The DHCP assigns the IP address to the VLAN interface.

Further notes

You delete the settings with the no ip address

command.

You display this setting and other information with the show ip interface

command.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

265

Network protocols

7.2 DHCP client

7.2 DHCP client

This section describes commands of the Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP).

7.2.1 The "show" commands

This section describes commands with which you display various settings.

7.2.1.1

Description show ip dhcp client stats

With this command, you display the statistical counters of the DHCP client.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: show ip dhcp client stats

Result

The counters are displayed.

7.2.1.2

Description show ip dhcp client

With this command, you display the configuration settings of the DHCP client.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

266

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Syntax

Network protocols

7.2 DHCP client

Call the command without parameters: show ip dhcp client

Result

The configuration settings of the DHCP client are displayed.

7.2.2 Commands in the global configuration mode

This section describes commands that you can call up in the Global configuration mode.

In Privileged EXEC mode, enter the configure terminal

command to change to this mode.

Commands relating to other topics that can be called in the Global configuration mode can be found in the relevant sections.

You exit the Global configuration mode with the end

or exit

command and are then in the

Privileged EXEC mode again.

7.2.2.1

Description ip dhcp config-file-request

If the DHCP config file request option is set, the device requests the TFTP address and the name of a configuration file from the DHCP server. If the device is restarted following the completed download, the configuration settings are read from this file.

With this command, you enable the DHCP config file request option.

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: ip dhcp config-file-request

Result

The DHCP config file request option is enabled.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

267

Network protocols

7.2 DHCP client

Further notes

You disable the DHCP config file request option with the no ip dhcp config-file-request command.

7.2.2.2

Description no ip dhcp config-file-request

With this command, you disable the DHCP config file request option.

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: no ip dhcp config-file-request

Result

The DHCP config file request option is disabled.

Further notes

You enable the DHCP config file request option with the ip dhcp config-file-request command.

7.2.2.3

Description ip dhcp client mode

With this command, you configure the type of identifier with which the DHCP client logs on with its DHCP server.

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

268

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Syntax

Network protocols

7.2 DHCP client

Call up the command with the following parameters: ip dhcp client mode {mac|client-id<client-id>|sysname|pnio-name-of-station}

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter mac client-id client-id sysname station

Description

The client registers with its MAC address

The client registers with the assigned

ID

Name of the assigned ID

The client registers with the assigned system name

The client logs in with the PROFINET name. The name is assigned with the

PST tool.

Range of values / note

-

- max. 32 characters

-

-

Result

The registration mode of the DHCP client is configured.

7.2.3 Commands in the Interface configuration mode

This section describes commands that you can call up in the interface configuration mode.

Depending on the Interface selected, various command sets are available.

In the Global configuration mode, enter the interface

command to change to this mode.

Commands relating to other topics that can be called in the interface configuration mode can be found in the relevant sections.

● If you exit the Interface configuration mode with the exit

command, you return to the

Global configuration mode.

● If you exit the Interface configuration mode with the end

command, you return to the

Privileged EXEC mode.

7.2.3.1

Description ip address dhcp

With this command, you assign an IP address using DHCP.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

269

Network protocols

7.2 DHCP client

Requirement

You are in the VLAN configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-vlan-$$$)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameter assignment: ip address dhcp

Result

The IP address is assigned using DHCP.

Further notes

You delete the setting with the no ip address

command.

7.2.3.2

Description no ip address

With this command, you delete the assignment of an IP address and disable DHCP.

Requirement

You are in the Interface Configuration mode of VLAN.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-if-vlan-$$$)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: no ip address [{ <ucast_addr> | dhcp }]

The parameter has the following meaning:

Parameter ucast-addr

Description

Value for an IPv4 unicast address dhcp

Specify this parameter if you want to disable the DHCP function explicitly.

Range of values / note

Enter a valid IPv4 unicast address.

-

For information on names of addresses and interfaces, refer to the section "Addresses and interface names (Page 35)".

270

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Result

Network protocols

7.2 DHCP client

If DHCP was enabled on this interface, DHCP is now disabled. Any existing dynamically learned IP address will be automatically converted to a static IP address.

If static IP addresses were configured and if no explicit IP address was transferred as a parameter, all static IP addresses will be deleted from this interface.

If a static IP address was specified explicitly, this address is deleted from this interface.

Note

Effectiveness of the command

The command is effective immediately.

If you configure the interface via which you access the device, you can lose the connection!

Further notes

You assign an IP address with the ip address

or ip address dhcp

command.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

271

Network protocols

7.3 DHCP server

7.3 DHCP server

This section describes commands relevant for configuring the DHCP server.

Requirement

The connected devices are configured so that they obtain the IPv4 address from a DHCP server.

7.3.1 The "show" commands

This section describes commands with which you display various settings.

7.3.1.1

Description show ip dhcp-server bindings

This command shows the current assignments of IPv4 addresses of the DHCP server.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

Syntax

Call the command without parameter assignment: show ip dhcp-server bindings

Result

The information is displayed.

272

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

7.3.1.2

Description show ip dhcp-server pools

The command shows the DHCP server configuration of a specific IPv4 address band or all

IPv4 address bands.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: show ip dhcp-server pools [pool-id (1-24)]

The parameter has the following meaning:

Parameter pool-id

Description

ID of the addressed IPv4 address band

Range of values / note

1 ... 24

If no parameters are specified, the settings for all address bands are displayed.

Result

Network protocols

7.3 DHCP server

The configuration of the DHCP server is displayed.

7.3.2 Commands in the global configuration mode

This section describes commands that you can call up in the Global configuration mode.

In Privileged EXEC mode, enter the configure terminal

command to change to this mode.

Commands relating to other topics that can be called in the Global configuration mode can be found in the relevant sections.

You exit the Global configuration mode with the end

or exit

command and are then in the

Privileged EXEC mode again.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

273

Network protocols

7.3 DHCP server

7.3.2.1

Description ip dhcp-server

With this command, you enable the DHCP server on the device.

Note

To avoid conflicts with IPv4 addresses, only one device may be configured as a DHCP server in the network.

Requirement

You are in the Global Configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameter assignment: ip dhcp-server

Result

The DHCP server is enabled.

Further notes

You disable the DHCP server with the no ip dhcp-server

command.

7.3.2.2

Description no ip dhcp-server

With this command, you disable the DHCP server on the device.

Requirement

You are in the Global Configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

274

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Syntax

Call the command without parameter assignment: no ip dhcp-server

Result

The DHCP server is disabled.

Further notes

You enable the DHCP server with the ip dhcp-server

command.

Network protocols

7.3 DHCP server

7.3.2.3

Description ip dhcp-server icmp-probe

With this command you enable the function "Probe address with ICMP echo before offer".

The DHCP server checks whether or not the IPv4 address has already been assigned. If no reply is received, the DHCP server can assign the IPv4 address.

Requirement

You are in the Global Configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameter assignment: ip dhcp-server icmp-probe

Result

The function is enabled.

Further notes

You disable the function with the no ip dhcp-server icmp-probe

command.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

275

Network protocols

7.3 DHCP server

7.3.2.4

Description no ip dhcp-server icmp-probe

With this command you disable the function "Probe address with ICMP echo before offer".

Requirement

You are in the Global Configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameter assignment: no ip dhcp-server icmp-probe

Result

The function is disabled.

Further notes

You enable the function with the ip dhcp-server icmp-probe

command.

7.3.2.5

Description ip dhcp-server pool

With this command, you have three options of changing to the DHCPPOOL configuration mode and to assign an interface to the IPv4 address band.

1. If you call the command ip dhcp-server pool

with the parameter pool-id (1-24)

, you change to the corresponding DHCPPOOL configuration mode. The corresponding pool

ID must have already been created.

2. If you call the ip dhcp-server pool

command with the parameter vlan

or interfacetype/interface-id

, an IPv4 address band with the next free pool ID is created and the specified interface assigned directly to it. This is followed by a change to the DHCPPOOL configuration mode. You then configure the other settings in the DHCPPOOL configuration mode.

3. If you call the ip dhcp-server pool

command without parameters, and IPv4 address band with the next free pool ID is created and you change directly to the corresponding

DHCPPOOL configuration mode.

You then configure the interface and the other settings in the DHCPPOOL configuration mode.

276

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Requirement

Network protocols

7.3 DHCP server

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: ip dhcp-server pool [{ <pool-id (1-24)> | [{ vlan <vlan-id (1-4094)> | <interfacetype> <interface-id> }]}]

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter pool-id vlan vlan-id interface-type interface-id

Description

ID of the addressed IPv4 address band

Keyword for a VLAN connection

Number of the addressed VLAN

Type of interface

Module no. and port no. of the interface

Range of values / note

1 ... 24

-

1 ... 4094

Specify a valid interface.

For information on identifiers of addresses and interfaces, refer to the section "Addresses and interface names (Page 35)".

Result

The ID of the addressed IPv4 address band is configured.

You are now in the DHCPPOOL configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-dhcp-pool-<ID>)#

Further notes

You exit the DHCPPOOL configuration mode with the exit

command.

You delete the entry with the no ip dhcp-server pool

command.

7.3.2.6

Description no ip dhcp-server pool

With this command, you delete the required IPv4 address band.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

277

Network protocols

7.3 DHCP server

Requirement

● The IPv4 address band is not enabled.

● You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: no ip dhcp-server pool <pool-id (1-24)>

The parameter has the following meaning:

Parameter Description pool-id

ID of the addressed IPv4 address band

Range of values / note

1 ... 24

Result

The required IPv4 address band is deleted.

Further notes

You create an IPv4 address band with the ip dhcp-server pool command.

7.3.3 Commands in the DHCPPOOL configuration mode

This section describes commands that you can call up in the DHCPPOOL Configuration mode.

In the Global Configuration mode, enter the ip dhcp-server pool

command to change to this mode.

● If you exit the DHCPPOOL Configuration mode with the exit

command, you return to the

Global Configuration mode.

● If you exit the DHCPPOOL Configuration mode with the end

command, you return to the

Privileged EXEC mode.

7.3.3.1

Description lease-time

With this command, you specify how long the assigned IPv4 address remains valid. When half the period of validity has elapsed. the DHCP client can extend the period of the assigned

IPv4 address. When the entire time has elapsed, the DHCP client needs to request a new

IPv4 address.

278

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Requirement

Network protocols

7.3 DHCP server

You are in the DHCPPOOL configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-dhcp-pool-<ID>)#

Syntax

Result

The time is configured.

Further notes

You display the setting with the

show ip dhcp-server pools

command.

7.3.3.2

Description network

With this command you configure the IPv4 address band from which the DHCP client receives any IPv4 address.

Note

Assignment of IP addresses

The requirement for the assignment is that the IPv4 address of the interface is located within the IPv4 address band. If this is not the case, the interface does not assign any IPv4 addresses

Requirement

Call up the command with the following parameters: lease-time <seconds (60-31536000)>

The parameter has the following meaning:

Parameter seconds

Description

Time until renewal of the assigned

IPv4 address in seconds

Range of values / note

60 ... 31536000

You are in the DHCPPOOL configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-dhcp-pool-<ID>)#

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

279

Network protocols

7.3 DHCP server

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: network <lower-IP> <upper-IP> { <subnet-mask> | / <prefix-length (1-32)> }

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter lower-IP upper-IP subnet-mask prefix-length

Description

Start of the IPv4 address band

End of the IPv4 address band

Subnet mask of the corresponding subnet

Decimal representation of the mask as a number of "1" bits

Range of values / note

Enter a valid IPv4 address.

Enter a valid IPv4 address.

Enter a valid subnet mask

1 ... 32

Result

The IPv4 address band is configured. The DHCP options 1, 3, 6, 66 and 67 are created automatically. With the exception of option 1, the options can be deleted.

Further notes

You display the setting with the

show ip dhcp-server pools

command.

You assign an IP address to an interface with the set interface

command.

You configure the DHCP option 67 with the option value-string

command.

You configure the DHCP options 3, 6 and 66 with the option

command.

You delete the DHCP option with the no option

command.

7.3.3.3

Description

Option (IP address)

With this command you configure the DHCP options 3 and 6 that contain an IPv4 address as

DHCP parameter. The DHCP options 3 and 6 are created automatically when the IPv4 address band is created.

Requirement

You are in the DHCPPOOL configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-dhcp-pool-<ID>)#

280

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Syntax

Network protocols

7.3 DHCP server

Call up the command with the following parameters: option <option-code> { <ip-address-list> | int-ip }

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter option-code

Description

Code of the DHCP option

Range of values / note

• 3 - Default gateway

6 - DNS server list

IPv4 address or IPv4 address list

DHCP option 3 (default gateway):

Enter the DHCP parameter as an

IPv4 address, e.g. 192.168.100.2.

DHCP option 6 (name server): int-ip

Uses IPv4 address of the interface that is assigned to the IPv4 address band.

Enter the DHCP parameter as an

IPv4 address, e.g. 192.168.100.2.

You can specify up to three IPv4 addresses separated by commas.

Only with DHCP option 3

Result

The DHCP option is created.

Further notes

You display the setting with the

show ip dhcp-server pools

command.

You disable the IPv4 address band with the no pool-enable

command.

You delete the DHCP option with the no option

command.

You configure the DHCP options 12, 66 and 67 with the option value-string

command.

You configure the interface with the set interface

command.

7.3.3.4

Description option value-string

With this command you configure DHCP options 12, 66 and 67 that contain a string as

DHCP parameter. The DHCP options 66 and 67 are created automatically when the IPv4 address band is created.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

281

Network protocols

7.3 DHCP server

Requirement

You are in the DHCPPOOL configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-dhcp-pool-<ID>)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: option <option-code> value-string <dhcp-param>

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter option-code

Description

Code of the DHCP option dhcp-param

Name of the file

Range of values / note

• 12 - Host name

66 - TFTP server

• 67 - Bootfile name

Enter the name in the string format.

Result

The DHCP option is configured.

Further notes

You display the setting with the

show ip dhcp-server pools

command.

You delete the DHCP option with the no option

command.

You configure the DHCP options 3 and 6 with the option

(IP address) command.

You disable the IPv4 address band with the no pool-enable

command.

7.3.3.5

Description no option

With this command, you delete the DHCP option with the specified number.

Requirement

You are in the DHCPPOOL configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-dhcp-pool-<ID>)#

282

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Syntax

Network protocols

7.3 DHCP server

Call up the command with the following parameters: no option <option-code>

The parameter has the following meaning:

Parameter option-code

Description

Code of the DHCP option

Range of values / note

Enter a valid DHCP option code.

Result

The specified DHCP option is deleted.

Further notes

You configure the DHCP options 12, 66 and 67 with the option value-string

command.

You configure the DHCP options 3 and 6 with the option

command.

7.3.3.6

Description pool-enable

With this command you specify that this IPv4 address band will be used.

Requirement

You are in the DHCPPOOL configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-dhcp-pool-<ID>)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameter assignment: pool-enable

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

283

Network protocols

7.3 DHCP server

Result

The setting is enabled.

Note

If the IPv4 address band is enabled, the following parameters can no longer be edited:

DHCP options ( option

...)

• Port Range ( ports

)

Relay Agent Information ( relay-information

)

• Static Leases ( static-lease

)

Further notes

You display the setting with the

show ip dhcp-server pools

command.

You disable the setting with the no pool-enable

command.

7.3.3.7

Description no pool-enable

With this command you specify that this IPv4 address band will not be used.

Requirement

You are in the DHCPPOOL configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-dhcp-pool-<ID>)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameter assignment: no pool-enable

Result

The setting is disabled.

Further notes

You display the setting with the

show ip dhcp-server pools

command.

You enable the setting with the pool-enable

command.

284

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Network protocols

7.3 DHCP server

7.3.3.8

Description ports

With this command you enable the ports via which the IPv4 addresses of an address band in the local subnet are assigned.

After you have created an IPv4 address band, all ports are selected that are currently located in the corresponding VLAN. If you add ports to the VLAN later, these ports are not automatically enabled.

With address assignments via a relay agent, you cannot restrict the ports.

Requirement

You are in the DHCPPOOL configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-dhcp-pool-<ID>)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: ports [<interface-type> <0/a-b, 0/c, ...>] [<interface-type> <0/a-b, 0/c, ...>]

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter interface-type

0/a-b,0/c,...

Description

Type or speed of the interface

Port no. of the interface

Range of values / note

Enter a valid interface

For information on identifiers of addresses and interfaces, refer to the section "Addresses and interface names (Page 35)".

Result

The selected ports will be enabled. Before the IPv4 address band can be used, it still needs to be activated.

Further notes

You disable the ports with the no ports

command.

You display the setting with the

show ip dhcp-server pools

command.

You enable the IPv4 address band with the pool-enable

command.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

285

Network protocols

7.3 DHCP server

7.3.3.9

Description no ports

With this command you disable the ports via which the IPv4 addresses of an address band in the local subnet are assigned.

Requirement

You are in the DHCPPOOL configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-dhcp-pool-<ID>)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: no ports [<interface-type> <0/a-b, 0/c, ...>] [<interface-type> <0/a-b, 0/c, ...>]

[all]

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter interface-type

0/a-b,0/c,...

all

Description

Type or speed of the interface

Port no. of the interface

All ports will be disabled.

Range of values / note

Enter a valid interface

-

For information on identifiers of addresses and interfaces, refer to the section "Addresses and interface names (Page 35)".

Result

The selected ports will be disabled.

Further notes

You enable the ports with the ports

command.

You display the setting with the

show ip dhcp-server pools

command.

You enable the IPv4 address band with the pool-enable

command.

7.3.3.10

Description relay-information

With this command you define that devices with a certain remote ID and circuit ID are assigned the IPv4 addresses from a specific address band.

286

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Network protocols

7.3 DHCP server

If you create such an entry for an address band, address pool only reacts to DHCP queries via a DHCP relay agent (option 82). You can create further address bands for the same

VLAN IP interfaces so that the pools react to different requests.

Note

Extension or release of an IPv4 address assigned via a relay agent.

With address assignments via a relay agent "Renew" and "Release" messages going directly from the client to the server are ignored by the server.

• The extension of the period for an IPv4 address assigned via a relay agent is achieved using a "Rebinding" message that the client sends automatically as a broadcast.

To speed up the release of an IPv4 address assigned via a relay agent, configure a shorter period of validity with the lease-time

command.

Requirement

You are in the DHCPPOOL configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-dhcp-pool-<ID>)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: relay-information <remote-id> <circuit-id>

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter remote-id

Description

Remote ID of the device circuit-id

Circuit ID of the device.

Range of values / note

Enter the remote ID of the device.

Enter the circuit ID of the device.

Result

Devices with a certain remote ID and circuit ID are assigned the IPv4 addresses from a specific address band. Before the IPv4 address band can be used, it still needs to be activated.

Further notes

You cancel the assignment with the no relay-information

command.

You display the setting with the

show ip dhcp relay information

command.

You enable the IPv4 address band with the pool-enable

command.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

287

Network protocols

7.3 DHCP server

7.3.3.11

Description no relay-information

With this command you cancel the assignment of devices with a certain remote ID and circuit

ID to IPv4 addresses from a specific address band.

Requirement

You are in the DHCPPOOL configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-dhcp-pool-<ID>)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: no relay-information <remote-id> <circuit-id>

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter remote-id

Description

Remote ID of the device circuit-id

Circuit ID of the device.

Range of values / note

Enter the remote ID of the device.

Enter the circuit ID of the device.

Result

The assignment is canceled.

Further notes

With the relay-information

command, you assign devices with a certain remote ID and circuit IPv4 addresses from a specific address band.

You display the setting with the

show ip dhcp relay information

command.

You enable the IPv4 address band with the pool-enable

command.

288

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Network protocols

7.3 DHCP server

7.3.3.12

Description set-interface

With this command, you specify the interface via which the IPv4 addresses are dynamically assigned.

The requirement for the assignment is that the IPv4 address of the interface is located within the IPv4 address band. If this is not the case, the interface does not assign any IPv4 addresses.

Requirement

You are in the DHCPPOOL configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-dhcp-pool-<ID>)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: set-interface {vlan <vlan-id (1-4094)> | <interface-type> <interface-id> }

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter vlan vlan-id interface-type interface-id

Description

Keyword for a VLAN connection.

Number of the addressed VLAN

Type or speed of the interface

Module no. and port no. of the interface

Range of values / note

-

1 ... 4094

Enter a valid interface

For information on identifiers of addresses and interfaces, refer to the section "Addresses and interface names (Page 35)".

Result

The interface is assigned. Before the IPv4 address band can be used, it still needs to be activated.

Further notes

You display the setting with the

show ip dhcp-server pools

command.

You enable the IPv4 address band with the pool-enable

command.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

289

Network protocols

7.3 DHCP server

7.3.3.13

Description static-lease

With this command you specify that devices with a certain MAC address or client ID are assigned to the preset IPv4 address.

Requirement

● The assignment has not yet been created.

● You are in the DHCPPOOL configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-dhcp-pool-<ID>)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: static-lease {mac <mac-address> | client-id <string>} <ip-address>

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter mac mac-address

Description

Keyword for a MAC address

Unicast MAC address client-id string ip-address

Keyword for a DHCP client ID

Freely definable DHCP client ID

Unicast IPv4 address

Range of values / note

-

Specify the MAC address. aa:bb:cc:dd:ee:ff

-

Enter the required designation.

Maximum of 254 characters

Enter a valid IPv4 address.

The IPv4 address must match the subnet of the IPv4 address band.

Result

The assignment is specified.

Further notes

You display the setting with the

show ip dhcp dhcp-server bindings

command.

You disable the IPv4 address band with the no pool-enable

command.

You delete the assignment with the no static-lease

command.

290

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Network protocols

7.3 DHCP server

7.3.3.14

Description no static-lease

With this command, you delete the assignment of an IPv4 address to a MAC address.

Requirement

You are in the DHCPPOOL configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-dhcp-pool-<ID>)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: no static-lease { mac <mac-address> | client-id <string> }

The parameter has the following meaning:

Parameter mac mac-address client-id string

Description

Keyword for a MAC address

Range of values / note

-

Unicast MAC address Specify the MAC address. aa:bb:cc:dd:ee:ff

Keyword for a DHCP client ID

-

Freely definable

DHCP client ID

Enter the required designation.

Result

The assignment is deleted.

Further notes

You configure the assignment with the static-lease

command.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

291

Network protocols

7.4 DHCP Relay

7.4 DHCP Relay

This section describes commands for the DHCP Relay Agent.

7.4.1 The "show" commands

This section describes commands with which you display various settings.

7.4.1.1

Description show dhcp server

With this command, you display the IP addresses of the DHCP servers to which the device forwards the frames.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode or in the Global

Configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: show dhcp server

Result

The IP addresses of the DHCP servers are displayed.

Further notes

With the " ip dhcp server

" command, you specify the IP addresses.

7.4.1.2

Description show ip dhcp relay information

This command displays the DHCP relay agent settings for all or for a selected VLAN.

292

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Requirement

Network protocols

7.4 DHCP Relay

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode or in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: show ip dhcp relay information [vlan <vlan-id>]

The parameter has the following meaning:

Parameter vlan vlan-id

Description

Keyword for a VLAN connection

Number of the addressed VLAN

Range of values / note

-

1 ... 4094

If you do not select any parameter from the parameter list, the entries are displayed for all available interfaces.

For information on names of addresses and interfaces, refer to the section "Addresses and interface names (Page 35)".

Result

The configuration settings are displayed.

7.4.2 Commands in the Global Configuration mode

This section describes commands that you can call up in the Global configuration mode.

In Privileged EXEC mode, enter the configure terminal

command to change to this mode.

Commands relating to other topics that can be called in the Global configuration mode can be found in the relevant sections.

You exit the Global configuration mode with the end

or exit

command and are then in the

Privileged EXEC mode again.

7.4.2.1

Description ip dhcp server

With this command, you specify the IP addresses of the DHCP servers to which the DHCP relay agent forwards the frames. You can specify up to four IP addresses for the DHCP relay agent.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

293

Network protocols

7.4 DHCP Relay

Requirement

● You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: ip dhcp server <ip address>

The parameter has the following meaning:

Parameter ip address

Description

IPv4 address of the DHCP server

Range of values / note enter a valid IP address

For information on names of addresses and interfaces, refer to the section "Addresses and interface names (Page 35)".

Result

The IP address is specified.

Further notes

You remove the IP address with the no ip dhcp server

command.

You enable the DHCP Relay Agent with the service dhcp-relay

command.

You display the IP addresses with the show dhcp server

command.

You display the settings with the show ip dhcp relay information

command.

7.4.2.2

Description no ip dhcp server

With this command, you delete the IP address of the DHCP server.

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

294

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Syntax

Network protocols

7.4 DHCP Relay

Call up the command with the following parameters: no ip dhcp server <ip address>

The parameter has the following meaning:

Parameter ip address

Description

IP address of the DHCP server

Range of values / note

Enter the IP address to be deleted.

For information on names of addresses and interfaces, refer to the section "Addresses and interface names (Page 35)".

Result

The IP address is removed.

Further notes

You enable the DHCP Relay Agent with the service dhcp-relay

command.

You create the IP address with the ip dhcp server

command.

You display the IP addresses with the show dhcp server

command.

7.4.2.3

Description ip dhcp relay circuit-id option

The Circuit ID is a sub option of the "DHCP Relay Information" option. The Circuit ID contains information about the origin of the DHCP packet.

With this command, you specify the information contained in the Circuit ID.

The Circuit ID is encoded in the DHCP packet if the "DHCP relay information" option is enabled.

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: ip dhcp relay circuit-id option [router-index] [vlanid] [recv-port]

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

295

Network protocols

7.4 DHCP Relay

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter router-index vlanid recv-prot

Description

The router index is added to the Circuit

ID.

The VLAN ID is added to the Circuit ID. -

Range of values / note

Default setting

The Circuit ID is added to the receiving port.

-

Result

The content of the Circuit ID is specified.

Further notes

You enable the DHCP Relay Information option with the ip dhcp relay information option command.

You display the information with the show ip dhcp relay information

command.

7.4.2.4

Description ip dhcp relay information option

With this command, you enable the "IP DHCP Relay Information" option. If the option is enabled, prior to forwarding to the DHCP server, information about the origin of the DHCP query is encoded in the packet. If the DHCP server sends a response, the information is removed again before forwarding to the DHCP client.

This information is only encoded in the data packet if the DHCP relay agent is enabled.

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode or in the Interface configuration mode of VLAN.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

or cli(config-if-$$)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameter assignment: ip dhcp relay information option

Result

The option is enabled.

296

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Further notes

Network protocols

7.4 DHCP Relay

You disable the option with the no ip dhcp relay information option

command.

You enable the DHCP Relay Agent with the service dhcp-relay

command.

You configure the content of the information with the ip dhcp relay circuit-id option command.

You can display the status of this option and other information with the show ip dhcp relay information

command.

7.4.2.5

Description no ip dhcp relay information option

With this command, you disable the "IP DHCP Relay Information" option.

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode or in the Interface configuration mode of VLAN.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

or cli(config-if-$$)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameter assignment: no ip dhcp relay information option

Result

The option is disabled.

Further notes

You enable the option with the ip dhcp relay information option

command.

You can display the status of this option and other information with the show ip dhcp relay information

command.

7.4.2.6

Description service dhcp-relay

With this command, you enable the DHCP relay agent on the device. The DHCP relay agent forwards DHCP queries to DHCP servers located in a different subnet.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

297

Network protocols

7.4 DHCP Relay

Requirement

You are in the Global Configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameter assignment: service dhcp-relay

Result

The DHCP Relay Agent is activated.

Further notes

You disable the DHCP Relay Agent with the no service dhcp-relay

command.

You create the IP addresses of the DHCP server with the ip dhcp server

command.

You can display the status of this function and other information with the show ip dhcp relay information command.

7.4.2.7

Description no service dhcp-relay

This command disables the DHCP relay agent.

Requirement

You are in the Global Configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: no service dhcp-relay

Result

The DHCP Relay Agent is disabled.

298

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Further notes

Network protocols

7.4 DHCP Relay

You enable the DHCP Relay Agent with the service dhcp-relay

command.

You can display the status of this function and other information with the show ip dhcp relay information command.

7.4.3 Commands in the Interface Configuration mode

This section describes commands that you can call up in the Interface Configuration mode of

VLAN.

In the global configuration mode, enter the interface vlan $$$

command to change to this mode. When doing this, you need to replace the

$$$

placeholders with the relevant VLAN ID.

Commands relating to other topics that can be called in the Interface Configuration mode of

VLAN can be found in the relevant sections.

● If you exit the Interface Configuration mode of VLAN with the exit

command, you return to the Interface Configuration mode.

● If you exit the Interface Configuration mode of VLAN with the end

command, you return to the Privileged EXEC mode.

7.4.3.1

Description ip dhcp relay circuit-id

With this command, you assign a Circuit ID to the interface.

Requirement

● The interface is an IP interface.

● You are in the Interface configuration mode of VLAN

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-if-vlan-$$)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: ip dhcp relay circuit-id <circuit-id>

The parameter has the following meaning:

Parameter circuit-id

Description

Circuit ID

Range of values / note

1 ... 188

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

299

Network protocols

7.4 DHCP Relay

Result

The Circuit ID is assigned.

Further notes

You remove the Circuit ID with the no ip dhcp relay circuit-id

command.

You display the IP addresses with the show dhcp server

command.

You display the settings with the show ip dhcp relay information

command.

7.4.3.2

Description no ip dhcp relay circuit-id

With this command, you remove the Circuit ID.

Requirement

● The interface is an IP interface.

● You are in the Interface Configuration mode of VLAN. The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-if-vlan-$$)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameter assignment: no ip dhcp relay circuit-id

Result

The Circuit ID is removed.

Further notes

You configure the Circuit ID with the ip dhcp relay circuit-id

command.

You display the IP addresses with the show dhcp server

command.

You display the settings with the show ip dhcp relay information

command.

300

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Network protocols

7.4 DHCP Relay

7.4.3.3

Description ip dhcp relay remote-id

With this command, you specify the device ID.

Requirement

● The interface is an IP interface.

● You are in the Interface Configuration mode of VLAN. The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-if-vlan-$$)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: ip dhcp relay remote-id <remote-id name>

The parameter has the following meaning:

Parameter remote-id name

Description

Device ID

Range of values / note max. 32 characters

Default: XYZ

Result

The device ID is specified.

Further notes

You remove the device ID with the no ip dhcp relay remote-id

command.

You display the IP addresses with the show dhcp server

command.

You display the settings with the show ip dhcp relay information

command.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

301

Network protocols

7.4 DHCP Relay

7.4.3.4

Description no ip dhcp relay remote-id

With this command, you remove the device identifier.

Requirement

● The interface is an IPv4 interface.

● You are in the Interface configuration mode

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-if-$$)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameter assignment: no ip dhcp relay remote-id

Result

The device ID is removed.

Further notes

You configure the device ID with the ip dhcp relay remote-id

command.

You display the IP addresses with the show dhcp server

command.

You display the settings with the show ip dhcp relay information

command.

302

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

7.5

Network protocols

7.5 SNMP

SNMP

This section describes commands of the Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP).

7.5.1 The "show" commands

This section describes commands with which you display various settings.

7.5.1.1

Description show snmp

This command shows the status information of SNMP.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: show snmp

Result

The status information is displayed.

7.5.1.2

Description show snmp community

This command shows the details of the configured of SNMP communities.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

303

Network protocols

7.5 SNMP

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: show snmp community

Result

The details of the configured SNMP communities are displayed.

7.5.1.3

Description show snmp engineID

This command shows the SNMP identification number of the device.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: show snmp engineID

Result

The SNMP identification number of the device is displayed.

7.5.1.4

Description show snmp filter

This command shows the configured SNMP filters.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

304

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: show snmp filter

Result

The configured SNMP filters are displayed.

7.5.1.5

Description show snmp group

This command shows the configured SNMP groups.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: show snmp group

Result

The configured SNMP groups are displayed.

7.5.1.6

Description show snmp group access

This command shows the rights of the configured SNMP groups.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

Network protocols

7.5 SNMP

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

305

Network protocols

7.5 SNMP

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: show snmp group access

Result

The rights of the configured SNMP groups are displayed.

7.5.1.7

Description show snmp inform statistics

This command shows the statistics of the Inform Messages.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: show snmp inform statistics

Result

The statistics of the Inform Messages are displayed.

7.5.1.8

Description show snmp notif

With this command, you display the configured SNMP notification types.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

306

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: show snmp notif

Result

The configured SNMP notification types are displayed.

7.5.1.9

Description show snmp targetaddr

This command shows the configured SNMP target addresses.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: show snmp targetaddr

Result

The configured SNMP target addresses are displayed.

7.5.1.10

Description show snmp targetparam

This command shows the configured SNMP target parameters.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

Network protocols

7.5 SNMP

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

307

Network protocols

7.5 SNMP

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: show snmp targetparam

Result

The configured SNMP target parameters are displayed.

7.5.1.11

Description show snmp tcp

This command shows the configuration for SNMP via TCP.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: show snmp tcp

Result

The configuration for SNMP via TCP is displayed.

7.5.1.12

Description show snmp user

This command shows the settings for the SNMP user.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

308

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: show snmp user

Result

The settings for the SNMP user are displayed.

7.5.1.13

Description show snmp viewtree

This command shows the settings for the SNMP tree view.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: show snmp viewtree

Result

The settings for the SNMP tree view are displayed.

7.5.2

Network protocols

7.5 SNMP

Commands in the global configuration mode

This section describes commands that you can call up in the Global configuration mode.

In Privileged EXEC mode, enter the configure terminal

command to change to this mode.

Commands relating to other topics that can be called in the Global configuration mode can be found in the relevant sections.

You exit the Global configuration mode with the end

or exit

command and are then in the

Privileged EXEC mode again.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

309

Network protocols

7.5 SNMP

7.5.2.1

Description snmpagent

With this command, you enable the SNMP agent function.

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: snmpagent

Result

The SNMP agent function is enabled.

Further notes

You disable the SNMP agent function with the no snmpagent

command.

7.5.2.2

Description no snmpagent

With this command, you disable the SNMP agent function.

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: no snmpagent

310

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Result

The SNMP agent function is disabled.

Further notes

You enable the SNMP agent function with the snmpagent

command.

Network protocols

7.5 SNMP

7.5.2.3

Description snmp agent version

With this command, you configure whether all SNMP queries or only SNMPv3 queries are processed.

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: snmp agent version {v3only|all}

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter v3only all

Description Range of values / note

Only SNMPv3 queries are processed -

All SNMP queries are processed Default: all

Result

The setting is configured.

7.5.2.4

Description snmp access

With this command, you configure the access to an SNMP group.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

311

Network protocols

7.5 SNMP

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: snmp access <GroupName> {v1|v2c|v3 {auth|noauth|priv}}

[read <ReadView|none>][write <WriteView|none>][notify <NotifyView|none>]

[{volatile|nonvolatile}]

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter

GroupName

Version

Description

Name of the group to which access is configured

Selects the version of the protocol used

Range of values / note max. 32 characters

• v1

• v2c

• v3

Authentication Selects the authentication method.

• auth

Enables MD5 or SHA as authentication method

• noauth

No authentication

• priv

Enables authentication and encryption read

The data can be read.

Keyword

ReadView

• none write

The data can be read and written

Keyword

WriteView

• none notify

Changes can be sent as a tag.

Keyword

NotifyView

• none

Storage Type Specifies whether the settings remain following a restart.

• volatile

:

The settings are lost after a restart

• nonvolatile

:

The settings are retained after a restart

The keywords need to be specified.

If optional parameters are not specified when configuring a group, the default value will be used.

312

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Result

Network protocols

7.5 SNMP

The settings for access to an SNMP group are configured.

Further notes

You delete the access to an SNMP group with the no snmp access

command.

You display the configured SNMP groups with the show snmp group

command.

You display the access configurations for SNMP groups with the show snmp group access command.

You display the configured SNMP tree views with the show snmp viewtree

command.

7.5.2.5

Description no snmp access

With this command, you delete the access to an SNMP group.

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: no snmp access <GroupName> {v1|v2c|v3 {auth|noauth|priv}}

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter

GroupName

Version

Description

Name of the group to which access is deleted

Selects the version of the protocol used

Range of values / note max. 32 characters

• v1

• v2c

• v3

Authentication Selects the authentication method.

• auth

• noauth

• priv

Result

The access to an SNMP group is deleted.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

313

Network protocols

7.5 SNMP

Further notes

You configure the setting with the snmp access

command.

You display the configured SNMP groups with the show snmp group

command.

You display the access configurations for SNMP groups with the show snmp group access command.

You display the configured SNMP tree views with the show snmp viewtree

command.

7.5.2.6

Description snmp community index

With this command, you configure the details of an SNMP community.

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

314

Call up the command with the following parameters: snmp community index <CommunityIndex> name <CommunityName>

security <SecurityName> [context <Name>][{volatile|nonvolatile}]

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter

CommunityIndex name

CommunityName security

SecurityName context

Name

Storage type

Description

Index of the community

Keyword for the name of the community

Name of the community

Keyword for the security name

Security name

Keyword for the context name

Context name

Specifies whether the settings remain following a restart.

Range of values / note max. 32 characters

- max. 32 characters

- max. 32 characters

- max. 32 characters

• :

The settings are lost after a restart

:

The settings are retained after a restart

If optional parameters are not specified when configuring a community, the default values apply.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Result

Network protocols

7.5 SNMP

The settings are configured.

Further notes

You delete the details of an SNMP community with the no snmp community index

command.

You show the details of an SNMP community with the show snmp community

command.

You show the status information of the SNMP communication with the show snmp

command.

7.5.2.7

Description no snmp community index

With this command, you delete the details of an SNMP community.

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: no snmp community index <CommunityIndex>

The parameter has the following meaning:

Parameter

CommunityIndex

Description

Name of the community

Range of values / note max. 32 characters

Result

The details of an SNMP community are deleted.

Further notes

You configure the details of an SNMP community with the snmp community index

command.

You show the details of an SNMP community with the show snmp community

command.

You show the status information of the SNMP communication with the show snmp

command.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

315

Network protocols

7.5 SNMP

7.5.2.8

Description snmp engineid migrate

With this command, you enable the SNMPv3 user migration.

If the function is enabled, an SNMP engine ID is generated that can be migrated. You can transfer configured SNMPv3 users to a different device. If you enable this function and load the configuration of the device on another device, configured SNMPv3 users are retained.

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: snmp engineid migrate

Result

The SNMPv3 user migration is enabled.

Further notes

You disable the SNMPv3 user migration with the no snmp engineid migrate

command.

7.5.2.9

Description no snmp engineid migrate

With this command, you disable the SNMPv3 user migration.

If the function is disabled, a device-specific SNMP engine ID is generated. To generate the

ID, the agent MAC address of the device is used. You cannot transfer this SNMP user configuration to other devices.

If you load the configuration of the device on another device, all configured SNMPv3 users are deleted.

316

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Requirement

Network protocols

7.5 SNMP

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: no snmp engineid migrate

Result

The SNMPv3 user migration is disabled.

Further notes

You enable the SNMPv3 user migration with the snmp engineid migrate

command.

7.5.2.10

Description snmp group

With this command, you configure the details of an SNMP group.

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: snmp group <GroupName> user <UserName> security-model {v1|v2c|v3}

[{volatile|nonvolatile}]

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter

GroupName user

UserName

Description

Name of the group

Keyword for the user name

Name of the user

Range of values / note max. 32 characters

- max. 32 characters

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

317

Network protocols

7.5 SNMP

Parameter security-model

Storage type

Description

Specifies which security settings will be used.

Range of values / note

• v1

• v2c

• v3

Specifies whether the settings remain following a restart.

• volatile

:

The settings are lost after a restart

• nonvolatile

:

The settings are retained after a restart.

If optional parameters are not specified when configuring a group, the default values apply.

Result

The details of the group are configured.

Further notes

You delete the details of an SNMP group with the no snmp group

command.

You display the created SNMP groups with the show snmp group

command.

You display the created SNMP user with the show snmp user

command.

7.5.2.11

Description no snmp group

With this command, you delete the details of an SNMP group.

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: no snmp group <GroupName> user <UserName> security-model {v1|v2c|v3}

318

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Network protocols

7.5 SNMP

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter

GroupName user

UserName security-model

Description

Name of the group

Keyword for the user name

Name of the user

Specifies which security settings are used for sending.

Range of values / note max. 32 characters

- max. 32 characters

• v1

• v2c

• v3

Result

The details of the group are deleted.

Further notes

You change the details of an SNMP group with the snmp group

command.

You display the created SNMP groups with the show snmp group

command.

You display the created SNMP user with the show snmp user

command.

7.5.2.12

Description snmp notify

With this command, you configure the details of the SNMP notifications.

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: snmp notify <NotifyName> tag <TagName> type {Trap|Inform}

[{volatile|nonvolatile}]

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter

NotifyName tag

TagName

Description

Name of the SNMP notification

Keyword for a target key

Name of the target key

Range of values / note max. 32 characters

- max. 32 characters

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

319

Network protocols

7.5 SNMP

Parameter

Type

Storage type

Description

Type of the SNMP notification

Specifies whether the settings remain following a restart.

Range of values / note

Trap

Generates a trap.

Inform

Generates a log entry or sends an entry to the log server.

:

The settings are lost after a restart

:

The settings are retained after a restart

Result

The details of the SNMP notifications are configured.

Further notes

You delete the details of an SNMP notification with the no snmp notify

command.

You display the configured SNMP notifications with the show snmp notif

command.

You display the configured SNMP target addresses with the show snmp targetaddr command.

7.5.2.13

Description no snmp notify

With this command, you delete the details of the SNMP notifications.

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: no snmp notify <NotifyName>

320

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Network protocols

7.5 SNMP

The parameter has the following meaning:

Parameter

NotifyName

Description

Name of the notification

Range of values / note max. 32 characters

Result

The details of the SNMP notifications are deleted.

Further notes

You change the details of an SNMP group with the snmp notify

command.

You display the configured SNMP notifications with the show snmp notif

command.

You display the configured SNMP target addresses with the show snmp targetaddr command.

7.5.2.14

Description snmp targetaddr

With this command, you configure the SNMP target address.

Requirement

● The SNMP target parameters are configured.

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: snmp targetaddr <TargetAddressName> param <ParamName> {ipv4<IPAddress>}

[timeout <Seconds(1-1500)] [retries <RetryCount(1-3)]

[taglist <TagIdentifier | none>] [{volatile | nonvolatile}]

[port <integer (1-65535)>]

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter

TargetAddressName param

ParamName

Description

Name of the target address

Keyword for the parameter name

Name of the destination address or the designation of the parameter name

Range of values max. 32 characters

- max. 32 characters

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

321

Network protocols

7.5 SNMP

Parameter ipv4

IPAddress timeout

Seconds retries

RetryCount taglist

TagIdentifier none

Storage Type port integer

Description

Keyword for an IPv4 address

Value for an IPv4 unicast address

Keyword for the time the SNMP agent waits for a response before it repeats the inform request message

Time in seconds

Keyword for the maximum number of attempts to obtain a response to an inform request message

Number of attempts

Keyword for tag list

Tag identifier that selects the target address for SNMP.

No tag identifier

Specifies whether the settings remain following a restart.

Range of values

-

Enter a valid IPv4 unicast address.

-

1 ... 1500

-

1 ... 3

-

Specify the tag identifier.

-

• volatile

:

The default settings are used after a restart.

• nonvolatile

:

The saved settings are used after a restart.

- Keyword for the port number at which the SNMP manager receives traps and inform messages

Port number 1 ... 65535

For information on names of addresses and interfaces, refer to the section "Addresses and interface names (Page 35)".

If optional parameters are not specified when configuring, the following defaults apply:

Parameter taglist

Storage Type port

Default value snmp volatile

162

Result

The SNMP target address is configured.

Further notes

You delete the SNMP target address with the no snmp targetaddr

command.

You display the SNMP target address with the show snmp targetaddr

command.

You configure the SNMP target parameters with the snmp targetparams

command.

You display the SNMP target parameters with the show snmp targetparam

command.

322

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Network protocols

7.5 SNMP

7.5.2.15

Description no snmp targetaddr

With this command, you delete the SNMP target address.

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: no snmp targetaddr <TargetAddressName>

The parameter has the following meaning:

Parameter

TargetAddressName

Description

SNMP target address

Range of values / note max. 32 characters

Result

The SNMP target address is deleted.

Further notes

You change the SNMP target address with the snmp targetaddr

command.

You display the SNMP target address with the show snmp targetaddr

command.

7.5.2.16

Description snmp targetparams

With this command, you configure the SNMP target parameters.

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

323

Network protocols

7.5 SNMP

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: snmp targetparams <ParamName>

user <UserName>

security-model {v1|v2c|v3 {auth|noauth|priv}}

message-processing {v1|v2c|v3}[{volatile|nonvolatile}]

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter

ParamName user

UserName security-model

Description

Name of the SNMP parameter

Keyword for the user name

Value for the user name

Specifies which SNMP version is used.

With SNMPv3 a security level (authentication, encryption) can also be configured.

Range of values / note max. 32 characters

- max. 32 characters

• SNMP version

– v1

– v2c

– v3

Security level for v3

– auth

Authentication enabled / no encryption enabled

– noauth message-processing

Specifies which SNMP version is used for processing the messages and whether the settings remain following a restart.

No authentication enabled, no encryption enabled

– priv

Authentication enabled / encryption enabled

• SNMP version

– v1

– v2c

– v3

Settings after the restart

– :

The settings are lost after a restart

– :

The settings are retained after a restart

Keywords need to be specified.

If optional parameters are not specified when configuring, the default values apply.

Result

The SNMP target parameters are configured.

324

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Further notes

Network protocols

7.5 SNMP

You delete the SNMP target parameters with the no snmp targetparams

command.

You display settings of this function with the show snmp targetparam

command.

You configure the user profile with the snmp user

command.

You display the list of users with the show snmp user

command.

7.5.2.17

Description no snmp targetparams

With this command, you delete the SNMP target parameters.

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: no snmp targetparams <ParamName>

The parameter has the following meaning:

Parameter

ParamName

Description

Name of the SNMP parameter

Range of values / note max. 32 characters

Result

The SNMP target parameters are deleted.

Further notes

You change the SNMP target parameters with the snmp targetparams

command.

You display settings of this function with the show targetparam

command.

7.5.2.18

Description snmp v1-v2 readonly

With this command, you block write access for SNMPv1 and SNMPv2 PDUs.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

325

Network protocols

7.5 SNMP

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: snmp v1-v2 readonly

Result

Write access for SNMPv1 and SNMPv2 PDUs is blocked.

Further notes

You release write access for SNMPv1 and SNMPv2 PDUs with the no snmp v1-v2 readonly command.

7.5.2.19

Description no snmp v1-v2 readonly

With this command, you enable write access for SNMPv1 and SNMPv2 PDUs.

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: no snmp v1-v2 readonly

Result

Write access for SNMPv1 and SNMPv2 PDUs is enabled.

Further notes

326

You block write access for SNMPv1 and SNMPv2 PDUs with the snmp v1-v2 readonly command.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

7.5.2.20

Description snmp user

With this command, you configure the details of an SNMP user.

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: snmp user <UserName> [auth {md5|sha} <passwd> [priv DES <passwd>]]

[{volatile|nonvolatile}]

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter

UserName auth

Description

Name of the user

Specifies that authentication takes place and which algorithm is used passwd priv DES passwd

Password for authentication

Specifies that there is encryption.

Range of values / note max. 32 characters

• md5

(Message Digest 5)

• sha

(Secure Hash Algorithm)

Default: No authentication max. 32 characters

-

Default: No encryption max. 32 characters

Storage type

Value for the password of the encryption

Specifies whether the settings remain following a restart.

• volatile

:

The default settings are used after a restart.

• nonvolatile

:

The saved settings are used after a restart.

If optional parameters are not specified when configuring an SNMP user, the default values apply.

Result

Network protocols

7.5 SNMP

The details of the SNMP user are configured.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

327

Network protocols

7.5 SNMP

Further notes

You delete the settings with the no snmp user

command.

You display the configured users with the show snmp user

command.

7.5.2.21

Description no snmp user

With this command, you delete the details of an SNMP user.

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: no snmp user <UserName>

The parameter has the following meaning:

Parameter

UserName

Description

Name of the user

Range of values / note max. 32 characters

Result

The details of the SNMP user are deleted.

Further notes

You change the settings with the snmp user

command.

You display the configured users with the show snmp user command.

7.5.2.22

Description snmp view

With this command, you configure an SNMP view.

328

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Requirement

Network protocols

7.5 SNMP

● An SNMP group has been created

● The access to the group is configured with snmp access

● You are in the Global Configuration mode.

The command prompt is: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: snmp view <ViewName> <OIDTree> [mask<OIDMask>] {included|excluded}

[{volatile|nonvolatile}]

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter

ViewName

OIDTree mask

OIDMask

Description

Name of the SNMP view

Object ID

Keyword for the OID mask

Mask that filters access to the elements of the MIB tree

View type Specifies whether the filtered elements are used or excluded.

Range of values / note max. 32 characters

Path information of the MIB tree

-

A series of "

0

" and "

1

" separated by dots in keeping with the path information of the MIB tree

• included

(Default)

• excluded

Storage type Specifies whether the settings remain following a restart.

• volatile

:

The settings are lost after a restart

• nonvolatile

:

The settings are retained after a restart (default).

If optional parameters are not specified when configuring, the default values apply.

Result

The SNMP view is configured.

Further notes

You delete the view with the no snmp view

command.

You display the configured SNMP tree views with the show snmp viewtree

command.

You display the SNMP group access rights with the show snmp group access

command.

You configure the SNMP group access rights with the snmp access

command.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

329

Network protocols

7.5 SNMP

7.5.2.23

Description no snmp view

With this command, you delete an SNMP view.

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: no snmp view <ViewName> <OIDTree>

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter

ViewName

OIDTree

Description

Name of the view

Object ID

Range of values / note max. 32 characters

Path information of the MIB tree

Result

The SNMP view is deleted.

Further notes

You configure a view with the snmp view

command.

You display the configured SNMP tree views with the show snmp viewtree

command.

330

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

7.6

Network protocols

7.6 SMTP client

SMTP client

This section describes commands of the Simple Mail Transfer Protocol (SMTP).

7.6.1 The "show" commands

This section describes commands with which you display various settings.

7.6.1.1

Description show events smtp-server

This command shows the configured e-mail servers.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: show events smtp-server

Result

The configured e-mail servers are displayed.

7.6.1.2

Description show events sender email

This command shows the configured e-mail sender address.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

331

Network protocols

7.6 SMTP client

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: show events sender email

Result

The configured e-mail sender address is displayed.

7.6.1.3

Description show events smtp-port

This command shows the configured SNMP port.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: show events smtp-port

Result

The configured SMTP port is displayed.

7.6.2 Commands in the Events configuration mode

This section describes commands that you can call up in the EVENTS configuration mode.

In the Global configuration mode, enter the events

command to change to this mode.

Commands relating to other topics that can be called in the Global configuration mode can be found in the relevant sections.

● If you exit the EVENTS configuration mode with the exit

command, you return to the

Global configuration mode.

● If you exit the EVENTS configuration mode with the end

command, you return to the

Privileged EXEC mode.

332

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Network protocols

7.6 SMTP client

7.6.2.1

Description smtp-server

With this command, you configure an entry for an SMTP server.

Requirement

You are in the EVENTS configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-events)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: smtp-server {ipv4 <ucast_addr>} <receiver mail-address>

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter ipv4 ucast_addr address

Description

Keyword for an IPv4 address

Range of values

-

Value for an IPv4 unicast address Enter a valid IPv4 unicast address.

Name of the recipient max. 100 characters

For information on names of addresses and interfaces, refer to the section "Addresses and interface names (Page 35)".

Result

An entry for the SMTP server is configured.

Further notes

You delete an SMTP server entry with the no smtp-server

command.

7.6.2.2

Description no smtp-server

With this command, you delete an SMTP server entry.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

333

Network protocols

7.6 SMTP client

Requirement

You are in the EVENTS configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-events)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: no smtp-server ipv4 <ucast_addr>

The parameter has the following meaning:

Parameter ipv4 ucast_addr

Description

Keyword for an IPv4 address

Value for an IPv4 address

Range of values

-

Enter a valid IPv4 address.

For information on names of addresses and interfaces, refer to the section "Addresses and interface names (Page 35)".

Result

The SMTP server entry is deleted.

Further notes

You configure an e-mail server entry with the smtp-server

command.

7.6.2.3

Description sender mail-address

With this command, you configure the e-mail name of the sender.

Requirement

You are in the EVENTS configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-events)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: sender mail-address <mail-address>

334

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Network protocols

7.6 SMTP client

The parameter has the following meaning:

Parameter mail-address

Description

Email name of the sender

Range of values / note max. 100 characters

Result

The e-mail name of the sender is configured.

Further notes

You reset the e-mail name of the sender with the no sender mail-address

.

You display the setting with the show events sender email

command.

7.6.2.4

Description no sender mail-address

With this command, you reset the e-mail name of the sender.

Requirement

You are in the EVENTS configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-events)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: no sender mail-address

Result

The e-mail name of the sender is reset.

Further notes

You configure the e-mail name of the sender with the sender mail-address

.

You display the setting with the show events sender email

command.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

335

Network protocols

7.6 SMTP client

7.6.2.5

Description send test mail

With this command, you send an e-mail according to the currently configured SMTP settings.

Requirement

You are in the EVENTS configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-events)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: send test mail

Result

An e-mail according to the currently configured SMTP settings is sent.

Further notes

You can display the current SMTP settings with the show events smtp-server

command.

7.6.2.6

Description smtp-port

With this command, you configure an SMTP port.

Requirement

You are in the EVENTS configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-events)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: smtp-port <smtp-port(1-65535)>

336

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Network protocols

7.6 SMTP client

The parameter has the following meaning:

Parameter smtp-port

Description

Value for the SMTP port

Range of values / note

1 ... 65535

Default: 25

Result

An SMTP port is configured.

Further notes

You can reset the setting to the default with the no smtp-port

command.

You display the setting with the show smtp-port

command.

7.6.2.7

Description no smtp-port

With this command, you reset the SMTP port to the default.

The default value is 25.

Requirement

You are in the EVENTS configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-events)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: no smtp-port

Result

The SMTP port is reset to the default value.

Further notes

You configure the setting with the smtp-port

command.

You display the setting with the show smtp-port

command.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

337

Network protocols

7.7 HTTP server

7.7 HTTP server

This section describes commands of the Hypertext Transfer Protocol (HTTP).

7.7.1 The "show" commands

This section describes commands with which you display various settings.

7.7.1.1

Description show ip http server status

This command shows the status of the HTTP server.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: show ip http server status

Result

The status of the HTTP server is displayed.

7.7.2 Commands in the global configuration mode

This section describes commands that you can call up in the Global configuration mode.

In Privileged EXEC mode, enter the configure terminal

command to change to this mode.

Commands relating to other topics that can be called in the Global configuration mode can be found in the relevant sections.

You exit the Global configuration mode with the end

or exit

command and are then in the

Privileged EXEC mode again.

338

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Network protocols

7.7 HTTP server

7.7.2.1

Description ip http

With this command, you enable HTTP on the device.

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: ip http

As default the function is "enabled".

Result

HTTP is enabled on the device.

Further notes

You can display the setting of this function and other information with the show ip http server status command.

You deactivate HTTP on the device with the no ip http

command.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

339

Network protocols

7.7 HTTP server

7.7.2.2

Description no ip http

With this command, you disable HTTP on the device.

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: no ip http

Result

HTTP is disabled on the device.

Further notes

You can display the setting of this function and other information with the show ip http server status command.

You enable HTTP with the ip http

command.

340

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

7.8

Network protocols

7.8 HTTPS server

HTTPS server

This section describes commands of the Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure (HTTPS).

7.8.1 The "show" commands

This section describes commands with which you display various settings.

7.8.1.1

Description show ip http secure server status

This command shows the status of the HTTPS server.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: show ip http secure server status

Result

The status, cipher suite and version of the HTTPS server are displayed.

7.8.1.2

Description show ssl server-cert

This command shows the SSL server certificate.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

341

Network protocols

7.9 ARP

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: show ssl server-cert

Result

The SSL server certificate is displayed.

7.9 ARP

This section describes commands of the Address Resolution Protocol (ARP).

7.9.1 The "show" commands

This section describes commands with which you display various settings.

7.9.1.1

Description show ip arp

With this command, you display the IP ARP table.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: show ip arp [{Vlan<vlan-id(1-4094)>|<interface-type><interface-id>|

<ip-address>|<mac-address>|summary|information}]

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter

Vlan vlan-id interface-type interface-id

Description

Keyword for a VLAN connection

Number of the addressed VLAN

Type or speed of the interface

Module no. and port no. of the interface

Range of values / note

-

1 ... 4094

Enter a valid interface.

342

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Network protocols

7.9 ARP

Parameter ip-address mac-address summary information

Description

Shows the IP addresses of the entries in the ARP table

Shows the MAC addresses of the entries in the ARP table

Shows a summary of the entries in the

ARP table

Displays information on the ARP configuration

Range of values / note

-

-

-

-

For information on names of addresses and interfaces, refer to the section "Addresses and interface names (Page 35)".

If you do not select any parameter from the parameter list, the IP ARP table is displayed.

Result

The IP ARP table is displayed.

7.9.2 Commands in the global configuration mode

This section describes commands that you can call up in the Global configuration mode.

In Privileged EXEC mode, enter the configure terminal

command to change to this mode.

Commands relating to other topics that can be called in the Global configuration mode can be found in the relevant sections.

You exit the Global configuration mode with the end

or exit

command and are then in the

Privileged EXEC mode again.

7.9.2.1

Description arp timeout

With this command, you configure the timeout setting of the ARP cache.

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: arp timeout <seconds(30-86400)>

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

343

Network protocols

7.9 ARP

The parameter has the following meaning:

Parameter Description seconds

Value for the timeout in seconds

Range of values / note

30 ... 86400

Default: 300

Result

The setting for the timeout setting of the ARP cache is configured.

Further notes

You can reset the timeout setting to the default with the no arp timeout

command.

You can display the status of this function and other information with the show ip arp command.

7.9.2.2

Description no arp timeout

With this command, you reset the timeout setting of the ARP cache back to the default value.

The default value for the timeout setting is 300 seconds.

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: no arp timeout

Result

The timeout setting for the ARP cache is reset to the default value.

Further notes

You change the timeout setting with the arp timeout

command.

You can display the status of this function and other information with the show ip arp command.

344

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

7.10

Network protocols

7.10 SSH server

SSH server

This section describes commands of the Secure Shell (SSH) Server.

7.10.1 The "show" commands

This section describes commands with which you display various settings.

7.10.1.1

Description show ip ssh

This command shows the settings of the SSH server.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: show ip ssh

Result

The settings for the SSH server are displayed.

7.10.2 Commands in the global configuration mode

This section describes commands that you can call up in the Global configuration mode.

In Privileged EXEC mode, enter the configure terminal

command to change to this mode.

Commands relating to other topics that can be called in the Global configuration mode can be found in the relevant sections.

You exit the Global configuration mode with the end

or exit

command and are then in the

Privileged EXEC mode again.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

345

Network protocols

7.10 SSH server

7.10.2.1

Description ssh-server

With this command, you enable the SSH protocol on the device.

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: ssh-server

As default the function is "enabled".

Result

The SSH protocol is enabled on the device.

Further notes

You disable the SSH protocol with the no ssh-server

command.

346

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

7.10.2.2

Description no ssh-server

With this command, you disable the SSH protocol on the device.

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: no ssh-server

Result

The SSH protocol is disabled on the device.

Further notes

You enable the SSH protocol with the ssh-server

command.

Network protocols

7.10 SSH server

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

347

Network protocols

7.10 SSH server

348

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Layer 2 management protocols

In this part, you will find sections relating to the topics GARP, IGMP snooping and IGMP querying.

8

8.1 GARP

This section describes commands of the following protocols:

● GARP - Generic Attribute Registration Protocol

● GMRP - GARP Multicast Registration Protocol

● GVRP - GARP VLAN Registration Protocol

8.1.1 The "show" commands

This section describes commands with which you display various settings.

8.1.1.1

Description show forward-all

With this command, you display the entries of the GMRP forward all table.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: show forward-all

Result

The entries of the GMRP forward all table are displayed.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

349

Layer 2 management protocols

8.1 GARP

8.1.1.2

Description show forward-unregistered

With this command, you display the entries of the GMRP forward unregistered table.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: show forward-unregistered

Result

The entries of the GMRP forward unregistered table are displayed.

8.1.2 Commands in the global configuration mode

This section describes commands that you can call up in the Global configuration mode.

In Privileged EXEC mode, enter the configure terminal

command to change to this mode.

Commands relating to other topics that can be called in the Global configuration mode can be found in the relevant sections.

You exit the Global configuration mode with the end

or exit

command and are then in the

Privileged EXEC mode again.

8.1.2.1

Description gmrp

With this command, you enable the GMRP function for all or individual interfaces on the device.

350

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Requirement

Layer 2 management protocols

8.1 GARP

You are in the Global configuration mode or

You are in the Interface configuration mode

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)# cli (config-if-$$$) #

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: gmrp

Result

In the Global configuration mode: The GMRP function is enabled on the device.

In the Interface configuration mode: The GMRP function is enabled for this interface.

Further notes

You need to enable GMRP globally for this device before you enable GMRP for individual interfaces.

If you want to enable or disable the function for a specific interface on the device, use the no gmrp

command in the Interface configuration mode.

You can display the status of this function and other information with the show vlan device info

command.

8.1.2.2

Description no gmrp

With this command, you disable the GMRP function for all or individual interfaces on the device.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

351

Layer 2 management protocols

8.1 GARP

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode or

You are in the Interface configuration mode

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)# cli (config-if-$$$) #

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: no gmrp

Result

In the Global configuration mode: The GMRP function is disabled on the device.

In the Interface configuration mode: The GMRP function is disabled for this interface.

Further notes

If you want to enable the function for a specific interface on the device, use the gmrp command.

You can display the status of this function and other information with the show vlan device info

command.

8.1.2.3

Description gvrp

With this command, you enable the GVRP function for all or individual interfaces on the device.

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode or

You are in the Interface configuration mode

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)# cli (config-if-$$$) #

352

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Syntax

Layer 2 management protocols

8.1 GARP

Call the command without parameters: gvrp

Result

In the Global configuration mode: The GVRP function is enabled on the device.

In the Interface configuration mode: The GVRP function is enabled for this interface.

Further notes

If you have enabled the GARP module, you start GVRP explicitly with this command.

If you want to disable the function for a specific interface on the device, use the no gvrp command.

You can display the status of this function and other information with the show vlan device info

command.

8.1.2.4

Description no gvrp

With this command, you disable the GVRP function for all or individual interfaces on the device.

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode or

You are in the Interface configuration mode

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)# cli (config-if-$$$) #

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: no gvrp

Result

In the Global configuration mode: The GVRP function is disabled on the device.

In the Interface configuration mode: The GVRP function is disabled for this interface.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

353

Layer 2 management protocols

8.2 IGMP snooping

Further notes

If you want to enable the function for a specific interface on the device, use the gvrp command.

You can display the status of this function and other information with the show vlan device info

command.

8.2 IGMP snooping

This section describes the snooping functionality of the Internet Group Management

Protocol.

8.2.1 The "show" commands

This section describes commands with which you display various settings.

8.2.1.1

Description show ip igmp snooping

This command shows information about IGMP snooping for all or a selected VLAN.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode or in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

or cli(config)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: show ip igmp snooping [Vlan<vlan id]

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter

Vlan vlan id

Description

Keyword for a VLAN connection

Number of the addressed VLAN

Range of values / note

-

1 ... 4094

For information on names of addresses and interfaces, refer to the section "Addresses and interface names (Page 35)".

354

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Result

Layer 2 management protocols

8.2 IGMP snooping

The information about IGMP snooping is displayed.

8.2.1.2

Description show ip igmp snooping forwarding-database

This command shows the multicast forwarding entries for all or a selected VLAN.

Requirement

● IGMP snooping is enabled on the device

● You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is: cli>

or cli#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: show ip igmp snooping forwarding-database [Vlan<vlan id>]

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter

Vlan vlan id

Description

Keyword for a VLAN connection

Number of the addressed VLAN

Range of values / note

-

1 ... 4094

For information on names of addresses and interfaces, refer to the section "Addresses and interface names (Page 35)".

Result

The multicast forwarding entries are displayed.

8.2.1.3

Description show ip igmp snooping globals

This command shows an overview of the settings of IGMP snooping.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli#

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

355

Layer 2 management protocols

8.2 IGMP snooping

Syntax

Call the command without parameter assignment: show ip igmp snooping globals

Result

The settings are displayed.

8.2.1.4

Description show ip igmp snooping groups

This command shows information about IGMP snooping for all or a selected VLAN.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode or in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

or cli(config)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: show ip igmp snooping groups [Vlan <vlan id> [Group <Address>]] [{static|dynamic}]

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter

Vlan vlan id

Group

Address

-

Description

Keyword for a VLAN connection

Number of the addressed VLAN

Range of values / note

-

1 ... 4094

• static

• dynamic

For information on names of addresses and interfaces, refer to the section "Addresses and interface names (Page 35)".

Result

The information about IGMP snooping is displayed.

356

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Layer 2 management protocols

8.2 IGMP snooping

8.2.1.5

Description show ip igmp snooping mrouter

This command shows the ports at which IGMP queriers are connected for all or a selected

VLAN..

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: show ip igmp snooping mrouter [Vlan <vlan index>] [detail]

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameters

Vlan vlan index detail

Description

Keyword for a VLAN or VLAN range

Number of the addressed VLAN or VLAN range

Specifies that detailed information is displayed.

Range of values

-

1 ... 4094

-

Result

A list of the active ports is displayed.

8.2.1.6

Description show ip igmp snooping statistics

This command shows the statistical information about IGMP snooping for all or a selected

VLAN.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

357

Layer 2 management protocols

8.2 IGMP snooping

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: show ip igmp snooping statistics [Vlan<vlan id>]

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter

Vlan vlan id

Description

Keyword for a VLAN connection

Number of the addressed VLAN

Range of values / note

-

1 ... 4094

For information on names of addresses and interfaces, refer to the section "Addresses and interface names (Page 35)".

Result

The statistical information is displayed.

8.2.1.7

Description show ip igmp snooping switch-ip

This command shows the IP address of the source for IGMP snooping.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: show ip igmp snooping switch-ip

Result

The IP address is displayed.

8.2.2

358

Commands in the global configuration mode

This section describes commands that you can call up in the Global configuration mode.

In Privileged EXEC mode, enter the configure terminal

command to change to this mode.

Commands relating to other topics that can be called in the Global configuration mode can be found in the relevant sections.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

You exit the Global configuration mode with the end

or exit

command and are then in the

Privileged EXEC mode again.

8.2.2.1

Description ip igmp snooping version

This command specifies which version of IGMP snooping the device will use. When shipped, the device uses IGMPv3.

Note

There is no separate show command to display the version of IGMP used by the device.

This information is shown when you enter the show ip igmp snooping

command in the User

EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

Requirement

Layer 2 management protocols

8.2 IGMP snooping

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: ip igmp snooping version {v1 | v2 | v3}

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter v1 v2 v3

Description

IGMPv1

IGMPv2

IGMPv3

Result

The version of IGMP snooping used by the device is specified.

8.2.2.2

Description ip igmp vlan-snooping

With this command, you enable IGMP snooping for all VLANs.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

359

Layer 2 management protocols

8.2 IGMP snooping

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: ip igmp vlan-snooping

Result

IGMP snooping is enabled for all VLANs.

Further notes

You disable IGMP snooping with the no ip igmp vlan-snooping

command.

8.2.2.3

Description no ip igmp vlan-snooping

With this command, you disable IGMP snooping for all VLANs.

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: no ip igmp vlan-snooping

Result

IGMP snooping is disabled for all VLANs.

Further notes

You enable IGMP snooping with the ip igmp vlan-snooping

command.

360

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Layer 2 management protocols

8.2 IGMP snooping

8.2.2.4

Description ip igmp snooping clear counters

With this command, you delete the counters for all or a selected VLAN.

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: ip igmp snooping clear counters [Vlan <vlanid (1-4094)>]

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter

Vlan vlanid

Description

Keyword for a VLAN connection

Number of the addressed VLAN

Range of values / note

-

1 ... 4094

For information on names of addresses and interfaces, refer to the section "Addresses and interface names (Page 35)".

If you do not select a VLAN, the counters of all VLANs will be deleted.

Result

The counters are deleted.

8.2.2.5

Description ip igmp snooping switch-ip

With this command, you configure the IP address of the source for IGMP snooping.

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

361

Layer 2 management protocols

8.2 IGMP snooping

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: ip igmp snooping switch-ip<switch-ipaddr>

The parameter has the following meaning:

Parameter switch-ipaddr

Description

Address of the source

Range of values / note

Specify a valid IP address.

Default: 0.0.0.0

For information on names of addresses and interfaces, refer to the section "Addresses and interface names (Page 35)".

Result

The IP address is configured.

8.2.2.6

Description ip igmp snooping port-purge-interval

The time after which a port is deleted from the list if no IGMP router control packets are received is known as the purge time.

With this command, you configure this purge time for a port for a VLAN in seconds.

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: ip igmp snooping port-purge-interval <(130-1225)seconds>

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter

-

Description

Value for the purge time in seconds

Range of values / note

130 ... 1225

Default: 260

Result

The purge time is configured.

362

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Further notes

Layer 2 management protocols

8.2 IGMP snooping

You can reset the setting to the default with the no ip igmp snooping port-purge-interval command.

You can display the status of this function and other information with the show ip igmp snooping globals

command.

8.2.2.7

Description no ip igmp snooping port-purge-interval

With this command, you reset the setting for the purge time to the default value.

The default value is 260 seconds.

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: no ip igmp snooping port-purge-interval

Result

The purge time is reset to the default value.

Further notes

You configure the setting with the ip igmp snooping port-purge-interval

command.

You can display the status of this function and other information with the show ip igmp snooping globals command.

8.2.3 Commands in the VLAN configuration mode

This section describes commands that you can call up in the VLAN Configuration mode.

In the Global Configuration mode, enter the vlan $$$

command to change to this mode.

When doing this, you need to replace the

$$$

placeholders with the relevant VLAN ID.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

363

Layer 2 management protocols

8.2 IGMP snooping

Commands relating to other topics that can be called in the VLAN Configuration mode can be found in the relevant sections.

● If you exit the VLAN Configuration mode with the exit

command, you return to the Global

Configuration mode.

● If you exit the VLAN Configuration mode with the end

command, you return to the

Privileged EXEC mode.

8.2.3.1

Description ip igmp snooping static-group

With this command, you create a static IGMP entry in the FDB.

Requirement

You are in the VLAN Configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-vlan-$$$)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: ip igmp snooping static-group <mcast_addr> ports <interface-type> <iface_list>

The parameter has the following meaning:

Parameter static-group mcast_addr ports interface-type iface_list

Description

Keyword for a static entry

Value for a multicast address

Keyword for a an interface description -

Type or speed of the interface Enter a valid interface

Module no. and port no. of the interface

Range of values / note

-

Enter a valid multicast address.

Result

The static IGMP entry has been created.

Further notes

You delete a static IGMP entry with the no ip igmp snooping static-group

command.

364

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

8.2.3.2

Description no ip igmp snooping static-group

With this command, you delete a static IGMP entry.

Requirement

You are in the VLAN Configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-vlan-$$$)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: no ip igmp snooping static-group <mcast_addr>

The parameter has the following meaning:

Parameter static-group mcast_addr

Description

Keyword for a static entry

Value for a multicast address

Layer 2 management protocols

8.2 IGMP snooping

Range of values / note

-

Enter a valid multicast address.

Result

The static IGMP entry has been deleted.

Further notes

You create a static IGMP entry with the ip igmp snooping static-group

command.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

365

Layer 2 management protocols

8.3 IGMP querier

8.3 IGMP querier

This section describes the commands for the query functionality of the Internet Group

Management Protocol (IGMP).

8.3.1 Commands in the Global Configuration mode

This section describes commands that you can call up in the Global configuration mode.

In Privileged EXEC mode, enter the configure terminal

command to change to this mode.

Commands relating to other topics that can be called in the Global configuration mode can be found in the relevant sections.

You exit the Global configuration mode with the end

or exit

command and are then in the

Privileged EXEC mode again.

8.3.1.1

Description ip igmp snooping querier

With this command, you configure the IGMP snooping switch as querier.

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: ip igmp snooping querier

As default the function is "disabled".

Result

The IGMP snooping switch is configured as querier.

Further notes

You delete the setting with the no ip igmp snooping querier

command.

You can display the status of this function and other information with the show ip igmp snooping

command.

366

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Layer 2 management protocols

8.3 IGMP querier

8.3.1.2

Description no ip igmp snooping querier

With this command, you delete the configuration of an IGMP snooping switch as querier.

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: no ip igmp snooping querier

Result

The configuration of the IGMP snooping switch as querier is deleted.

Further notes

You configure the setting with the ip igmp snooping querier

command.

You can display the status of this function and other information with the show ip igmp snooping

command.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

367

Layer 2 management protocols

8.4 Ring redundancy and standby connection

8.4 Ring redundancy and standby connection

The ring redundancy function allows several devices to be interconnected in a ring structure.

Since such a topology is not supported in normal network operation, such rings are logically disconnected using the Media Redundancy Protocol (MRP) or the High Speed Redundancy

Protocol (HRP). If one component fails, all other elements of the ring can still be reached.

The device that logically disconnects the ring is known as the Redundancy Manager (RM).

The simple structure of the individual MRP rings allows shorter reaction times if disruptions occur.

Complex network topologies cannot be set up with this function.

This means that two rings can be connected redundantly in each case via two links (master, slave). This function is known as the standby connection.

One link is active on an interface of the master device and the second is inactive on an interface of the slave device.

Note

Position of master and slave device

The master and slave device of a standby connection (link pair between different structures of the ring redundancy) must be located in the same ring.

This section describes commands of the ring redundancy function.

Note

Avoiding bad configurations

When using the commands in this section, you should take particular care because a bad configuration of this function can have serious negative affects on the network.

8.4.1

Description

clear hrp counters

With this command, you reset the HRP counters.

Requirement

You are in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli#

368

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Syntax

Layer 2 management protocols

8.4 Ring redundancy and standby connection

Call the command without parameters: clear hrp counters

Result

The HRP counters have been reset.

8.4.2

Description

clear ring-redundancy manager counters

With this command, you reset the following counters:

● How often the device as redundancy manager switched to the active status, i.e. closed the ring.

● The maximum delay time of the test frames of the redundancy manager.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: clear ring-redundancy manager counters

Result

The counters are reset.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

369

Layer 2 management protocols

8.4 Ring redundancy and standby connection

8.4.3

Description

clear standby counter

With this command, you reset the counters of the standby function.

Requirement

You are in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: clear standby counter

Result

The standby counter is reset.

8.4.4 The "show" commands

This section describes commands with which you display various settings.

8.4.4.1

Description show hrp counters

With this command, you display the following information:

● How often the device as redundancy manager switched to the active status, i.e. closed the ring.

● The maximum delay time of the test frames of the redundancy manager.

● How often the IE switch has changed the standby status from "Passive" to "Active".

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

370

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Syntax

Layer 2 management protocols

8.4 Ring redundancy and standby connection

Call the command without parameters: show hrp counters

Result

The counters are displayed.

8.4.4.2

Description show ring-redundancy

With this command, you show the current configuration of the ring redundancy and standby functions.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: show ring-redundancy

Result

The current configurations are displayed.

8.4.4.3

Description show ring-redundancy manager counters

With this command, you display the following information:

● How often the device as redundancy manager switched to the active status, i.e. closed the ring.

● The maximum delay time of the test frames of the redundancy manager.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

371

Layer 2 management protocols

8.4 Ring redundancy and standby connection

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: show ring-redundancy manager counters

Result

The counters are displayed.

8.4.5 Commands in the global configuration mode

This section describes commands that you can call up in the Global configuration mode.

In Privileged EXEC mode, enter the configure terminal

command to change to this mode.

Commands relating to other topics that can be called in the Global configuration mode can be found in the relevant sections.

You exit the Global configuration mode with the end

or exit

command and are then in the

Privileged EXEC mode again.

8.4.5.1

Description ring-redundancy configuration

With this command, you change to the Redundancy Configuration mode.

Requirement

You are in the Global Configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: ring-redundancy configuration

372

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Result

Layer 2 management protocols

8.4 Ring redundancy and standby connection

You are now in the Redundancy Configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-red)#

Further notes

You exit the Redundancy Configuration mode with the end

or exit

command.

8.4.5.2

Description ring-redundancy hrpobserver

With this command, you enable the observer or restart it.

The “observer” function is only available in HRP rings. The observer monitors malfunctions of the redundancy manager or incorrect configurations of an HRP ring.

If the observer is enabled, it can interrupt the connected ring if errors are detected. To do this, the observer switches a ring port to the "blocking" status. When the error is resolved, the observer enables the port again.

If numerous errors occur in quick succession, the observer no longer enables its port automatically. The ring port remains permanently in the "blocking" status. This is signaled by the error LED and a message text. After the errors have been eliminated, you can enable the port again with this command and the parameter restart

.

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: ring-redundancy hrpobserver [restart]

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter restart

Description

Restarts the observer.

If you do not specify the optional parameter, the observer is enabled.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

373

Layer 2 management protocols

8.4 Ring redundancy and standby connection

Result

The observer is enabled or restarted.

Further notes

You disable the observer with the no ring-redundancy hrpobserver

command.

You can display the status of this function and other information with the show ringredundancy

command.

8.4.5.3

Description no ring-redundancy hrpobserver

With this command, you disable the observer.

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameter assignment: no ring-redundancy hrpobserver

Result

The observer is disabled.

Further notes

You enable the observer with the ring-redundancy hrpobserver

command.

You can display the status of this function and other information with the show ringredundancy

command.

8.4.5.4

Description ring-redundancy mode

With this command, you enable the ring redundancy function on a device.

374

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Requirement

Layer 2 management protocols

8.4 Ring redundancy and standby connection

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: ring-redundancy mode {ard | mrpauto | mrpclient | hrpclient | hrpmanager}

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter ard

Description

Enables the automatic redundancy mode

(Automatic Redundancy Detection) mrpauto mrpclient hrpclient hrpmanager

Enables the automatic MRP manager

Enables ring redundancy with the MRP protocol as client

Enables ring redundancy with the HRP protocol as client

Enables ring redundancy with the HRP protocol in ring redundancy manager mode

-

-

Range of values / note

• Default setting with PROFINET variants: enabled

Default setting with EtherNet/IP variants: disabled

-

-

Result

The ring redundancy function is enabled and the redundancy mode is selected.

Further notes

You disable the ring redundancy function with the no ring-redundancy

command.

8.4.5.5

Description no ring-redundancy

With this command, you disable the ring redundancy function on a device.

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

375

Layer 2 management protocols

8.4 Ring redundancy and standby connection

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: no ring-redundancy

Result

The ring redundancy function is disabled.

Further notes

You enable the ring redundancy function with the ring-redundancy mode

command.

8.4.5.6

Description ring-redundancy standby

With this command, you enable the standby function.

Requirement

● HRP is enabled

● You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: ring-redundancy standby

Result

The standby function is enabled.

Further notes

You disable the setting with the no ring-redundancy standby

command.

You can display the status of this function and other information with the show ringredundancy command.

376

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Layer 2 management protocols

8.4 Ring redundancy and standby connection

8.4.5.7

Description no ring-redundancy standby

With this command, you disable the standby function.

Requirement

● HRP is enabled

● You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: no ring-redundancy standby

Result

The standby function is disabled.

Further notes

You enable the setting with the ring-redundancy standby

command.

You can display the status of this function and other information with the show ringredundancy command.

8.4.6 Commands in the redundancy configuration mode

This section describes commands that you can call up in the Redundancy Configuration mode.

In the Global Configuration mode, enter the ring-redundancy configuration

command to change to this mode.

● If you exit the Redundancy Configuration mode with the exit

command, you return to the

Global Configuration mode.

● If you exit the Redundancy Configuration mode with the end

command, you return to the

Privileged EXEC mode.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

377

Layer 2 management protocols

8.4 Ring redundancy and standby connection

8.4.6.1

Description ring ports

With this command, you configure the ports of the ring redundancy manager or ring redundancy client on a device.

● Redundancy manager

– In the normal status, the network structure is operated via port. The other port is only used by the ring redundancy manager for checking.

– If there is a disruption, the two parts of the ring operate via both ports.

● Redundancy client

– The client forwards all frames.

Requirement

You are in the Redundancy configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-red)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: ring ports <interface-type><interface-id><interface-type><interface-id>

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter interface-type interface-id interface-type interface-id

Description

Specifies the interface type for the first ring port

Specifies the number of the interface for the first ring port

Specifies the interface type for the second ring port

Specifies the number of the interface for the second ring port

For information on names of addresses and interfaces, refer to the section "Addresses and interface names (Page 35)".

Note

Differing port addresses

The first and second port must be configured on different interfaces.

Result

The ports of the ring redundancy are configured.

378

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Layer 2 management protocols

8.4 Ring redundancy and standby connection

8.4.6.2

Description standby connection-name

With this command, you assign a name to the standby connection on the device.

Requirement

You are in the Redundancy configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-red)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: standby connection-name <string(32)>

The parameter has the following meaning:

Parameter

<string(32)>

Description

Name of the connection

Range of values / note max. 32 characters

Result

The standby connection is assigned a name.

8.4.6.3

Description no standby connection-name

With this command, you delete the name of a standby connection.

Requirement

You are in the Redundancy Configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-red)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: no standby connection-name

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

379

Layer 2 management protocols

8.4 Ring redundancy and standby connection

Result

The name of the standby connection is deleted.

8.4.6.4

Description standby force-master

With this command, you enable the standby force-master function.

Requirement

● HRPis enabed

● You are in the Redundancy configuration mode.

The command prompt is: cli(config-red)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: standby force-master

Result

The standby force-master function is enabled.

Further notes

You disable the setting with the no standby force-master

command.

You can display the status of this function and other information with the show ringredundancy command.

8.4.6.5

Description no standby force-master

With this command, you disable the standby force-master function.

Requirement

● HRPis enabed

● You are in the Redundancy configuration mode.

The command prompt is: cli(config-red)#

380

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Syntax

Layer 2 management protocols

8.4 Ring redundancy and standby connection

Call the command without parameters: no standby force-master

Result

The standby force-master function is disabled.

Further notes

You enable the setting with the standby force-master

command.

You can display the status of this function and other information with the show ringredundancy command.

8.4.6.6

Description standby port

With this command, you configure and enable the port for a standby connection on a device.

Requirement

You are in the Redundancy configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-red)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: standby port {<interface-type> <interface-id>}

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter interface-type interface-id

Description

Type or speed of the interface

Module no. and port no. of the interface

Range of values / note

Enter a valid interface.

For information on names of addresses and interfaces, refer to the section "Addresses and interface names (Page 35)".

Result

The ports for a standby connection are configured and enabled.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

381

Layer 2 management protocols

8.4 Ring redundancy and standby connection

Further notes

You disable the setting with the no standby port

command.

You can display the status of this function and other information with the show ringredundancy

command.

8.4.6.7

Description no standby port

With this command, disable the port for a standby connection on a device.

Requirement

You are in the Redundancy configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-red)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: no standby port [<interface-type><interface-id>}

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter interface-type interface-id

Description

Type or speed of the interface

Module no. and port no. of the interface

Range of values / note

Enter a valid interface.

For information on names of addresses and interfaces, refer to the section "Addresses and interface names (Page 35)".

Result

The ports for a standby connection are disabled.

Further notes

You enable the setting with the standby port

command.

You can display the status of this function and other information with the show ringredundancy

command.

382

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

8.5

Layer 2 management protocols

8.5 Unicast

Unicast

The commands in this section configure the procedures for handling Unicast frames.

The commands allow the following:

● Filtering of Unicast frames

● Blocking of ports

● Automatic learning of Unicast

● Blocking unknown Unicast frames.

With the "show" commands, you can display the configuration data.

With the following commands, note which "Base bridge mode" you are in. If you are in the

"Transparent Bridge" mode, all settings relate to the management VLAN: VLAN 1.

You change the mode with the base bridge-mode

command.

8.5.1 The "show" commands VLAN bridge)

This section describes commands with which you display various settings.

8.5.1.1

Description show mac-address-table

This command shows the table with the static and dynamic unicast MAC addresses and multicast MAC addresses.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: show mac-address-table [vlan<vlan-range>][address<aa:aa:aa:aa:aa:aa>]

[interface <interface-type><interface-id>]

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter vlan vlan-range

Description

Keyword for a VLAN or VLAN range

Number of the addressed VLAN or

VLAN range

Range of values / note

-

1 ... 4094

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

383

Layer 2 management protocols

8.5 Unicast

Parameter address aa:aa:aa:aa:aa:aa interface interface-type interface-id

Description

Keyword for a MAC address

MAC address

Range of values / note

-

-

Keyword for a an interface description -

Type or speed of the interface Enter a valid interface.

Module no. and port no. of the interface

For information on names of addresses and interfaces, refer to the section "Addresses and interface names (Page 35)".

If you do not select any parameter from the parameter list, the entries are displayed for all available interfaces.

Result

The entries of the MAC addresses table are displayed.

8.5.1.2

Description show mac-address-table dynamic unicast

This command shows the table with the dynamic unicast MAC addresses assigned by the device.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: show mac-address-table dynamic unicast[vlan<vlan-range>]

[address<aa:aa:aa:aa:aa:aa>][{interface<interface-type>

<interface-id>}]

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter vlan vlan-range address aa:aa:aa:aa:aa:aa

Description

Keyword for a VLAN connection

Number of the addressed VLAN

Keyword for a MAC address

MAC address

-

-

Range of values / note

-

1 ... 4094

384

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Layer 2 management protocols

8.5 Unicast

Parameter interface interface-type interface-id

Description Range of values / note

Keyword for a an interface description -

Type or speed of the interface

Module no. and port no. of the interface

Enter a valid interface

For information on names of addresses and interfaces, refer to the section "Addresses and interface names (Page 35)".

If you do not select any parameter from the parameter list, the entries are displayed for all available interfaces.

Result

The dynamic unicast MAC addresses are displayed.

8.5.1.3

Description show mac-address-table static unicast

This command shows the table with the static unicast MAC addresses.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: show mac-address-table static unicast[vlan<vlan-range>]

[address<aa:aa:aa:aa:aa:aa>][{interface<interface-type><interface-id>}]

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter vlan vlan-range address aa:aa:aa:aa:aa:aa interface interface-type interface-id

Description

Keyword for a VLAN connection

Number of the addressed VLAN

Keyword for a MAC address

MAC address

Range of values / note

-

1 ... 4094

-

-

Keyword for a an interface description -

Type or speed of the interface Enter a valid interface

Module no. and port no. of the interface

For information on names of addresses and interfaces, refer to the section "Addresses and interface names (Page 35)".

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

385

Layer 2 management protocols

8.5 Unicast

If you do not select any parameter from the parameter list, the entries are displayed for all available interfaces.

Result

The static unicast MAC addresses are displayed.

8.5.1.4

Description show unicast-block config

This command shows the unicast blocking settings for ports.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: show unicast-block config [port <interface-type> <interface-id)>]

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter port interface-type interface-id

Description

Keyword for a port description

Type or speed of the interface

Module no. and port no. of the interface

Range of values / note

-

Enter a valid interface

For information on names of interfaces and addresses, refer to the section "Addresses and interface names (Page 35)".

Result

The unicast blocking settings for ports are displayed.

8.5.2

386

Commands in the global configuration mode (VLAN bridge)

This section describes commands that you can call up in the Global configuration mode.

In Privileged EXEC mode, enter the configure terminal

command to change to this mode.

Commands relating to other topics that can be called in the Global configuration mode can be found in the relevant sections.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Layer 2 management protocols

8.5 Unicast

You exit the Global configuration mode with the end

or exit

command and are then in the

Privileged EXEC mode again.

8.5.2.1

Description mac-address-table static unicast

With this command, you generate a static unicast MAC address entry in the forwarding database.

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: mac-address-table static unicast <aa:aa:aa:aa:aa:aa>

vlan <vlan-id(1-4094)>

interface ([<interface-type> <interface-id>]

[<interface-type> <0/a-b, 0/c,...>]

[port-channel <interface-list>])

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter aa:aa:aa:aa:aa:aa vlan vlan-id interface interface-type interface-id port-channel interface-list

Description

MAC address of the interface

Keyword for a VLAN connection

Range of values / note

-

-

Number of the addressed VLAN 1 ... 4094

Keyword for a an interface description -

Type or speed of the interface

Module no. and port no. of the interface

Enter a valid interface.

Keyword for a port channel connection Enter a valid port channel connec-

Number of the addressed port channel tion.

For information on names of addresses and interfaces, refer to the section "Addresses and interface names (Page 35)".

Result

The entry in the forwarding database is generated.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

387

Layer 2 management protocols

8.5 Unicast

Further notes

With the show mac-address-table static unicast

command, you display the list of configured entries.

With the no mac-address-table static unicast

command, you delete an entry.

8.5.2.2

Description no mac-address-table static unicast

With this command, you delete a static unicast MAC address entry from the forwarding database.

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: no mac-address-table static unicast <aa:aa:aa:aa:aa:aa>

vlan<vlan-id(1-4094)>

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter aa:aa:aa:aa:aa:aa vlan vlan-id

Description

MAC address of the interface

Keyword for a VLAN connection

Number of the addressed VLAN

Range of values / note

-

-

1 ... 4094

For information on names of addresses and interfaces, refer to the section "Addresses and interface names (Page 35)".

Result

The entry is deleted from the forwarding database.

Further notes

With the show mac-address-table static unicast

command, you display the list of configured entries.

With the mac-address-table static unicast

command, you create an entry.

388

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

8.5.3

Layer 2 management protocols

8.5 Unicast

The "show" commands (Transparent Bridge)

This section describes commands with which you display various settings.

8.5.3.1

Description show dot1d mac-address-table

This command shows the table with the static and dynamic unicast entries and the dynamic multicast entries.

Requirement

You are in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: show dot1d mac-address-table [address <aa:aa:aa:aa:aa:aa>]

[{interface <interface-type> <interface-id>}]

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter address aa:aa:aa:aa:aa:aa interface interface-type interface-id

Description

Keyword for a MAC address

MAC address

Keyword for a an interface description

Type or speed of the interface

Module no. and port no. of the interface

Range of values/note

-

Specify a valid MAC address.

-

Enter a valid interface.

For information on names of addresses and interfaces, refer to the section "Addresses and interface names (Page 35)".

If you do not select any parameter from the parameter list, the entries are displayed for all available interfaces.

Result

The entries are displayed.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

389

Layer 2 management protocols

8.5 Unicast

8.5.3.2

Description show dot1d mac-address-table static unicast

This command shows the table with the static unicast MAC addresses.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: show dot1d mac-address-table static unicast [address <aa:aa:aa:aa:aa:aa>]

[{interface <interface-type> <interface-id>}]

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter address aa:aa:aa:aa:aa:aa interface interface-type interface-id

Description

Keyword for a MAC address

MAC address

Keyword for a an interface description -

Type or speed of the interface Enter a valid interface

Module no. and port no. of the interface

Range of values / note

-

-

For information on names of addresses and interfaces, refer to the section "Addresses and interface names (Page 35)".

If you do not select any parameter from the parameter list, the entries are displayed for all available interfaces.

Result

The static unicast MAC addresses are displayed.

390

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

8.5.3.3

Description show unicast-block config

This command shows the unicast blocking settings for ports.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: show unicast-block config [port <interface-type> <interface-id)>]

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter port interface-type interface-id

Description

Keyword for a port description

Type or speed of the interface

Module no. and port no. of the interface

Range of values / note

-

Enter a valid interface

For information on names of interfaces and addresses, refer to the section "Addresses and interface names (Page 35)".

Result

Layer 2 management protocols

8.5 Unicast

The unicast blocking settings for ports are displayed.

8.5.4 Commands in the global configuration mode (Transparent Bridge)

This section describes commands that you can call up in the Global configuration mode.

In Privileged EXEC mode, enter the configure terminal

command to change to this mode.

Commands relating to other topics that can be called in the Global configuration mode can be found in the relevant sections.

You exit the Global configuration mode with the end

or exit

command and are then in the

Privileged EXEC mode again.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

391

Layer 2 management protocols

8.5 Unicast

8.5.4.1

Description mac-address-table static unicast

With this command, you generate a static unicast MAC address entry in the forwarding database.

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: mac-address-table static unicast <aa:aa:aa:aa:aa:aa>

interface ([<interface-type> <interface-id>]

[<interface-type> <0/a-b, 0/c,...>]

[port-channel <interface-list>])

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter aa:aa:aa:aa:aa:aa interface interface-type interface-id port-channel interface-list

Description

MAC address of the interface

Keyword for a an interface description -

Range of values / note

-

Type or speed of the interface

Module no. and port no. of the interface

Enter a valid interface.

Keyword for a port channel connection Enter a valid port channel connec-

Number of the addressed port channel tion.

For information on names of addresses and interfaces, refer to the section "Addresses and interface names (Page 35)".

Result

The entry in the forwarding database is generated.

Further notes

With the show dot1d mac-address-table static unicast

command, you display the list of configured entries.

With the no mac-address-table static unicast

command, you delete an entry.

392

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Layer 2 management protocols

8.5 Unicast

8.5.4.2

Description no mac-address-table static unicast

With this command, you delete a static unicast MAC address entry from the forwarding database.

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: no mac-address-table static unicast <aa:aa:aa:aa:aa:aa>

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter aa:aa:aa:aa:aa:aa

Description

MAC address of the interface

Range of values / note

-

For information on names of addresses and interfaces, refer to the section "Addresses and interface names (Page 35)".

Result

The entry is deleted from the forwarding database.

Further notes

With the show dot1d mac-address-table static unicast

command, you display the list of configured entries.

With the mac-address-table static unicast

command, you create an entry.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

393

Layer 2 management protocols

8.6 Multicast

8.6 Multicast

The commands in this section configure the procedures for handling Multicast frames.

The commands allow the following:

● Configuration of groups

● IGMP

● Blocking unknown Multicast frames.

With the "show" commands, you can display the configuration data.

With the following commands, note which "Base bridge mode" you are in. If you are in the

"Transparent Bridge" mode, all settings relate to the management VLAN: VLAN 1.

You change the mode with the base bridge-mode

command.

8.6.1 The "show" commands VLAN bridge)

This section describes commands with which you display various settings.

8.6.1.1

Description show mac-address-table

This command shows the table with the static and dynamic unicast MAC addresses and multicast MAC addresses.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: show mac-address-table [vlan<vlan-range>][address<aa:aa:aa:aa:aa:aa>]

[interface <interface-type><interface-id>]

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter vlan vlan-range address

Description

Keyword for a VLAN or VLAN range

Number of the addressed VLAN or

VLAN range

Keyword for a MAC address

Range of values / note

-

1 ... 4094

-

394

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Layer 2 management protocols

8.6 Multicast

Parameter aa:aa:aa:aa:aa:aa interface interface-type interface-id

Description

MAC address

Range of values / note

-

Keyword for a an interface description -

Type or speed of the interface

Module no. and port no. of the interface

Enter a valid interface.

For information on names of addresses and interfaces, refer to the section "Addresses and interface names (Page 35)".

If you do not select any parameter from the parameter list, the entries are displayed for all available interfaces.

Result

The entries of the MAC addresses table are displayed.

8.6.1.2

Description show mac-address-table dynamic multicast

This command shows the table with the dynamic multicast MAC addresses assigned by the device.

Note

The device does not learn any reserved multicast addresses, see also RFC 5771.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: show mac-address-table dynamic multicast[vlan<vlan-range>]

[address<aa:aa:aa:aa:aa:aa>]

[{interface<interface-type><interface-id>}]

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter vlan vlan-range address

Description

Keyword for a VLAN connection

Number of the addressed VLAN

Keyword for a MAC address

Range of values / note

-

1 ... 4094

-

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

395

Layer 2 management protocols

8.6 Multicast

Parameter aa:aa:aa:aa:aa:aa interface interface-type interface-id

Description

MAC address

Range of values / note

-

Keyword for a an interface description -

Type or speed of the interface

Module no. and port no. of the interface

Enter a valid interface

For information on names of addresses and interfaces, refer to the section "Addresses and interface names (Page 35)".

If you do not select any parameter from the parameter list, the entries are displayed for all available interfaces.

Result

The dynamic multicast MAC addresses are displayed.

8.6.1.3

Description show mac-address-table static multicast

This command shows the table with the static multicast MAC addresses.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

Syntax

396

Call up the command with the following parameters: show mac-address-table static multicast[vlan<vlan-range>]

[address<aa:aa:aa:aa:aa:aa>][{interface<interface-type><interface-id>}]

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter vlan vlan-range address aa:aa:aa:aa:aa:aa interface interface-type interface-id

Description

Keyword for a VLAN connection

Number of the addressed VLAN

Range of values / note

-

1 ... 4094

Keyword for a MAC address

Type or speed of the interface

Module no. and port no. of the interface

-

MAC address -

Keyword for a an interface description -

Enter a valid interface

For information on names of addresses and interfaces, refer to the section "Addresses and interface names (Page 35)".

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Layer 2 management protocols

8.6 Multicast

If you do not select any parameter from the parameter list, the entries are displayed for all available interfaces.

Result

The static multicast MAC addresses are displayed.

8.6.1.4

Description show multicast-block config

This command shows the multicast blocking settings for ports.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: show multicast-block config [port <interface-type> <interface-id)>]

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter port interface-type interface-id

Description

Keyword for a port description

Type or speed of the interface

Module no. and port no. of the interface

Range of values / note

-

Enter a valid interface

For information on names of addresses and interfaces, refer to the section "Addresses and interface names (Page 35)".

If no parameters are specified, the settings for all ports are displayed.

Result

The multicast blocking settings for ports are displayed.

8.6.2 Commands in the global configuration mode (VLAN bridge)

This section describes commands that you can call up in the Global configuration mode.

In Privileged EXEC mode, enter the configure terminal

command to change to this mode.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

397

Layer 2 management protocols

8.6 Multicast

Commands relating to other topics that can be called in the Global configuration mode can be found in the relevant sections.

You exit the Global configuration mode with the end

or exit

command and are then in the

Privileged EXEC mode again.

8.6.2.1

Description mac-address-table static multicast

With this command, you generate a static multicast MAC address entry in the forwarding database.

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: mac-address-table static multicast <aa:aa:aa:aa:aa:aa>

vlan<vlan-id(1-4094)>

interface([<interface-type><0/a-b,0/c,...>]

[<interface-type><0/a-b,0/c,...>]

[port-channel<1-8>]])

[forbidden-ports([<interface-type><0/a-b,0/c,...>]

[<interface-type><0/ab,0/c, ...>]

[port-channel <1-8>]])

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter aa:aa:aa:aa:aa:aa vlan vlan-id interface interface-type

0/a-b, 0/c,...

port-channel forbidden-ports

Description

MAC address of the interface

Keyword for a VLAN connection

Range of values / note

-

-

Number of the addressed VLAN 1 ... 4094

Keyword for a an interface description -

Type or speed of the interface

Module no. and port no. of the interface

Enter a valid interface.

Specifies the name of a port channel 1-8

Keyword for the interface description of the blocked ports

-

For information on names of addresses and interfaces, refer to the section "Addresses and interface names (Page 35)".

398

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Result

Layer 2 management protocols

8.6 Multicast

The entry in the forwarding database is generated.

Further notes

With the show mac-address-table static multicast

command, you display the list of configured entries.

With the no mac-address-table static multicast

command, you delete an entry.

8.6.2.2

Description no mac-address-table static multicast

With this command, you delete a static multicast address.

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: no mac-address-table static multicast <aa:aa:aa:aa:aa:aa> vlan <vlan-id(1-4094)>

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter aa:aa:aa:aa:a a:aa vlan vlan-id

Description

MAC address of the interface

Keyword for a VLAN connection

Number of the addressed VLAN

Range of values / note

-

-

1 ... 4094

For information on names of addresses and interfaces, refer to the section "Addresses and interface names (Page 35)".

If you do not select any parameters from the parameter list, the default value is used.

Result

The "static multicast" function is disabled.

8.6.3 The "show" commands (Transparent Bridge)

This section describes commands with which you display various settings.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

399

Layer 2 management protocols

8.6 Multicast

8.6.3.1

Description show dot1d mac-address-table

This command shows the table with the static and dynamic unicast entries and the dynamic multicast entries.

Requirement

You are in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: show dot1d mac-address-table [address <aa:aa:aa:aa:aa:aa>]

[{interface <interface-type> <interface-id>}]

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter address aa:aa:aa:aa:aa:aa interface interface-type interface-id

Description

Keyword for a MAC address

MAC address

Keyword for a an interface description

Type or speed of the interface

Module no. and port no. of the interface

Range of values/note

-

Specify a valid MAC address.

-

Enter a valid interface.

For information on names of addresses and interfaces, refer to the section "Addresses and interface names (Page 35)".

If you do not select any parameter from the parameter list, the entries are displayed for all available interfaces.

Result

The entries are displayed.

8.6.3.2

Description show dot1d mac-address-table static multicast

This command shows the table with the static multicast MAC addresses.

400

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Requirement

Layer 2 management protocols

8.6 Multicast

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: show dot1d mac-address-table static multicast [address <aa:aa:aa:aa:aa:aa>]

[{interface <interface-type> <interface-id>}]

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter address aa:aa:aa:aa:aa:aa interface interface-type interface-id

Description

Keyword for a MAC address

MAC address

Range of values / note

-

-

Keyword for a an interface description -

Type or speed of the interface Enter a valid interface

Module no. and port no. of the interface

For information on names of addresses and interfaces, refer to the section "Addresses and interface names (Page 35)".

If you do not select any parameter from the parameter list, the entries are displayed for all available interfaces.

Result

The static multicast MAC addresses are displayed.

8.6.3.3

Description show multicast-block config

This command shows the multicast blocking settings for ports.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

401

Layer 2 management protocols

8.6 Multicast

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: show multicast-block config [port <interface-type> <interface-id)>]

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter port interface-type interface-id

Description

Keyword for a port description

Type or speed of the interface

Module no. and port no. of the interface

Range of values / note

-

Enter a valid interface

For information on names of addresses and interfaces, refer to the section "Addresses and interface names (Page 35)".

If no parameters are specified, the settings for all ports are displayed.

Result

The multicast blocking settings for ports are displayed.

8.6.4 Commands in the global configuration mode (Transparent Bridge)

This section describes commands that you can call up in the Global configuration mode.

In Privileged EXEC mode, enter the configure terminal

command to change to this mode.

Commands relating to other topics that can be called in the Global configuration mode can be found in the relevant sections.

You exit the Global configuration mode with the end

or exit

command and are then in the

Privileged EXEC mode again.

8.6.4.1

Description mac-address-table static multicast

With this command, you generate a static multicast MAC address entry in the forwarding database.

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

402

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Syntax

Layer 2 management protocols

8.6 Multicast

Call up the command with the following parameters: mac-address-table static multicast <aa:aa:aa:aa:aa:aa>

interface ([<interface-type> <interface-id>]

[<interface-type> <interface-id>]

[port-channel <1-8>]])

[forbidden-ports ([<interface-type> <interface-id>]

[<interface-type> <interface-id>]

[port-channel <1-8>]])

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter aa:aa:aa:aa:aa:aa

Description

MAC address of the interface interface

Keyword for a an interface description interface-type

Type of interface interface-id

Module no. and port no. of the interface port-channel

Specifies the name of a port channel forbidden-ports

Keyword for the interface description of the blocked ports

Range of values / note

-

-

Specify a valid interface.

1-8

-

For information on names of addresses and interfaces, refer to the section "Addresses and interface names (Page 35)".

If you do not select any parameters from the parameter list, the default value is used.

Result

The entry in the forwarding database is generated.

Further notes

With the show dot1d mac-address-table static multicast

command, you display the list of configured entries.

With the no mac-address-table static multicast

command, you delete an entry.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

403

Layer 2 management protocols

8.6 Multicast

8.6.4.2

Description no mac-address-table static multicast

With this command, you delete a static multicast MAC address entry from the forwarding database.

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: no mac-address-table static multicast <aa:aa:aa:aa:aa:aa>

The parameter has the following meaning:

Parameter aa:aa:aa:aa:aa:aa

Description

MAC address of the interface

Range of values / note

-

For information on names of addresses and interfaces, refer to the section "Addresses and interface names (Page 35)".

If you do not select any parameters from the parameter list, the default value is used.

Result

The entry is deleted from the forwarding database.

Further notes

With the show dot1d mac-address-table static multicast

command, you display the list of configured entries.

With the mac-address-table static multicast

command, you create an entry.

404

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Load control

9

This part contains the sections describing the functions for controlling and balancing network load.

9.1 Rate control

This section describes commands for controlling and restricting the data transmission rate of an interface.

9.1.1 The "show" commands

This section describes commands with which you display various settings.

9.1.1.1

Description show rate-limit output

This command shows the packet rate for limiting the outgoing data stream of one or all interfaces.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: show rate-limit output[interface<interface-type><interface-id>]

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter interface interface-type interface-id

Description Range of values / note

Keyword for a an interface description -

Type or speed of the interface

Module no. and port no. of the interface

Enter a valid interface.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

405

Load control

9.1 Rate control

For information on names of addresses and interfaces, refer to the section "Addresses and interface names (Page 35)".

If you do not select any parameter from the parameter list, the entries are displayed for all available interfaces.

Result

The entries are displayed.

9.1.2 Commands in the interface configuration mode

This section describes commands that you can call up in the interface configuration mode.

Depending on the Interface selected, various command sets are available.

In the Global configuration mode, enter the interface

command to change to this mode.

Commands relating to other topics that can be called in the interface configuration mode can be found in the relevant sections.

● If you exit the Interface configuration mode with the exit

command, you return to the

Global configuration mode.

● If you exit the Interface configuration mode with the end

command, you return to the

Privileged EXEC mode.

9.1.2.1

Description rate-limit output

With this command, you configure and enable the data rate in Kbps for limiting the outgoing data stream of the interface.

Requirement

You are in the Interface configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-if-$$$)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: rate-limit output <rate-value>

406

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Load control

9.1 Rate control

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter rate-value

Description

Value for the in data rate in Kbps

Range of values / note

Default:

The data rate is set to 0. The outgoing data stream is not limited.

If you do not select any parameters from the parameter list, the default value is used.

Result

The limitation of the outgoing data stream of the interface with the data rate is enabled.

Further notes

You disable the function with the no rate-limit output

command.

9.1.2.2

Description no rate-limit output

With this command, you disable the data rate for limiting the outgoing data stream of the interface.

Requirement

You are in the Interface configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-if-$$$)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: no rate-limit output

Result

The limitation of the outgoing data stream of the interface with the data rate is disabled.

Further notes

You enable the function with the rate-limit output

command.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

407

Load control

9.1 Rate control

9.1.2.3

Description storm-control

With this command, you enable data rate for limiting the incoming data stream of the interface for broadcast, multicast or unknown unicast packets.

Note

Applications

Storm control is only supported on physical interfaces.

Requirement

You are in the Interface configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-if-$$$)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: storm-control{broadcast|multicast|dlf}

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter broadcast multicast dlf

Description

Limits broadcast packets

Limits multicast packets

Limits unicast packets with unresolvable addresses

(dfl = destination lookup fail)

As default the function is "disabled" for all transfer types.

Note

Configuration of the threshold value

The default value for the storm control level is 0 Kbps. The incoming data stream is not limited.

To have the incoming data stream limited, configure the threshold value with the stormcontrol level

command.

Result

The storm control function is enabled.

408

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Further notes

Load control

9.1 Rate control

You enable the function with the no storm-control command.

You configure the threshold value for the storm control function with the storm-control level command.

9.1.2.4

Description no storm-control

With this command, you disable the storm control function for broadcast, multicast or unknown unicast packets.

Requirement

You are in the Interface configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-if-$$$)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: no storm-control{broadcast|multicast|dlf}

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter broadcast multicast dlf

Description

Disables broadcast storm control

Disables multicast storm control

Disables unknown unicast storm control if you call up the function without parameters, it is disabled for all types of transmission.

Result

The storm control function is disabled.

Further notes

You enable the function with the storm-control

command.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

409

Load control

9.1 Rate control

9.1.2.5

Description storm-control level

With this command, you configure the value for the storm control function in Kbps.

Requirement

You are in the Interface configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-if-$$$)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: storm-control level <rate-value>

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter rate-value

Description

Value for the in data rate in Kbps

Range of values / note

The value range depends on the port speed. The entry is rounded down to the next valid value. If small values are entered, the value is rounded up to the next valid value.

Default:

The data rate is set to 0. The incoming data stream is not limited.

Result

The value for the storm control function is configured.

Further notes

You can reset the setting to the default with the no storm-control level

command.

9.1.2.6

Description no storm-control level

With this command, you reset the value for the storm control function to the default value.

The default value for the storm control level is 0 Kbps. The incoming data stream is not limited.

410

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Requirement

Load control

9.1 Rate control

You are in the Interface configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-if-$$$)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: no storm-control level

Result

The value for the storm control function is reset to the default.

Further notes

You configure the value for the storm control function with the storm-control level command.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

411

Load control

9.2 Static MAC filtering

9.2 Static MAC filtering

This section describes commands for filtering data packet on an interface.

With the following commands, note which "Base bridge mode" you are in. If you are in the

"Transparent Bridge" mode, all settings relate to the management VLAN: VLAN 1.

You change the mode with the base bridge-mode

command.

9.2.1 Commands in the global configuration mode (VLAN bridge)

This section describes commands that you can call up in the Global configuration mode.

In Privileged EXEC mode, enter the configure terminal

command to change to this mode.

Commands relating to other topics that can be called in the Global configuration mode can be found in the relevant sections.

You exit the Global configuration mode with the end

or exit

command and are then in the

Privileged EXEC mode again.

9.2.1.1

Description mac-address-table static multicast

With this command, you generate a static multicast MAC address entry in the forwarding database.

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: mac-address-table static multicast <aa:aa:aa:aa:aa:aa>

vlan<vlan-id(1-4094)>

interface([<interface-type><0/a-b,0/c,...>]

[<interface-type><0/a-b,0/c,...>]

[port-channel<1-8>]])

[forbidden-ports([<interface-type><0/a-b,0/c,...>]

[<interface-type><0/ab,0/c, ...>]

[port-channel <1-8>]])

412

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Load control

9.2 Static MAC filtering

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter aa:aa:aa:aa:aa:aa vlan vlan-id interface interface-type

0/a-b, 0/c,...

port-channel forbidden-ports

Description

MAC address of the interface

Keyword for a VLAN connection

Range of values / note

-

-

Number of the addressed VLAN 1 ... 4094

Keyword for a an interface description -

Type or speed of the interface

Module no. and port no. of the interface

Enter a valid interface.

Specifies the name of a port channel 1-8

Keyword for the interface description of the blocked ports

-

For information on names of addresses and interfaces, refer to the section "Addresses and interface names (Page 35)".

Result

The entry in the forwarding database is generated.

Further notes

With the show mac-address-table static multicast

command, you display the list of configured entries.

With the no mac-address-table static multicast

command, you delete an entry.

9.2.1.2

Description no mac-address-table static multicast

With this command, you delete a static multicast MAC address entry from the forwarding database.

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: no mac-address-table static multicast<aa:aa:aa:aa:aa:aa>

vlan<vlan-id(1-4094)>

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

413

Load control

9.2 Static MAC filtering

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter aa:aa:aa:aa:aa:aa vlan vlan-id

Description

MAC address of the interface

Keyword for the number of a VLAN connection

Number of the addressed VLAN

Range of values / note

-

-

1 ... 4094

For information on names of addresses and interfaces, refer to the section "Addresses and interface names (Page 35)".

Result

The entry is deleted from the forwarding database.

Further notes

With the show mac-address-table static multicast

command, you display the list of configured entries.

With the mac-address-table static multicast

command, you create an entry.

9.2.1.3

Description mac-address-table static unicast

With this command, you generate a static unicast MAC address entry in the forwarding database.

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: mac-address-table static unicast <aa:aa:aa:aa:aa:aa>

vlan <vlan-id(1-4094)>

interface ([<interface-type> <interface-id>]

[<interface-type> <0/a-b, 0/c,...>]

[port-channel <interface-list>])

414

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Load control

9.2 Static MAC filtering

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter aa:aa:aa:aa:aa:aa vlan vlan-id interface interface-type interface-id port-channel interface-list

Description

MAC address of the interface

Keyword for a VLAN connection

Range of values / note

-

-

Number of the addressed VLAN 1 ... 4094

Keyword for a an interface description -

Type or speed of the interface

Module no. and port no. of the interface

Enter a valid interface.

Keyword for a port channel connection Enter a valid port channel connec-

Number of the addressed port channel tion.

For information on names of addresses and interfaces, refer to the section "Addresses and interface names (Page 35)".

Result

The entry in the forwarding database is generated.

Further notes

With the show mac-address-table static unicast

command, you display the list of configured entries.

With the no mac-address-table static unicast

command, you delete an entry.

9.2.1.4

Description no mac-address-table static unicast

With this command, you delete a static unicast MAC address entry from the forwarding database.

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: no mac-address-table static unicast <aa:aa:aa:aa:aa:aa>

vlan<vlan-id(1-4094)>

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

415

Load control

9.2 Static MAC filtering

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter aa:aa:aa:aa:aa:aa vlan vlan-id

Description

MAC address of the interface

Keyword for a VLAN connection

Number of the addressed VLAN

Range of values / note

-

-

1 ... 4094

For information on names of addresses and interfaces, refer to the section "Addresses and interface names (Page 35)".

Result

The entry is deleted from the forwarding database.

Further notes

With the show mac-address-table static unicast

command, you display the list of configured entries.

With the mac-address-table static unicast

command, you create an entry.

9.2.2 Commands in the global configuration mode (Transparent Bridge)

This section describes commands that you can call up in the Global configuration mode.

In Privileged EXEC mode, enter the configure terminal

command to change to this mode.

Commands relating to other topics that can be called in the Global configuration mode can be found in the relevant sections.

You exit the Global configuration mode with the end

or exit

command and are then in the

Privileged EXEC mode again.

9.2.2.1

Description mac-address-table static multicast

With this command, you generate a static multicast MAC address entry in the forwarding database.

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

416

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Syntax

Load control

9.2 Static MAC filtering

Call up the command with the following parameters: mac-address-table static multicast <aa:aa:aa:aa:aa:aa>

interface ([<interface-type> <interface-id>]

[<interface-type> <interface-id>]

[port-channel <1-8>]])

[forbidden-ports ([<interface-type> <interface-id>]

[<interface-type> <interface-id>]

[port-channel <1-8>]])

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter aa:aa:aa:aa:aa:aa interface interface-type interface-id port-channel forbidden-ports

Description

MAC address of the interface

Keyword for a an interface description

Type of interface

Module no. and port no. of the interface

Specifies the name of a port channel

Keyword for the interface description of the blocked ports

Range of values / note

-

-

Specify a valid interface.

1-8

-

For information on names of addresses and interfaces, refer to the section "Addresses and interface names (Page 35)".

If you do not select any parameters from the parameter list, the default value is used.

Result

The entry in the forwarding database is generated.

Further notes

With the show dot1d mac-address-table static multicast

command, you display the list of configured entries.

With the no mac-address-table static multicast

command, you delete an entry.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

417

Load control

9.2 Static MAC filtering

9.2.2.2

Description no mac-address-table static multicast

With this command, you delete a static multicast MAC address entry from the forwarding database.

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: no mac-address-table static multicast <aa:aa:aa:aa:aa:aa>

The parameter has the following meaning:

Parameter aa:aa:aa:aa:aa:aa

Description

MAC address of the interface

Range of values / note

-

For information on names of addresses and interfaces, refer to the section "Addresses and interface names (Page 35)".

If you do not select any parameters from the parameter list, the default value is used.

Result

The entry is deleted from the forwarding database.

Further notes

With the show dot1d mac-address-table static multicast

command, you display the list of configured entries.

With the mac-address-table static multicast

command, you create an entry.

9.2.2.3

Description mac-address-table static unicast

With this command, you generate a static unicast MAC address entry in the forwarding database.

418

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Requirement

Load control

9.2 Static MAC filtering

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: mac-address-table static unicast <aa:aa:aa:aa:aa:aa>

interface ([<interface-type> <interface-id>]

[<interface-type> <0/a-b, 0/c,...>]

[port-channel <interface-list>])

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter aa:aa:aa:aa:aa:aa interface interface-type interface-id port-channel interface-list

Description

MAC address of the interface

Range of values / note

-

Keyword for a an interface description -

Type or speed of the interface

Module no. and port no. of the interface

Enter a valid interface.

Keyword for a port channel connection Enter a valid port channel connec-

Number of the addressed port channel tion.

For information on names of addresses and interfaces, refer to the section "Addresses and interface names (Page 35)".

Result

The entry in the forwarding database is generated.

Further notes

With the show dot1d mac-address-table static unicast

command, you display the list of configured entries.

With the no mac-address-table static unicast

command, you delete an entry.

9.2.2.4

Description no mac-address-table static unicast

With this command, you delete a static unicast MAC address entry from the forwarding database.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

419

Load control

9.2 Static MAC filtering

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: no mac-address-table static unicast <aa:aa:aa:aa:aa:aa>

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter aa:aa:aa:aa:aa:aa

Description

MAC address of the interface

Range of values / note

-

For information on names of addresses and interfaces, refer to the section "Addresses and interface names (Page 35)".

Result

The entry is deleted from the forwarding database.

Further notes

With the show dot1d mac-address-table static unicast

command, you display the list of configured entries.

With the mac-address-table static unicast

command, you create an entry.

9.2.3 Commands in the interface configuration mode

This section describes commands that you can call up in the interface configuration mode.

Depending on the Interface selected, various command sets are available.

In the Global configuration mode, enter the interface

command to change to this mode.

Commands relating to other topics that can be called in the interface configuration mode can be found in the relevant sections.

● If you exit the Interface configuration mode with the exit

command, you return to the

Global configuration mode.

● If you exit the Interface configuration mode with the end

command, you return to the

Privileged EXEC mode.

420

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Load control

9.2 Static MAC filtering

9.2.3.1

Description switchport ingress-filter

With incoming packets, the ingress filter checks whether the port on which the packet was received belongs to the sending VLAN. If this is not the case, the packet is not processed.

With this command, you enable the ingress filter.

Requirement

You are in the Interface configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-if-$$$)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: switchport ingress-filter

Result

The ingress filter is activated.

Further notes

You disable the filter with the no switchport ingress-filter

command.

You can display the status of the ingress filter and other settings with the show vlan port config

command.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

421

Load control

9.2 Static MAC filtering

9.2.3.2

Description no switchport ingress-filter

With this command, you disable the ingress filter.

Requirement

You are in the Interface configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-if-$$$)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: no switchport ingress-filter

Result

The ingress filter is deactivated.

Further notes

You enable the filter with the switchport ingress-filter

command.

You can display the status of the ingress filter and other settings with the show vlan port config

command.

422

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

9.3

Load control

9.3 Dynamic MAC aging

Dynamic MAC aging

The section describes commands with which the aging of dynamically learned entries is configured in a MAC address list.

9.3.1 The "show" commands

This section describes commands with which you display various settings.

9.3.1.1

Description show mac-address-table aging-time

To ensure that the address entries are up-to-date, MAC addresses are only kept in the address table for a specified time.

This command shows the time after which the MAC addresses are removed from the address table.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: show mac-address-table aging-time

Result

The time is displayed.

9.3.1.2

Description show mac-address-table aging-status

This command shows whether or not MAC aging is enabled.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

423

Load control

9.3 Dynamic MAC aging

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: show mac-address-table aging-status

Result

The status of the MAC aging is displayed.

9.3.2 Commands in the global configuration mode

This section describes commands that you can call up in the Global configuration mode.

In Privileged EXEC mode, enter the configure terminal

command to change to this mode.

Commands relating to other topics that can be called in the Global configuration mode can be found in the relevant sections.

You exit the Global configuration mode with the end

or exit

command and are then in the

Privileged EXEC mode again.

9.3.2.1

Description mac-address-table aging-time

With this command, you configure the aging of a dynamically learned entry in the MAC address list.

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: mac-address-table aging-time <seconds(10-630)>

424

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Load control

9.3 Dynamic MAC aging

The parameter has the following meaning:

Parameter seconds

Description

Life of the entry in seconds

Range of values / note

15 ... 630

Default: 30

Enter the period of time in seconds in steps of 15.

When you input the Aging Time, note that the WBM rounds to correct values. If you enter a value that cannot be divided by

15, the value is automatically rounded down.

Result

The value of the aging of a dynamically learned entry is configured.

Further notes

You can reset the setting to the default with the no mac-address-table aging-time

command.

You display the setting with the show mac-address-table aging-time

command.

9.3.2.2

Description no mac-address-table aging-time

With this command, you reset the value for the aging of a dynamically learned entry in the

MAC address list to the default value.

The default value is 40 s.

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: no mac-address-table aging-time

Result

The value of the aging of a dynamically learned entry is reset to the default value.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

425

Load control

9.3 Dynamic MAC aging

Further notes

You configure the setting with the mac-address-table aging-time

command.

You display the setting with the show mac-address-table aging-time

command.

9.3.2.3

Description mac-address-table aging

With this command, you enable the "Aging" function. The "Aging" function ensures that an entry in the MAC address list that was learned dynamically is deleted again after a certain time.

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: mac-address-table aging

Result

The "Aging" function is enabled.

Further notes

You configure the time with the mac-address-table aging-time

command.

You disable the "Aging" function with the no mac-address-table aging

command.

426

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Load control

9.3 Dynamic MAC aging

9.3.2.4

Description no mac-address-table aging

With this command, you disable the "Aging" function.

Requirement

You are in the Global Configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: no mac-address-table aging

Result

The "Aging" function is disabled.

Further notes

You enable the "Aging" function with the mac-address-table aging

command.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

427

Load control

9.4 Flow control

9.4 Flow control

The flow control function monitors the incoming data traffic of a port. If there is overload

("Congestion", "Overflow") it sends a signal to the connection partner. If the flow control function receives a signal at the sending end, it stops the data transmission to avoid loss of data.

This section describes commands of the flow control function.

9.4.1 The "show" commands

This section describes commands with which you display various settings.

9.4.1.1

Description show flow-control

This command shows the settings of the flow control function.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: show flow-control [interface <interface-type><interface-id>]

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter interface interface-type interface-id

Description Range of values / note

Keyword for a an interface description -

Type or speed of the interface

Module no. and port no. of the interface

Enter a valid interface.

For information on names of addresses and interfaces, refer to the section "Addresses and interface names (Page 35)".

If you do not select any parameters from the parameter list, the information for the router will be displayed.

Result

The settings of the flow control function are displayed.

428

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

9.4.2

Load control

9.4 Flow control

Commands in the interface configuration mode

This section describes commands that you can call up in the interface configuration mode.

Depending on the Interface selected, various command sets are available.

In the Global configuration mode, enter the interface

command to change to this mode.

Commands relating to other topics that can be called in the interface configuration mode can be found in the relevant sections.

● If you exit the Interface configuration mode with the exit

command, you return to the

Global configuration mode.

● If you exit the Interface configuration mode with the end

command, you return to the

Privileged EXEC mode.

9.4.2.1

Description flowcontrol

The flow control function monitors a connection at the receiving end to make sure that not more data is received than can be processed. If flow control detects a threat of data overflow, the partner at the sending end is sent a signal to stop transmitting.

With this command, you configure the flow control function for an interface.

Requirement

You are in the Interface configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-if-$$$)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: flowcontrol {on|off}

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter on off

Description

Enables the function

Disables the function

Result

The settings for the flow control function are configured.

Further notes

You can display the status of this function with the show flow-control command.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

429

Load control

9.5 Service classes

9.5 Service classes

This section describes commands for configuring the assignment tables for service classes and the Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP).

9.5.1 The "show" commands

This section describes commands with which you display various settings.

9.5.1.1

Description show qos agent-priority

This command shows the current priority of agent frames.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: show qos agent-priority

Result

The current priority of the agent frames is displayed.

Further notes

You configure the priority of agent frames with the agent-priority

command.

430

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Load control

9.5 Service classes

9.5.1.2

Description show qos broadcast-priority

This command shows the current priority of broadcast frames.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: show qos broadcast-priority

Result

The current priority of the broadcast frames is displayed.

Further notes

You configure the priority of broadcast frames with the broadcast-priority

command.

9.5.1.3

Description show qos cos-map

This command shows the assignment table of CoS priorities to queues.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: show qos cos-map

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

431

Load control

9.5 Service classes

Result

The assignment table of CoS priorities to queues is displayed.

Further notes

You configure the assignment of the CoS priority to a queue with the cos-map

command.

9.5.1.4

Description show qos cos-remap

For individual ports, this command shows the priority with which frames are sent.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: show qos cos-remap

Result

The assignment table for send priority is displayed.

Further notes

You enable the the Cos reassignment with the cos-remap-enable

command.

You change the priority with which frames are sent cos-remap command.

9.5.1.5

Description show qos dscp-map

This command shows the assignment table of DSCP priorities to queues.

432

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Requirement

Load control

9.5 Service classes

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: show qos dscp-map

Result

The assignment table of DSCP priorities to queues is displayed.

Further notes

You configure the assignment of the DSCP priority to a queue with the dscp-map

command.

9.5.1.6

Description show qos scheduling mode

This command shows the method with which the processing order of the frames is decided.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: show qos scheduling mode

Result

The method with which the frames are processed is displayed.

Further notes

You configure the method for deciding the processing order with the scheduling mode command.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

433

Load control

9.5 Service classes

9.5.1.7

Description show qos-trust-mode

This command shows port by port the method according to which packets to be forwarded are prioritized.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: show qos-trust-mode

Result

The list for all ports with the corresponding Trust mode is displayed.

9.5.2 Commands in the Global configuration mode

This section describes commands that you can call up in the Global configuration mode.

In Privileged EXEC mode, enter the configure terminal

command to change to this mode.

Commands relating to other topics that can be called in the Global configuration mode can be found in the relevant sections.

You exit the Global configuration mode with the end

or exit

command and are then in the

Privileged EXEC mode again.

9.5.2.1

Description qos

With this command, you change to the QOS configuration mode.

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

434

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: qos

Result

You are now in the QOS configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-qos)#

Further notes

You exit the QOS configuration modewith the command end

or exit

.

Load control

9.5 Service classes

9.5.3 Commands in the QOS configuration mode

Quality of Service (QoS)

Quality of Service (QoS) is a method to allow efficient use of the existing bandwidth in a network.

QoS is implemented by prioritization of the data traffic. Incoming frames are sorted into a

Queue according to a certain prioritization and further processed. This gives certain frames priority.

The different QoS methods influence each other and are therefore taken into account in the following order:

1. The switch first checks whether the incoming frame is a broadcast or agent frame.

→ When the first condition is met, the switch takes into account the set priority with the agent-priority

or broadcast-priority

command..

The switch sorts the frame into a queue according to the the cos-map

command.

2. If the first condition is not met the switch checks whether the frame contains a VLAN tag.

→ If the second condition is met, the switch checks whether the priority ia enabled

( priority-enable

).

If priority is enabled, the switch sorts the frame into a queue according to the the cos-map command.

3. If the second condition is also not met the frames are further processed according to the

Trust mode. You configure the trust mode with the qos-trust-mode

command.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

435

Load control

9.5 Service classes

Commands in this section

This section describes commands that you can call up in the QOS configuration mode.

In the global configuration mode, enter the qos

command to change to this mode.

● If you exit the QOS configuration mode with the exit

command, you return to the Global configuration mode.

● If you exit the QOS configuration mode with the end

command, you return to the

Privileged EXEC mode.

9.5.3.1

Description agent-priority

With this command you specify the priority of agent frames. The switch sorts incoming frames into a queue according to this prioritization .

Requirement

You are in the QOS configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-qos)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: agent-priority <integer (0-7)>

The parameter has the following meaning:

Parameter integer

Description

Value of the priority

Range of values / note

0 … 7

Result

The priority of agent frames is configured.

Further notes

You reset the priority of agent frames to the default value with the no agent-priority command.

You display the current priority of agent frames with the show qos agent-priority

command.

You configure the assignment of the CoS priority to a queue with the cos-map

command.

436

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Load control

9.5 Service classes

9.5.3.2

Description no agent-priority

With this command, you reset the priority of agent frames back to the default value.

Requirement

You are in the QOS configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-qos)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: no agent-priority

Result

The priority of agent frames has been reset to the default value.

Further notes

You change the priority of agent frames with the agent-priority

command.

You display the current priority of agent frames with the show qos agent-priority

command.

You configure the assignment of the CoS priority to a queue with the cos-map

command.

9.5.3.3

Description broadcast-priority

With this command you specify the priority of broadcast frames. The switch sorts incoming frames into a queue according to this prioritization .

Requirement

You are in the QOS configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-qos)#

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

437

Load control

9.5 Service classes

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: broadcast-priority <integer (0-7)>

The parameter has the following meaning:

Parameter integer

Description

Value of the priority

Range of values / note

0 … 7

Result

The priority of broadcast frames is configured.

Further notes

You reset the priority of broadcast frames to the default value with the no broadcastpriority

command.

You display the current priority of broadcast frames with the show qos broadcast-priority command.

You configure the assignment of the CoS priority to a queue with the cos-map

command.

9.5.3.4

Description no broadcast-priority

With this command, you reset the priority of broadcast frames back to the default value.

Requirement

You are in the QOS configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-qos)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: broadcast-priority

Result

The priority of broadcast frames has been reset to the default value.

438

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Further notes

Load control

9.5 Service classes

You change the priority of broadcast frames with the broadcast-priority

command.

You display the current priority of broadcast frames with the show qos broadcast-priority command.

You configure the assignment of the CoS priority to a queue with the cos-map

command.

9.5.3.5

Description cos-map

With this command, you configure the assignment of CoS priorities to queues.

Requirement

You are in the QOS configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-qos)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: cos-map <cos(0-7)> queue <queue(1-4)>

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter cos queue queue

Description

Priority

Keyword for a queue

Range of values / note

0 … 7

Default: 1

-

Queue to which this priority is assigned 1 … 4

Default: 2

The CoS priorities are assigned to the queues as follows in the default setting:

● COS 0 → Queue 2

● COS 1 → Queue 1

● COS 2 → Queue 1

● COS 3 → Queue 2

● COS 4 → Queue 3

● COS 5 → Queue 3

● COS 6 → Queue 4

● COS 7 → Queue 4

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

439

Load control

9.5 Service classes

Result

The assignment table for service classes is configured.

Further notes

You display the current assignment table of CoS priorities to queues with the show qos cosmap

command.

9.5.3.6

Description cos-remap

With this command depending on the priority when receiving a frame, you can change the priority with which it is sent.

Requirement

You are in the QOS configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-qos)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: cos-remap interface <interface-type><interface-id> <prio (0-7)> <remapped prio (0-7)>

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter interface interface-type interface-id prio remapped prio

Description Range of values / note

Keyword for a an interface description -

Type or speed of the interface Enter a valid interface

Module no. and port no. of the interface

Priority with which a frame is received. 0 … 7

Priority with which a frame will be sent 0 … 7

Result

The send priority has been changed.

Further notes

You reset the send priority to the default value with the no cos-remap

command.

You enable the CoS reassignment with the cos-remap-enable

command.

You disable the the CoS reassignment with the no cos-remap-enable

command.

440

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Load control

9.5 Service classes

You display the assignment table for the send priority with the show qos cos-remap

command.

9.5.3.7

Description no cos-remap

With this command, you reset the send priority back to the default value.

Requirement

You are in the QOS configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-qos)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: no cos-remap

Result

The send priorities are reset to the default value.

Further notes

You change the send priority depending on the priority when receiving a frame with the cosremap

command.

You enable the the CoS reassignment with the cos-remap-enable

command.

You disable the the CoS reassignment with the no cos-remap-enable

command.

You display the assignment table for the send priority with the show qos cos-remap

command.

9.5.3.8

Description cos-remap-enable

With this command, you enable the CoS reassignment function. Depending on the priority when receiving a frame, you can change the priority with which it is sent.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

441

Load control

9.5 Service classes

Requirement

You are in the QOS configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-qos)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: cos-remap-enable

Result

The CoS reassignment function is enabled.

Further notes

You disable the function with the no cos-remap-enable

command.

You change the priority with which frames are sent with the cos-remap

command.

You reset the send priority to the default value with the no cos-remap

command.

You display the assignment table for the send priority with the show qos cos-remap

command.

9.5.3.9

Description no cos-remap-enable

With this command, you disable the CoS reassignment function.

Requirement

You are in the QOS configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-qos)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: no cos-remap-enable

Result

The CoS reassignment function is disabled.

442

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Further notes

Load control

9.5 Service classes

You enable the function with the cos-remap-enable

command.

You change the priority with which frames are sent with the cos-remap

command.

You reset the send priority to the default value with the no cos-remap

command.

You display the assignment table for the send priority with the show qos cos-remap

command.

9.5.3.10

Description dscp-map

With this command, you configure the assignment of DSCP priorities to queues.

Requirement

You are in the QOS configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-qos)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: dscp-map <dscp (0-63)> queue <queue(1-4)>

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter dscp queue queue

Description

Priority

Keyword for a queue

Range of values / note

0 … 63

-

Queue to which this priority is assigned 1 … 4

The DSCP priorities are assigned to the queues as follows in the default setting:

● DSCP codes 0 - 15 → Queue 1

● DSCP codes 16 - 31 → Queue 2

● DSCP codes 32 - 47 → Queue 3

● DSCP codes 48 - 63 → Queue 4

Result

The assignment table for DSCP codes is configured.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

443

Load control

9.5 Service classes

Further notes

You display the current assignment table of DSCP priorities to queues with the show qos dscp-map

command.

9.5.3.11

Description qos-trust-mode

With this command you can set the method according to which frames to be forwarded are prioritized port by port.

Requirement

You are in the QOS configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-qos)#

Syntax

Parameter interface interface-type interface-id untrust cos

Call up the command with the following parameters: qos-trust-mode interface <interface-type> <interface-id > {untrust|cos|dscp|cos-dscp}

The parameters have the following meaning:

Description

Keyword for a an interface description

Type or speed of the interface

Module no. and port no. of the interface

The switch sorts the incoming frames into a queue according to the prioritization of the receiving port.

If there is a DSCP value in the IP header, this is ignored. If a VLAN tag exists, it is replaced by the priority value of the receiving port.

If an incoming frame contains a VLAN tag, the switch sorts it into a queue according to this prioritization.

If the frame does not contain a VLAN tag, the switch sorts the frame into a queue according to the prioritization of the receiving port.

If there is a DSCP value in the IP header, this is ignored.

Range of values / note

-

Enter a valid interface.

-

Default setting with

PROFINET variants

444

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Load control

9.5 Service classes

Parameter dscp cos-dscp

Description

If an incoming frame contains a DSCP prioritization, the switch sorts it into a queue according to this prioritization.

If the frame does not contain a DSCP prioritization, the switch sorts the frame into a queue according to the prioritization of the receiving port.

If the frame contains a VLAN tag, this is ignored.

With an incoming frame, there is a sequential check of which prioritization it contains.

If it contains a DSCP prioritization, it is handled as in the "Trust DSCP" mode.

If it contains no DSCP prioritization, the switch checks whether it contains a VLAN tag. If it contains a VLAN tag, the switch sorts it into a queue according to this prioritization.

If the frame contains neither a DSCP prioritization nor a VLAN tag, the switch sorts the frame into a queue according to the prioritization of the receiving port.

Range of values / note

Default setting with

EtherNet/IP variants

-

For information on names of addresses and interfaces, refer to the section "Addresses and interface names (Page 35)".

Result

The prioritization for forwarding frames is configured.

Further notes

You configure the assignment of the CoS priority to a queue with the cos-map

command.

You configure the assignment of the DSCP priority to a queue with the dscp-map

command.

You configure the prioritization of the receiving port with the switchport priority default command.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

445

Load control

9.5 Service classes

9.5.3.12

Description scheduling mode

With this command, you can specify the order in which the frames in the forwarding queues are sent. The higher the queue number, the higher the send priority.

Requirement

You are in the QOS configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-qos)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: scheduling mode <strict | weighted>

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter strict weighted

Description

As long as there are frames with high priority in the queue, only these high-priority frames are processed.

Even if there are frames with high priority in the queue, frames with a lower priority will be processed occasionally.

Range of values / note

-

-

Result

The method for the processing order of the frames is specified.

Further notes

You display the method for the processing order of the frames with the show qos scheduling mode

command.

446

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Security and authentication

10

This part contains the sections that describe the access rights and authentication methods.

10.1 User management

This section describes commands for access as administrator and the configuration of the authentication methods.

10.1.1 The "show" commands

This section describes commands with which you display various settings.

10.1.1.1

Description show password-policy

This command shows which password policy is currently being used.

Requirement

You are in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: show password-policy

Result

The currently valid password policy is displayed.

Further notes

You configure the password policy with the password policy

command.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

447

Security and authentication

10.1 User management

10.1.1.2

Description show users

This command shows the logged-in CLI users.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: show users

Result

The logged-in CLI users are displayed.

10.1.1.3

Description show user-accounts

This command shows the created users.

Requirement

You are in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: show user-accounts

Result

The created users are shown.

448

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Security and authentication

10.1 User management

10.1.2

Description

change password

With this command, you change the password of the logged in user.

Requirement

● You are logged into the device with a local user account

● You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: change password <passwd>

The parameter has the following meaning:

Parameter passwd

Description

Value for the password

Range of values / note

Enter the password.

The entry depends on the password policy.

The show password-policy

command shows which password policy is currently being used.

Result

The password is changed.

Note

Changing the password in Trial mode

Even if you change the password in Trial mode, this change is saved immediately.

Further notes

You create a user with the user-account

command.

You delete a user with the no user-account

command.

You show the created users with the show user-accounts

command.

You configure the password policy with the password-policy

command.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

449

Security and authentication

10.1 User management

10.1.3

Description

whoami

This command shows the user name of the logged in user.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: whoami

Result

The user name of the logged in user is displayed.

10.1.4 Commands in the global configuration mode

This section describes commands that you can call up in the Global configuration mode.

In Privileged EXEC mode, enter the configure terminal

command to change to this mode.

Commands relating to other topics that can be called in the Global configuration mode can be found in the relevant sections.

You exit the Global configuration mode with the end

or exit

command and are then in the

Privileged EXEC mode again.

10.1.4.1

Description password policy

With this command you specify which password policy will be used when assigning new passwords.

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

450

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Syntax

Security and authentication

10.1 User management

Call up the command with the following parameters: password policy < low | high >

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter low high

Description

Password policy: Low

Password policy: High

Range of values / note

Password length: at least 6 characters

Password length: at least 8 characters at least 1 uppercase letter at least 1 special character at least 1 number

Result

The password policy is specified:

Further notes

You assign a new password with the user-account

command.

You display the setting with the show password-policy

command.

10.1.4.2

Description user-account

With this command, you specify a new user. You can also change the password / role of an already created user.

Requirement

● The user is logged in with the "admin" role.

● You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: user-account <string> password <passwd> privilege {user | admin}

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

451

Security and authentication

10.1 User management

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter string password passwd privilege user admin

Description

User name

Keyword for a password

Value for the password

Keyword for the role of the user

The user only has read rights.

The user can create, edit or delete entries.

Range of values / note

Enter a user name. The name must be unique.

The name must meet the following conditions:

• It must be unique.

It must be between 1 and 32 characters long.

• The following characters must not be included: § ? " ; : < =

-

-

-

-

Enter the password.

The strength of the password depends on the set password policy:

• low:

Password length: at least 6 characters

• high

: The password must meet the following conditions:

– Password length: at least 8 characters

– At least 1 uppercase letter

– At least 1 special character

– At least 1 number

Result

The new user has been created or the password / role has been changed.

Note

User name cannot be changed

After creating a user, the user name can no longer be modified because the user name is used for encryption of the password. If a user name needs to be changed, the user must be deleted and a new user created.

Further notes

You delete a user with the no user-account

command.

You show the created users with the show user-accounts

command.

452

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Security and authentication

10.1 User management

10.1.4.3

Description no user-account

With this command, you delete a user.

Note

Default users "admin" as well as logged in users cannot be deleted.

Requirement

You are in the Global Configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: no user-account <user-name>

The parameter has the following meaning:

Parameter user-name

Description

User name

Range of values / note

Enter a valid user name.

Result

The user has been deleted.

Further notes

You create a user with the user-account

command.

You show the created users with the show user-accounts

command.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

453

Security and authentication

10.1 User management

10.1.4.4

Description username

With this command, you change the password of the factory set default user " admin

".

Requirement

You are in the Global Configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: username {admin} password <passwd>

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter admin password passwd

Description

User name of the default user with read and write access to the configuration data.

Keyword for a password

Value for the password

Range of values / note

-

-

Enter the password.

The strength of the password depends on the set password policy:

• low:

Password length: at least 6 characters

• high

: The password must meet the following conditions:

– Password length: at least 8 characters

– at least 1 uppercase letter

– at least 1 special character

– at least 1 number

Result

The password is changed.

Note

Changing the password in Trial mode

Even if you change the password in Trial mode, this change is saved immediately.

454

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Further notes

Security and authentication

10.2 RADIUS client

You show the created users with the show user-accounts

command.

You can also change the passwords with the user-account

command.

You display the currently valid password policy with the show password-policy

command.

10.2 RADIUS client

RADIUS (Remote Authentication Dial-In User Service) is a client/server protocol that allows the centralized logging in of users logging on in a physical or virtual network. This makes central administration of user data possible.

This section describes commands relevant for the configuration of this service.

10.2.1 The "show" commands

This section describes commands with which you display various settings.

10.2.1.1

Description show radius statistics

This command shows the connection statistics from the RADIUS client to the RADIUS server.

Requirement

You are in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: show radius statistics

Result

The connection statistics are displayed.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

455

Security and authentication

10.2 RADIUS client

10.2.1.2

Description show radius server

This command shows the RADIUS server configuration.

Requirement

You are in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: show radius server [<ucast_addr>]

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter ucast_addr

Description

Value for an IPv4 unicast address

Range of values / note

Enter a valid unicast address

For information on names of addresses and interfaces, refer to the section "Addresses and interface names (Page 35)".

If no parameters are specified, all configured RADIUS servers are displayed.

Result

The RADIUS server configuration is displayed.

10.2.2 Commands in the global configuration mode

This section describes commands that you can call up in the Global configuration mode.

In Privileged EXEC mode, enter the configure terminal

command to change to this mode.

Commands relating to other topics that can be called in the Global configuration mode can be found in the relevant sections.

You exit the Global configuration mode with the end

or exit

command and are then in the

Privileged EXEC mode again.

10.2.2.1

Description login authentication

456

With this command, you enable authentication via a RADIUS server.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Requirement

Security and authentication

10.2 RADIUS client

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: login authentication {radius | local-and-radius | radius-fallback-local}

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter radius local-and-radius

Description

The login is via a RADIUS server.

The login is possible both with the users that exist in the firmware (user name and password) and via a

RADIUS server. local

The authentication must be handled via a RADIUS server.

Range of values / note

-

The local users have priority.

The user is first searched for in the local database. If the user does not exist there, a RADIUS query is sent.

A local authentication is performed only when the RADIUS server cannot be reached in the network.

Result

The authentication is made according to the selected parameter.

Further notes

You disable the authentication via a RADIUS server with the no login authentication command.

You can display the status of this function and other information with the show device information

command.

10.2.2.2

Description no login authentication

With this command, you disable authentication via a RADIUS server.

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

457

Security and authentication

10.2 RADIUS client

Syntax

Call the command without parameter assignment: no login authentication

Result

The RADIUS authentication is deactivated.

Note

The login is possible only with a local user name and password. If the local logon fails, there is no authentication via a RADIUS server.

Further notes

You enable the authentication via a RADIUS server with the login authentication command.

10.2.2.3

Description radius-server

With this command, you configure a RADIUS server entry on the RADIUS client.

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: radius-server ipv4 <ipv4-address> [auth-port <portno(1-65535)>] [retransmit <1-

254>][key <secret-key-string>][primary] [{login | dot1x | login-dot1x}] [test]

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter ipv4 ipv4-address auth-port

Description

Keyword for an IPv4 address.

Value for the IPv4 address of the Syslog server

Keyword for the UDP port number for authentication

Range of values / note

-

Enter a valid IPv4 address.

-

458

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Security and authentication

10.2 RADIUS client

Parameter portno retransmit

<1-254> key secret-key-string primary login dot1x login-dot1x test

Description

Number of the port

Range of values / note

1 … 65535

Default: 1812

Keyword for the number of connection retries

-

Maximum number of connection retries 1 ... 254

Default: 3

- Keyword for the key for communication between the authenticator and the server

Value for the key 46 characters

Default: empty string

- Identifies the RADIUS server as primary server

The server is used only for the login authentication.

The server is used only for the 802.1X authentication.

-

-

The server is used for both authentication procedures.

Tests whether or not the specified

RADIUS server is available. At the same time you can create a new

RADIUS server and run the test.

Default setting

-

For information on addresses and interfaces, refer to the section "Addresses and interface names (Page 35)".

If optional parameters are not specified when configuring, the default values apply.

Note

Primary server

In a network, only one RADIUS server can be selected as the primary server.

If you select a RADIUS server as the primary server, this replaces the server that previously had the role of primary server.

Result

The entry for a connection between the RADIUS client and a server or the identification as primary server is configured.

Further notes

You delete a RADIUS server entry with the no radius-server

command.

You show the configuration of a RADIUS server on the client with the show radius server command.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

459

Security and authentication

10.2 RADIUS client

You show the statistical information of this function with the show radius statistics command.

10.2.2.4

Description no radius-server

With this command, you delete a RADIUS server entry on the client.

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: no radius-server ipv4 <ipv4-address> [primary]

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter ipv4-address primary

Description

IPv4 Internet address of the Syslog server

Identifies the RADIUS server as primary server

Range of values / note

Format: 0.0.0.0

-

For information on addresses and interfaces, refer to the section "Addresses and interface names (Page 35)".

Result

The entry for a connection between the RADIUS client and a server or the identification as primary server is deleted.

Further notes

You configure the connection of a RADIUS client to a server with the radius-server command.

You show the configuration of a RADIUS server on the client with the show radius server command.

You show the statistical information of this function with the show radius statistics command.

460

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

10.3

Security and authentication

10.3 Management Access Control List

Management Access Control List

This section describes the commands relevant for working with the management access control list.

10.3.1 The "show" commands

This section describes commands with which you display various settings.

10.3.1.1

Description show authorized-managers

This command shows the information about the configuration of the authorized managers.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: show authorized-managers[ip-source<ip-address>]

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter ip-source ip-address

Description

Keyword for the network or host address

Value for an IP address

Range of values / note

- specify a valid IP address

For information on identifiers of addresses and interfaces, refer to the section "Addresses and interface names (Page 35)".

Result

The information about the configuration of the authorized managers is displayed.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

461

Security and authentication

10.3 Management Access Control List

10.3.2 Commands in the Global configuration mode

This section describes commands that you can call up in the Global configuration mode.

In Privileged EXEC mode, enter the configure terminal

command to change to this mode.

Commands relating to other topics that can be called in the Global configuration mode can be found in the relevant sections.

You exit the Global configuration mode with the end

or exit

command and are then in the

Privileged EXEC mode again.

10.3.2.1

Description authorized-manager

With this command, you enable the authorized manager.

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameter assignment: authorized-manager

Result

The authorized manager is activated.

Further notes

You disable the function with the no authorized-manager

command.

462

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Security and authentication

10.3 Management Access Control List

10.3.2.2

Description no authorized-manager

With this command, you disable the authorized manager.

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameter assignment: no authorized-manager

Result

The authorized manager is deactivated.

Further notes

You enable the function with the authorized-manager

command.

10.3.2.3

Description authorized-manager ip-source

With this command, you configure the interfaces and protocols via which an authorized manager is allowed to access the device.

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

463

Security and authentication

10.3 Management Access Control List

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: authorized-manager ip-source <ip-address>

[{<subnet-mask>|/<prefixlength(0-32)>}]

[interface[<interface-type><0/a-b,0/c,...>]

[<interface-type><0/a-b,0/c,...>]]

[vlan<a,b or a-b or a,b,c-d>]

[service[snmp][telnet][http][https][ssh]]

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter ip-address subnet-mask prefixlength interface interface-type

0/a-b,0/c,...

vlan a,b,c-d service

Description

Specifies the network or the IP address for which the IP manager is authorized

Subnet mask that restricts the authorization

Range of values / note

Enter a valid IPv4 address or a network.

Enter a valid mask.

Decimal representation of the mask as a number of "1" bits

0 ... 32

Keyword for a an interface description -

Type or speed of the interface Enter a valid interface.

Module no. and port no. of the interface

Keyword for a VLAN connection

Number of a VLAN or VLAN range

The configurations relating to

VLANs are ignored. The rules apply to all VLANs.

If you have defined certain VLANs with a firmware version < 1.2, the configuration of the VLANs will be replaced during a firmware update with the default value "1-4094".

Specifies the services for which the manager is authorized.

You can select several options.

• snmp telnet

• http

• https

• ssh

For information on names of addresses and interfaces, refer to the section "Addresses and interface names (Page 35)".

The IP address 0.0.0.0 means "any manager".

464

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Security and authentication

10.3 Management Access Control List

If optional parameters are not specified when configuring, the manager is authorized for all services.

Note

Configuration of the first entry

As long as the list of authorized managers is empty, access to the system is not restricted.

As soon as the list contains an entry and the "authorized-manager" command is executed, access to the system is blocked for all others.

You should therefore configure the interface via which you access the system first because your access is otherwise blocked.

Result

The interfaces and protocols via which an authorized manager is allowed to access the device are configured.

Note

No restrictions for console port

The restrictions do not apply to the serial console (console port).

Further notes

You delete an interface for access of an authorized manager with the no authorized-manager ip-source

command.

You show the information about the configuration of the authorized managers with the show authorized-manager

command.

10.3.2.4

Description no authorized-manager ip-source

With this command, you delete an interface via which an authorized manager is allowed to access the device.

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

465

Security and authentication

10.3 Management Access Control List

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: no authorized-manager ip-source <ip-address>

[{<subnet-mask>|/<prefix-length(0-32)>}]

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter ip-address subnet-mask prefix-length

Description

Specifies the network or the IP address for which the IP manager is authorized

Subnet mask that restricts the authorization

Decimal representation of the mask as a number of "1" bits

Range of values / note

Enter a valid IP address or a network

Enter a valid mask

0 ... 32

For information on identifiers of addresses and interfaces, refer to the section "Addresses and interface names (Page 35)".

Result

An authorized manager is deleted from the list.

Further notes

You configure the interfaces and protocols via which an authorized manager is allowed to access the device with the authorized-manager ip-source

command.

You show the information about the configuration of the authorized managers with the show authorized-manager

command.

466

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

10.4

Security and authentication

10.4 Port Access Control List Locked Ports

Port Access Control List Locked Ports

With the Port Access Control List Locked Ports functionality, MAC addresses that do not age are collected on a port after the start

command. With the stop

command, these addresses are converted to static entries in the address list and the aging is reactivated for all the addresses that follow.

If the learning of addresses on this port is then disabled, data packets are only forwarded to the static addresses entered in the table.

This section describes commands relevant for the configuration of this function.

10.4.1 The "show" commands

This section describes commands with which you display various settings.

10.4.1.1

Description show lock port

This command shows whether or not the learning of MAC entries is enabled or locked on an interface.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: show lock port [<interface-type><interface-id>]

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter interface-type interface-id

Description

Type or speed of the interface

Module no. and port no. of the interface

Range of values / note

Enter a valid interface.

For information on names of addresses and interfaces, refer to the section "Addresses and interface names (Page 35)".

If you do not select an interface, the configuration of all interfaces is displayed.

Result

The configuration of the interface for the learning of MAC entries is displayed.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

467

Security and authentication

10.4 Port Access Control List Locked Ports

10.4.2 Commands in the Global configuration mode

This section describes commands that you can call up in the Global configuration mode.

In Privileged EXEC mode, enter the configure terminal

command to change to this mode.

Commands relating to other topics that can be called in the Global configuration mode can be found in the relevant sections.

You exit the Global configuration mode with the end

or exit

command and are then in the

Privileged EXEC mode again.

10.4.2.1

Description clear-all-static-unicast

With this command, you delete all static unicast MAC address entries from the MAC address table.

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: clear-all-static-unicast

Result

The static unicast MAC address entries are deleted from the MAC address table.

10.4.2.2

Description auto-learn

With this command, you change to the AUTOLEARN mode.

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

468

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Syntax

Security and authentication

10.4 Port Access Control List Locked Ports

Call the command without parameters: auto-learn

Result

You are now in the AUTOLEARN mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-auto-learn)#

Further notes

You exit the AUTOLEARN configuration modewith the command end

or exit

.

10.4.3 Commands in the interface configuration mode

This section describes commands that you can call up in the interface configuration mode.

Depending on the Interface selected, various command sets are available.

In the Global configuration mode, enter the interface

command to change to this mode.

Commands relating to other topics that can be called in the interface configuration mode can be found in the relevant sections.

● If you exit the Interface configuration mode with the exit

command, you return to the

Global configuration mode.

● If you exit the Interface configuration mode with the end

command, you return to the

Privileged EXEC mode.

10.4.3.1

Description switchport lock

With this command, you block the learning of MAC entries. Only the static address entries of the MAC address list are used on the port.

Requirement

You are in the Interface configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-if-$$$)#

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

469

Security and authentication

10.4 Port Access Control List Locked Ports

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: switchport lock

Result

The learning of MAC addresses is blocked.

Further notes

You enable the learning of MAC addresses with the no switchport lock

command.

You display the configuration with the show lock port

command.

10.4.3.2

Description no switchport lock

With this command, you enable the learning of MAC addresses.

Requirement

You are in the Interface configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-if-$$$)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: no switchport lock

Result

The learning of MAC addresses is enabled.

Further notes

You block the learning of MAC addresses with the switchport lock

command.

You display the configuration with the show lock port

command.

470

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

10.4.4

Security and authentication

10.4 Port Access Control List Locked Ports

Commands in the AUTOLEARN mode

This section describes commands that you can call up in the AUTOLEARN mode.

In the Global configuration mode, enter the auto-learn

command to change to this mode.

● If you exit the AUTOLEARN mode with the exit

command, you return to the Global configuration mode.

● If you exit the AUTOLEARN mode with the end

command, you return to the Privileged

EXEC mode.

10.4.4.1

Description start

With this command, you start automatic learning. During automatic learning, the aging timer is disabled for all learned addresses.

Requirement

You are in the AUTOLEARN mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-auto-learn)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: start

Result

The learned MAC addresses are entered in the "port database" with the aging time 0. (The entries are NOT deleted when the "MAC Address Aging Time" expires).

Further notes

You stop automatic learning with the stop

command.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

471

Security and authentication

10.4 Port Access Control List Locked Ports

10.4.4.2

Description stop

With this command, you stop automatic learning and convert all learned MAC addresses to static entries.

Requirement

You are in the AUTOLEARN mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-auto-learn)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: stop

Result

Automatic learning is stopped and all learned entries are converted to static entries.

Further notes

You start automatic learning with the start

command.

472

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

10.5

Security and authentication

10.5 Port Based Network Access Control

Port Based Network Access Control

This section describes commands for working with port-based network access control

(PNAC).

10.5.1 The "show" commands

This section describes commands with which you display various settings.

10.5.1.1

Description show dot1x

This command shows information about port-based network access control (PNAC).

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: show dot1x[{interface<interface-type><interface-id>|

statistics interface<interface-type><interface-id>}]

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter interface interface-type interface-id face interface-type interface-id

Description Range of values / note

Keyword for a an interface description -

Type or speed of the interface Enter a valid interface.

Module no. and port no. of the interface

Keyword for the display of the statistical data of the dot1x Authenticator for an interface

Type or speed of the interface

Module no. and port no. of the interface

-

Enter a valid interface.

For information on names of addresses and interfaces, refer to the section "Addresses and interface names (Page 35)".

Result

The dot1x information is displayed.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

473

Security and authentication

10.5 Port Based Network Access Control

10.5.1.2

Description show dot1x guest-vlan mac-info

This command displays which MAC address and which port are assigned to a guest VLAN.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: show dot1x guest-vlan mac-info

Result

A list with guest VLAN, MAC address and port is displayed.

10.5.1.3

Description show dot1x mac-auth mac-info

This command shows the MAC addresses for which MAC authentication is enabled.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: show dot1x mac-auth mac-info

Result

A list of the MAC addresses is displayed.

474

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

10.5.2

Security and authentication

10.5 Port Based Network Access Control

Commands in the global configuration mode

This section describes commands that you can call up in the Global configuration mode.

In Privileged EXEC mode, enter the configure terminal

command to change to this mode.

Commands relating to other topics that can be called in the Global configuration mode can be found in the relevant sections.

You exit the Global configuration mode with the end

or exit

command and are then in the

Privileged EXEC mode again.

10.5.2.1

Description dot1x guest-vlan

With this command, you enable the guest VLAN function for the device.

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: dot1x guest-vlan

Result

The guest VLAN function is enabled for the device.

Further notes

You also still need to enable the guest VLAN function for every port intended to use this function. You do this with the dot1x guest-vlan

command in the Interface configuration mode.

You disable the function with the no dot1x guest-vlan.

command

You display this setting and other information with the show dot1x

command.

10.5.2.2

Description no dot1x guest-vlan

With this command, you disable the guest VLAN function for the device.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

475

Security and authentication

10.5 Port Based Network Access Control

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: no dot1x guest-vlan

Result

The guest VLAN function is disabled for the device.

Further notes

You enable the function with the dot1x guest-vlan.

command

You display this setting and other information with the show dot1x

command.

10.5.2.3

Description dot1x mac-auth

With this command, you enable MAC authentication for the device.

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: dot1x mac-auth

Result

MAC authentication is enabled for the device.

476

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Further notes

Security and authentication

10.5 Port Based Network Access Control

You also still need to enable MAC authentication for every port intended to use this function.

You do this with the dot1x mac-auth

command in the Interface configuration mode.

You disable the function with the no dot1x mac-auth

command.

You display this setting and other information with the show dot1x

command.

10.5.2.4

Description no dot1x mac-auth

With this command, you disable MAC authentication for the device.

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: no dot1x mac-auth

Result

MAC authentication is disabled for the device.

Further notes

You enable the function with the dot1x mac-auth

command.

You display this setting and other information with the show dot1x

command.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

477

Security and authentication

10.5 Port Based Network Access Control

10.5.3 Commands in the interface configuration mode

This section describes commands that you can call up in the interface configuration mode.

Depending on the Interface selected, various command sets are available.

In the Global configuration mode, enter the interface

command to change to this mode.

Commands relating to other topics that can be called in the interface configuration mode can be found in the relevant sections.

● If you exit the Interface configuration mode with the exit

command, you return to the

Global configuration mode.

● If you exit the Interface configuration mode with the end

command, you return to the

Privileged EXEC mode.

10.5.3.1

Description dot1x guest-vlan

With this command, you enable the guest VLAN function for a port.

This function is also known as "Authentication failed VLAN".

Requirement

You are in the Interface configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-if-$$$)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: dot1x guest-vlan

Result

The guest VLAN function is enabled for the device.

Further notes

You also need to enable the guest VLAN function for the device. You do this with the dot1x guest-vlan

command in the Global configuration mode.

You disable the function with the no dot1x guest-vlan

command.

You display this setting and other information with the show dot1x

command.

478

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Security and authentication

10.5 Port Based Network Access Control

10.5.3.2

Description no dot1x guest-vlan

With this command, you disable the guest VLAN function for a port.

Requirement

You are in the Interface configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-if-$$$)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: no dot1x guest-vlan

Result

The guest VLAN function is disabled for the device.

Further notes

You enable the function with the dot1x guest-vlan

command.

You display this setting and other information with the show dot1x

command.

10.5.3.3

Description dot1x guest-vlan vlan-id

With this command, you configure a guest VLAN for a port.

The port can only be assigned to the VLAN, if the VLAN has been created on the device.

Otherwise Authentication is rejected.

Requirement

You are in the Interface configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-if-$$$)#

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

479

Security and authentication

10.5 Port Based Network Access Control

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: dot1x guest-vlan vlan-id <vlan-id (1 - 4096)>

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter vlan-id

-

Description

Keyword for the VLAN ID

VLAN ID

Range of values / note

-

1 - 4096

Result

The guest VLAN ID is assigned to the port.

Further notes

You reset the guest VLAN ID to the default value with the no dot1x guest-vlan vlanid command.

You display this setting and other information with the show dot1x

command.

10.5.3.4

Description no dot1x guest-vlan vlan-id

With this command, the guest VLAN ID is reset to the default value 1.

Requirement

You are in the Interface configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-if-$$$)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: no dot1x guest-vlan vlan-id

Result

The ID of the guest VLAN has the value 1.

Further notes

You configure the guest VLAN ID with the dot1x guest-vlan vlan-id

command.

480

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Security and authentication

10.5 Port Based Network Access Control

You display this setting and other information with the show dot1x

command.

10.5.3.5

Description dot1x guest-vlan reset

This command removes MAC addresses from the guest VLAN. If you specify a MAC address, only this MAC address is removed from the guest VLAN. If you use this command without parameters, all MAC addresses are removed from the guest VLAN.

Requirement

You are in the Interface configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-if-$$$)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: dot1x guest-vlan reset [mac <aa:aa:aa:aa:aa:aa>]

The parameter has the following meaning:

Parameter mac

Description

Keyword for the MAC address

MAC address to be removed from the guest VLAN.

Range of values / note

- aa:aa:aa:aa:aa:aa

Result

The specified MAC address or all MAC addresses are no longer assigned to the guest

VLAN.

10.5.3.6

Description set dot1x guest-vlan mac-addr count

With this command, you specify how many MAC addresses can be authenticated on the port at the same time.

Requirement

You are in the Interface configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-if-$$$)#

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

481

Security and authentication

10.5 Port Based Network Access Control

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: set dot1x guest-vlan mac-addr count <num-of-addresses (1-100)>

The parameter has the following meaning:

Parameter num-of-addresses

Description

Maximum number of devices

Range of values / note

1 ... 100

Result

The maximum number of devices for the port has been specified.

Further notes

You display this setting and other information with the show dot1x

command.

10.5.3.7

Description dot1x mac-auth

With this command, you enable MAC authentication for a port.

Requirement

You are in the Interface configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-if-$$$)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: dot1x mac-auth

Result

MAC authentication is enabled for a port.

Further notes

You also still need to enable MAC authentication for the device. You do this with the dot1x mac-auth

command in the Global configuration mode.

You disable the function with the no dot1x mac-auth

command.

You display this setting and other information with the show dot1x

command.

482

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Security and authentication

10.5 Port Based Network Access Control

10.5.3.8

Description no dot1x mac-auth

With this command, you disable MAC authentication for a port.

Requirement

You are in the Interface configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-if-$$$)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: no dot1x mac-auth

Result

MAC authentication is disabled for a port.

Further notes

You enable the function with the dot1x mac-auth

command.

You display this setting and other information with the show dot1x

command.

10.5.3.9

Description dot1x mac-auth port reset

With this command, you reset MAC authentication for a port.

Requirement

You are in the Interface configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-if-$$$)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: dot1x mac-auth port [mac <aa:aa:aa:aa:aa:aa>] reset

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

483

Security and authentication

10.5 Port Based Network Access Control

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter mac aa:aa:aa:aa:aa:aa

Description

Keyword for a MAC address

MAC address of the interface

Range of values / note

- aa:aa:aa:aa:aa:aa

Result

MAC authentication is reset for the port.

10.5.3.10

Description dot1x mac-auth vlan-assign

With this command you enable the assignment of the VLAN ID for a MAC address by the

RADIUS server.

The port can only be assigned to the VLAN, if the VLAN has been created on the device.

Otherwise Authentication is rejected.

Requirement

You are in the Interface configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-if-$$$)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: dot1x mac-auth vlan-assign

Result

The VLAN ID for a MAC address is assigned by the RADIUS server.

Further notes

You disable the assignment of the VLAN ID for a MAC address by the RADIUS server with the no dot1x mac-auth vlan-assign

command.

You display this setting and other information with the show dot1x

command.

484

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Security and authentication

10.5 Port Based Network Access Control

10.5.3.11

Description no dot1x mac-auth vlan-assign

With this command you disable the assignment of the VLAN ID for a MAC address by the

RADIUS server.

Requirement

You are in the Interface configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-if-$$$)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: no dot1x mac-auth vlan-assign

Result

The VLAN ID for a MAC address is no longer assigned by the RADIUS server.

Further notes

You enable the assignment of the VLAN ID for a MAC address by the RADIUS server with the dot1x mac-auth vlan-assign

command.

You display this setting and other information with the show dot1x

command.

10.5.3.12

Description set dot1x mac-auth mac-addr count

With this command, you specify how many MAC addresses can be authenticated on the port at the same time.

Requirement

You are in the Interface configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-if-$$$)#

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

485

Security and authentication

10.5 Port Based Network Access Control

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: set dot1x mac-auth mac-addr count <num-of-addresses (1-100)>

The parameter has the following meaning:

Parameter num-of-addresses

Description

Maximum number of devices

Range of values / note

1 ... 100

Result

The maximum number of devices for the port has been specified.

Further notes

You display this setting and other information with the show dot1x

command.

10.5.3.13

Description dot1x port-control

With this command, you configure port control parameter of the authenticator.

Requirement

You are in the Interface configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-if-$$$)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: dot1x port-control {auto|force-authorized|force-unauthorized}

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter auto force-authorized force-unauthorized

Description

Authentication according to IEEE

802.1x is enabled for the interface.

The data traffic via the interface is permitted or blocked depending on the authentication result.

Range of values / note

- data traffic via the interface is permitted without restrictions data traffic via the interface is blocked -

Default: force-authorized

enabled

486

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Result

Security and authentication

10.5 Port Based Network Access Control

The port control parameter is configured.

Further notes

You can reset the port control parameter to the default with the no dot1x port-control command.

You can display the status of this function and other information with the show dot1x command.

10.5.3.14

Description no dot1x port-control

With this command, you reset the port control parameter of the authenticator to the default value.

The default value is force-authorized

.

With this, data traffic is permitted without restrictions.

Requirement

You are in the Interface Configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-if-$$$)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: no dot1x port-control

Result

The port control parameter of the authenticator is reset to the default value.

Further notes

You configure the port control parameter with the dot1x port-control

command.

You can display the status of this function and other information with the show dot1x command.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

487

Security and authentication

10.5 Port Based Network Access Control

10.5.3.15

Description dot1x reauthentication

With this command, you enable the 802.1x Re-Authentication function for the selected interface. When the function is enabled, the authenticator repeats authentication of the client periodically,

Requirement

You are in the Interface configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-if-$$$)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: dot1x reauthentication

Result

Periodic authentication is enabled for the selected interface.

Further notes

You disable the function with the no dot1x reauthentication

command.

You can display the status of this function and other information with the show dot1x command.

488

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Security and authentication

10.5 Port Based Network Access Control

10.5.3.16

Description no dot1x reauthentication

With this command, you disable the function that repeats the authentication of the client by the authenticator periodically.

Requirement

You are in the Interface configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-if-$$$)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: no dot1x reauthentication

Result

Periodic authentication is disabled.

Further notes

You enable the function with the dot1x reauthentication

command.

You can display the status of this function and other information with the show dot1x command.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

489

Security and authentication

10.5 Port Based Network Access Control

490

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Diagnostics

11

The monitoring of the system and error diagnostics are handled in different ways:

● Events and faults handling:

Predefined events generate a message. These messages can be distributed in different ways:

– Entry in the local log

– Transfer to the Syslog server

– Sending as e-mail

– Sending as SNMP trap

● Syslog:

Configures the transfer to the Syslog server

● Remote Monitoring (RMON):

Variables of the Management Information Base are monitored for the violation of limit values and messages are generated if they do. These messages are collected and can be distributed in the following ways:

– Entry in the local log

– Sending as SNMP trap

– Transfer to the Syslog server

– Transfer to a network management station using SNMP

● Port mirroring:

Mirroring of ports to analyze the data stream without disturbing operation

● Loop detection:

Detection and elimination of damaging loops. Loops in the network can cause total failure of the transfer and must be detected and eliminated.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

491

Diagnostics

11.1 Event and fault handling

11.1 Event and fault handling

In events and faults handling, you set the events whose messages will be distributed in one of the available ways.

You configure the monitoring of certain system events and power supply and physical interfaces in the Events configuration mode.

11.1.1

Description

logging console

With this command, you enable the logging of inputs and outputs to the console.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: logging console

Result

The logging function is enabled on the console.

Further notes

You disable the setting with the no logging console

command.

As default the function is "disabled".

492

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Diagnostics

11.1 Event and fault handling

11.1.2

Description

no logging console

With this command, you disable the logging of inputs and outputs to the console.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: no logging console

Result

The logging function is disabled on the console.

Further notes

You enable the setting with the

logging console

command.

As default the function is "disabled".

11.1.3 The "show" commands

This section describes commands with which you display various settings.

11.1.3.1

Description show events config

This command shows the current configuration for forwarding the messages of the various event types.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

493

Diagnostics

11.1 Event and fault handling

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: show events config

Result

The current configuration of the events display is displayed.

11.1.3.2

Description show events severity

This command shows the degree of severity of an event ("Info", "Warning" or "Critical") starting at which a notification (sending of an e-mail, entry in the Syslog table, entry in the

Syslog file) is generated.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: show events severity

Result

The corresponding degree of severity is shown for each type of notification.

Further notes

You configure the assignment of the degree of severity of an event and the type of notification with the severity

command.

11.1.3.3

Description show events faults config

This command shows the current configuration of the following error monitoring functions:

● Monitoring of the power supply for power outage

● Monitoring of the network connections for a change in the connection status

494

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Requirement

Diagnostics

11.1 Event and fault handling

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: show events faults config [{power|link}]

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter power link

Description

Monitoring of the power supply for power outage

Monitoring of the network connections for a change in the connection status

If no parameters are specified, the settings for both error monitoring functions are displayed.

Result

The current configuration of the selected error monitoring function is displayed.

11.1.3.4

Description show events faults status

This command shows the status messages of fault monitoring of the power supply and network connections.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: show events faults status

Result

A table with the status messages of the error monitoring functions is displayed.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

495

Diagnostics

11.1 Event and fault handling

11.1.3.5

Description show startup-information

This command shows the startup information.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli> or cli#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: show startup-information

Result

Startup information is shown.

11.1.3.6

Description show logbook

With this command, you display the content of the logbook. The log entries are categorized differently.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: show logbook or

Call up the command with the following parameters: show logbook { info | warning | critical }

496

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Diagnostics

11.1 Event and fault handling

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter info warning critical

Description

All log entries of the categories "Information", "Warning" and "Critical" are displayed.

All log entries of the categories "Warning" and "Critical" are displayed.

All log entries of the category "Critical" are displayed.

Result

The content of the logbook is displayed.

11.1.3.7

Description show fault counter

This command shows the number of errors since the last startup.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: show fault counter

Result

The number of faults is displayed.

Further notes

You reset the counter for the errors with the clear fault counter

command.

11.1.3.8

Description show cabletest interface

This command shows the result of the cable test of the interface.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

497

Diagnostics

11.1 Event and fault handling

Requirement

● The interface has no active data traffic.

● The cabletest interface

function was used on the specified interface in the Global configuration mode.

● You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is: cli>

or cli#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: show cabletest interface <interface-type> <interface-id>

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter interface-type interface-id

Description

Type of interface

Interface identifier

Range of values / note

Enter a valid interface.

For information on names of addresses and interfaces, refer to the section "Addresses and interface names (Page 35)".

Result

The result is displayed.

Further notes

You enable the cable test function with the cabletest interface

command in the Global configuration mode.

11.1.3.9

Description show interface transceiver details

This command runs error diagnostics for an SFP port.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

498

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Syntax

Diagnostics

11.1 Event and fault handling

Call the command without parameter assignment: show interface transceiver details

Result

Hardware information (model, serial number) and operating parameters (data transmission rate, voltage and current consumption as well as the transmit and receive power) for SFP port are displayed.

11.1.3.10

Description show power-line-state

This command shows the status of the power supply.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: show power-line-state

Result

The status of the power supply is displayed.

11.1.4

Description

clear logbook

With this command, you delete the content of the logbook.

Requirement

You are in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli#

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

499

Diagnostics

11.1 Event and fault handling

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: clear logbook

Result

The content of the logbook is deleted.

11.1.5

Description

clear fault counter

With this command you reset the counter that shows the number of faults since the last startup.

Requirement

You are in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: clear fault counter

Result

The counter is set to "0".

Further notes

You shows the number of faults since the last startup with the show fault counter

command.

11.1.6

Description

fault report ack

With this command, you acknowledge (delete) the messages of the "Cold/Warm start" event.

500

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Requirement

You are in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli#

Syntax

Diagnostics

11.1 Event and fault handling

Call up the command with the following parameter: fault report ack <fault-state-id>

The parameter has the following meaning:

Parameters fault-state-id

Description

ID of the message

Range of values/note

Enter the ID of the message for the "Cold/Warm Start" event.

To obtain the ID, use the " show events faults status

" command.

Result

The message is acknowledged.

11.1.7 Commands in the global configuration mode

This section describes commands that you can call up in the Global configuration mode.

In Privileged EXEC mode, enter the configure terminal

command to change to this mode.

Commands relating to other topics that can be called in the Global configuration mode can be found in the relevant sections.

You exit the Global configuration mode with the end

or exit

command and are then in the

Privileged EXEC mode again.

11.1.7.1

Description events

With this command, you change to the EVENTS configuration mode.

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

501

Diagnostics

11.1 Event and fault handling

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: events

Result

You are now in the EVENTS configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-events)#

Further notes

You exit the EVENTS configuration mode with the command end

or exit

.

11.1.7.2

Description cabletest interface

With this command, you enable the cable test for the specified interface.

Note

Wire pairs

Wire pairs 4-5 and 7-8 of 10/100 Mbps network cables are not used.

The wire pair assignment - pin assignment is as follows (DIN 50173):

Pair 1 = pin 1-2

Pair 2 = pin 3-6

Pair 3 = pin 4-5

Pair 4 = pin 7-8

Requirement

● The interface has no active data traffic.

● You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call up the command without parameters or with the following parameter assignment: cabletest interface <interface-type> <interface-id> [force]

502

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Diagnostics

11.1 Event and fault handling

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter interface-type interface-id force

Description

Type of interface

Interface identifier

Forces a link down

during the test

Range of values / note

Enter a valid interface.

Necessary parameter if there is a link up

on the interface.

For information on names of addresses and interfaces, refer to the section "Addresses and interface names (Page 35)".

If you do not select any parameters from the parameter list, the default value is used.

Result

Following the test phase, the result is displayed.

The value for the distance has a tolerance of +/- 1 m.

11.1.8 Commands in the Events configuration mode

This section describes commands that you can call up in the EVENTS configuration mode.

In the Global configuration mode, enter the events

command to change to this mode.

Commands relating to other topics that can be called in the Global configuration mode can be found in the relevant sections.

● If you exit the EVENTS configuration mode with the exit

command, you return to the

Global configuration mode.

● If you exit the EVENTS configuration mode with the end

command, you return to the

Privileged EXEC mode.

11.1.8.1

Description add log

With this command, you create an entry in the log.

Requirement

You are in the EVENTS Configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-events)#

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

503

Diagnostics

11.1 Event and fault handling

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: add log <log-entry>

The parameter has the following meaning:

Parameter log-entry

Description

Entry in the logbook

Range of values / note max. 150 characters

Result

The entry has been made in the logbook.

11.1.8.2

Description client config

With this command, you enable one of the clients that processes or forwards the messages of the device.

The following clients are available:

● syslog

: sends the messages to the Syslog server

● trap

: sends the messages as SNMP trap to a configured recipient

● email

: sends the messages as e-mail

Requirement

You are in the EVENTS Configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-events)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: client config {syslog|trap|email|all}

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter syslog trap email all

Description

Enables the client that sends the messages to the Syslog server

Enables the client that sends the SNMP traps

Enables the client that sends the e-mails

Enables all clients at once

504

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Result

Diagnostics

11.1 Event and fault handling

The function of the client selected for the transfer is enabled.

Further notes

You display the status of the events and the clients with the show events config

command.

You disable a client with the no client config

command.

11.1.8.3

Description no client config

With this command, you disable one of the clients that processes or forwards the messages of the device.

Requirement

You are in the EVENTS Configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-events)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: no client config {syslog|trap|email|all}

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter syslog trap email all

Description

Disables the client that sends the messages to the Syslog server

Disables the client that sends the SNMP traps

Disables the client that sends the e-mails

Disables all clients at once

Result

The client selected for the transfer is disabled.

Further notes

You display the status of the events and the clients with the show events config

command.

You enable the function with the client config

command.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

505

Diagnostics

11.1 Event and fault handling

11.1.8.4 event config

Note

The IE switch does not support all parameters, refer to the section "Features not supported

(Page 29)".

Description

With this command, you configure which of the various message types of the device will be stored or forwarded.

The following events or message types are available:

● Message if there is cold or warm restart

● Message when there is a status change on a physical interface

● Message if there is an incorrect login

● Message when there is aRemote Monitoring alarm (RMON alarm)

● Message when there is a status change in the power supply

● Message when there is a status change in the redundancy manager (RM)

● Message when there is a status change on a standby connection

● Message when there is a status change in the error monitoring

● Message when there is a change in the spanning tree

● Message when there is a status change of the VRRP routers

● Message if there is a status change in the detection of network loops

● Message on status change of OSPF routers

● Message when there is a status change in the diagnostics data

These messages can be processed by the clients in different ways:

● Entry in the logbook of the device

● Sending the message to the Syslog server

● Sending an e-mail

● Sending an SNMP trap

Requirement

You are in the EVENTS configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-events)#

506

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Syntax

Diagnostics

11.1 Event and fault handling

Call up the command with the following parameters: event config

{cold-warmstart|linkchange|authentication-failure|

rmon-alarm|power-change|rm-state-change|standby-state-change|faultstate-change|

stp-change|vrrp-state-change|loopd-state-change|ospf-state-change|dot1x-port-authstate-change|poe- state-change|fmp-state-change|env-data-change|all}

{logtable|syslog|email|trap|faults|all}

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter cold-warmstart linkchange

Description

Message if there is cold or warm restart

Message when there is a status change on a physical interface

Message if there is an incorrect login failure rmon-alarm power-change rm-state-change

Message when there is a RMONalarm

Message when there is a status change in the power supply

Message when there is a status change in the redundancy manager

Message when there is a status change on a standby connection change faultstate-change stp-change vrrp-state-change loopd-state-change ospf-state-change

Message when there is a status change in the error monitoring

Message when there is a change in the spanning tree

Message on status change of VRRP routers

Message if there is a status change in the detection of network loops

Message on status change of OSPF routers

Message when there is a status change in the 802.1X authentication state-change poe-state-change fmp-state-change all logtable syslog email trap faults env-data-change all

Message on status change of PoE

Message on status change of FMP

All messages

Client that processes the logbook entries

Client that sends the messages to the Syslog server

Client that sends the e-mails

Client that sends the SNMP traps

Error LED lights up. The setting is possible only for a cold or warm restart.

Message when there is a status change in the diagnostics data

All clients at once

Result

The setting deciding which message of the device is stored or forwarded is configured.

Further notes

You display the status of the events and the clients with the show events config

command.

You delete the settings with the no event config

command.

With this command, the clients are not enabled.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

507

Diagnostics

11.1 Event and fault handling

To enable the clients, use the client config

command.

Note

Changing several message types or clients

With each command call, you can only select one message type and one client.

If you want to process several message types or clients, it may be more efficient to first select the all

option and then disable individual elements.

11.1.8.5

Description no event config

Note

The IE switch does not support all parameters, refer to the section "Features not supported

(Page 29)".

With this command, you configure which of the various message types of the device will no longer be stored or forwarded.

Requirement

You are in the EVENTS configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-events)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: no event config

{cold-warmstart|linkchange|authentication-failure|

rmon-alarm|power-change|rm-state-change|standby-state-change|faultstate-change|

stp-change|vrrp-state-change|loopd-state-change|ospf-state-change|dot1x-port-authstate-change|poe- state-change|fmp-state-change|env-data-change|all}

{logtable|syslog|email|trap|faults

| all}

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter cold-warmstart linkchange failure rmon-alarm

Description

Message if there is cold or warm restart

Message when there is a status change on a physical interface

Message if there is an incorrect login

Message when there is a RMON alarm

508

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Diagnostics

11.1 Event and fault handling

Parameter power-change rm-state-change change faultstate-change stp-change vrrp-state-change loopd-state-change ospf-state-change state-change poe-state-change fmp-state-change all logtable syslog email trap faults env-data-change all

Description

Message when there is a status change in the power supply

Message when there is a status change in the redundancy manager

Message when there is a status change on a standby connection

Message when there is a status change in the error monitoring

Message when there is a change in the spanning tree

Message on status change of VRRP routers

Message if there is a status change in the detection of network loops

Message on status change of OSPF

Message when there is a status change in the 802.1X authentication

Message on status change of PoE

Message on status change of FMP

All messages

Client that processes the logbook entries

Client that sends the messages to the Syslog server

Client that sends the e-mails

Client that sends the SNMP traps

Error LED lights up. The setting is possible only for a cold or warm restart.

Message when there is a status change in the diagnostics data

All clients at once

Result

The setting deciding which messages of the device are not stored or forwarded is configured.

Further notes

You display the status of the events and the clients with the show events config

command.

You configure which of the various message types of the device will be stored or forwarded with the event config

command.

11.1.8.6

Description severity

With this command, you configure the threshold values for the sending of system event notifications.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

509

Diagnostics

11.1 Event and fault handling

Requirement

You are in the EVENTS Configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli (config-events) #

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: severity { mail | log | syslog } { info | warning | critical }

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter mail log syslog info warning critical

Description

Specifies the threshold value for sending system event messages by e-mail.

Specifies the threshold value for entering system event messages in the log table.

Specifies the threshold value for entering system event messages in the

Syslog file.

System events are processed as of the severity level "

Information

".

System events are processed as of the severity level "

Warning

".

System events are processed as of the severity level "

Critical

".

Range of values / note

-

-

-

-

-

-

Result

The settings for sending system event messages are configured.

The "severity" function is enabled.

Further notes

You disable the setting with the no severity

command.

You display the status of this function and other information show events severity

11.1.8.7

Description no severity

With this command, you disable the setting for the threshold values for the sending of system event notifications.

510

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Requirement

Diagnostics

11.1 Event and fault handling

You are in the EVENTS Configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli (config-events) #

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: no severity { mail | log | syslog }

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter mail log syslog

Description

The setting of the threshold value for sending system event messages by email is disabled.

The setting of the threshold value for entering system event messages in the log table disabled.

The setting of the threshold value the entering event messages in the Syslog file is disabled.

Range of values / note

-

-

-

If you do not select any parameters from the parameter list, the default value is used.

Result

The settings for sending system event messages are configured.

Further notes

You enable the setting with the severity

command.

You display the status of this function and other information show events severity

.

11.1.8.8

Description power

With this command, you configure and activate the monitoring of the power supplies.

Requirement

You are in the EVENTS configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-events)#

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

511

Diagnostics

11.1 Event and fault handling

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: power [{L1|L2}]

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter

L1

L2

Description

Monitoring of power supply 1

Monitoring of power supply 2

If you do not select any parameters from the parameter list, the default value "L1 and L2" is used.

Result

The setting for monitoring the power supplies is configured.

Further notes

You can display the current setting with the show events faults config

command.

You disable the function with the no power

command.

11.1.8.9

Description no power

With this command, you disable the monitoring of the power supplies.

Requirement

You are in the EVENTS configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-events)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: no power [{L1|L2}}

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter

L1

L2

Description

No monitoring of power supply 1

No monitoring of power supply 2

512

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Diagnostics

11.1 Event and fault handling

If you do not select any parameters from the parameter list, the default value "L1 and L2" is used.

Result

The setting for monitoring the power supplies is configured.

Further notes

You can display the current setting with the show events faults config

command.

You enable the function with the power

command.

11.1.8.10

Description link

With this command, you configure and enable the monitoring of the physical network connections for cable breaks or for pulling of the connector.

Requirement

You are in the EVENTS configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-events)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: link {up|down}[{<interface-type><interface-id>}]

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter up down interface-type interface-id

Description

Only the establishment of a connection is signaled

Only a break on a connection is signaled

Type or speed of the interface

Module no. and port no. of the interface

Range of values / note

-

-

Enter a valid interface.

For information on names of addresses and interfaces, refer to the section "Addresses and interface names (Page 35)".

If you do not select an interface, the function is enabled for all available interfaces.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

513

Diagnostics

11.1 Event and fault handling

Result

The settings for monitoring the physical network connections have been configured.

Further notes

You display the setting with the show events faults config

command.

You disable the function with the no link

command.

11.1.8.11

Description no link

With this command, you disable the monitoring of the physical network connections for cable breaks or for pulling of the connector.

Requirement

You are in the EVENTS configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-events)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: no {up|down}[{<interface-type><interface-id>}]

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter up

Description

The message when establishing a connection is disabled down

The message when a connection is down is disabled type interface-id

Type or speed of the interface

Module no. and port no. of the interface

Range of values / note

-

-

Enter a valid interface.

For information on names of addresses and interfaces, refer to the section "Addresses and interface names (Page 35)".

If you do not select an interface, the function is disabled for all available interfaces.

Result

The settings for monitoring the physical network connections have been configured.

514

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Further notes

Diagnostics

11.1 Event and fault handling

You can display the current setting with the show events faults config

command.

You enable the function with the link

command.

11.1.8.12

Description syslogserver

With this command, you configure the Syslog server address.

Requirement

You are in the EVENTS configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli (config-events) #

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: syslogserver {ipv4 <ucast_addr>} [<port(1-65535)>]

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter ipv4 ucast_addr port

Description

Keyword for an IP address

Syslog server IPv4 address

Serverport

Range of values / note

-

Enter a valid IPv4 address.

1 .. 65535

Default: 514

For information on names of addresses and interfaces, refer to the section "Addresses and interface names (Page 35)".

If you do not select any parameters from the parameter list, the default value is used.

Result

The settings for the Syslog server are configured.

Further notes

You disable the setting with the no syslogserver

command.

You can display the status of this function and other information with the show events config command.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

515

Diagnostics

11.1 Event and fault handling

11.1.8.13

Description no syslogserver

With this command, you delete a Syslog server.

Requirement

You are in the EVENTS Configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli (config-events) #

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: syslogserver {ipv4 <ucast_addr>}

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter ipv4 ucast_addr

Description

Keyword for an IP address

Syslog server IPv4 Address

Range of values / note

-

Enter a valid IPv4 address.

For information on names of addresses and interfaces, refer to the section "Addresses and interface names (Page 35)".

Result

The Syslog server is deleted.

Further notes

You add a Syslog server syslogserver

.

516

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

11.2

Diagnostics

11.2 FMP

FMP

With Fiber Monitoring, you can monitor the received power and the loss of power on optical links between two switches.

If you enable fiber monitoring on an optical port, the device sends the current transmit power of the port to its connection partner using LLDP packets. In addition to sending, the device also checks whether corresponding information is received from the connection partner.

Regardless of whether the IE switch receives diagnostics information from its connection partner, it monitors the received power measured at the optical port for the set limit values.

If fiber monitoring is enabled on the connection partner, the connection partner transfers the current value for the transmit power of the port to the device. The device compares the value it has received for the transmit power with the actually received power. The difference between the received power and the transmit power represents the power loss on the link.

The calculated power loss is also monitored for the set limit values.

If the value of the received power or the power loss falls below or exceeds the set limit values, an event is triggered. You can set limit values in two stages for messages with the severity levels "Warning" and "Critical".

11.2.1 The "show" commands

This section describes commands with which you display various settings.

11.2.1.1

Description show fmp limit

This command shows the limit values for the received power and the power loss that you set for monitoring optical ports or connections with fiber monitoring.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: show fmp limit [{port <interface-type> <interface-id>}]

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

517

Diagnostics

11.2 FMP

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter port interface-type interface-id

Description Range of values / note

Keyword for a an interface description -

Type or speed of the interface

Module no. and port no. of the interface

Enter a valid interface.

For information on identifiers of addresses and interfaces, refer to the section "Addresses and interface names (Page 35)".

If no parameters are specified, the settings for all interfaces are displayed.

Result

The limits set for the received power and the power loss are displayed.

11.2.1.2

Description show fmp status

This command shows the current status and the current values of the optical ports or connections that you monitor with fiber monitoring.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: show fmp status [{port <interface-type> <interface-id>}]

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter port interface-type interface-id

Description Range of values / note

Keyword for a an interface description -

Type or speed of the interface

Module no. and port no. of the interface

Enter a valid interface.

For information on identifiers of addresses and interfaces, refer to the section "Addresses and interface names (Page 35)".

If no parameters are specified, the settings for all interfaces are displayed.

518

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Result

Diagnostics

11.2 FMP

The status of the optical ports is displayed.

11.2.2 Commands in the Interface Configuration mode

This section describes commands that you can call up in the interface configuration mode.

Depending on the Interface selected, various command sets are available.

In the Global configuration mode, enter the interface

command to change to this mode.

Commands relating to other topics that can be called in the interface configuration mode can be found in the relevant sections.

● If you exit the Interface configuration mode with the exit

command, you return to the

Global configuration mode.

● If you exit the Interface configuration mode with the end

command, you return to the

Privileged EXEC mode.

11.2.2.1

Description fmp

With this command, you enable fiber monitoring.

Requirement

● To be able to use the fiber monitoring function, enable LLDP. The fiber monitoring information is appended to the LLDP packets.

● You can only use fiber monitoring with transceivers capable of diagnostics. Note the documentation of the devices.

● You are in the Interface configuration mode.

The command prompt is: cli(config-if-$$$)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameter assignment: fmp

Default: enabled

Result

Fiber monitoring is enabled.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

519

Diagnostics

11.2 FMP

Further notes

You disable this function with the no fmp

command.

You display the status of this function and other information with the show fmp stauts

and show fmp limit

commands.

You define the limit values with the fmp power-loss

and fmp rx-power

commands.

11.2.2.2

Description no fmp

With this command, you disable fiber monitoring.

Requirement

You are in the Interface configuration mode.

The command prompt is: cli(config-if-$$$)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameter assignment: no fmp

Default: enabled

Result

Fiber monitoring is disabled.

Further notes

You enable this function with the fmp

command.

You display the status of this function and other information with the and show fmp limit commands.

You define the limit values with the fmp power-loss

and fmp rx-power

commands.

11.2.2.3

Description fmp power-loss

With this command, you specify the limit values for monitoring the power loss per port.

520

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Requirement

Diagnostics

11.2 FMP

You are in the Interface configuration mode.

The command prompt is: cli(config-if-$$$)#

Syntax

Parameter req dem

Call up the command with the following parameters: fmp power-loss [req { <integer(0-0)> | - <integer(1-55)>}] [dem { <integer(0-0)> | -

<integer(1-55)>}]

The parameters have the following meaning:

Description

Specify the value at which you are informed of the power loss of the connection by a message of the severity level "Warning"

Specify the value at which you are informed of the power loss of the connection by a message of the severity level "Critical"

Range of values / note

0 ... -55 dB

Default: -50 dB

0 ... -55 dB

Default: -55 dB

Result

The limits for monitoring the power loss are defined.

Further notes

You enable this function with the fmp

command.

You disable this function with the no fmp

command.

You display the status of this function and other information with the and show fmp limit commands.

You define the limit values for the received power with the command fmp rx-power

.

11.2.2.4

Description fmp rx-power

With this command, you specify the limit values for monitoring the received power per port.

Requirement

You are in the Interface configuration mode.

The command prompt is: cli(config-if-$$$)#

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

521

Diagnostics

11.2 FMP

Syntax

Parameter req dem

Call up the command with the following parameters: fmp rx-power [req { <integer(0-0)> | - <integer(1-40)>}] [dem { <integer(0-0)> | -

<integer(1-40)>}]

The parameters have the following meaning:

Description

Specify the value at which you are informed of the deterioration of the received power by a message of the severity level "Warning"

Specify the value at which you are informed of the deterioration of the received power by a message of the severity level "Critical"

Range of values / note

0 ... -40 dBm

The default value depends on the relevant pluggable transceiver.

0 ... -40 dBm

The default value depends on the relevant pluggable transceiver.

Result

The limits for monitoring the received power are defined.

Further notes

You enable this function with the fmp

command.

You disable this function with the no fmp

command.

You display the status of this function and other information with the and show fmp limit commands.

You define the limit values for the power loss with the command fmp power-loss

.

522

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

11.3 Syslog client

With the commands in this section, the following settings are configured:

● Transfer of the messages to the Syslog server

● Local buffering and storage of messages

● Receipt and forwarding of messages from other devices (relay mode)

Diagnostics

11.3 Syslog client

11.3.1 The "show" commands

This section describes commands with which you display various settings.

11.3.1.1

Description show events syslogserver

This command shows the entries of the configured Syslog server.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: show events syslogserver

Result

The entries of the configured Syslog server are displayed.

11.3.2 Commands in the Events configuration mode

This section describes commands that you can call up in the EVENTS configuration mode.

In the Global configuration mode, enter the events

command to change to this mode.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

523

Diagnostics

11.3 Syslog client

Commands relating to other topics that can be called in the Global configuration mode can be found in the relevant sections.

● If you exit the EVENTS configuration mode with the exit

command, you return to the

Global configuration mode.

● If you exit the EVENTS configuration mode with the end

command, you return to the

Privileged EXEC mode.

11.3.2.1

Description syslogserver

With this command, you configure the Syslog server address.

Requirement

You are in the EVENTS configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli (config-events) #

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: syslogserver {ipv4 <ucast_addr>} [<port(1-65535)>]

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter ipv4 ucast_addr port

Description

Keyword for an IP address

Syslog server IPv4 address

Serverport

Range of values / note

-

Enter a valid IPv4 address.

1 .. 65535

Default: 514

For information on names of addresses and interfaces, refer to the section "Addresses and interface names (Page 35)".

If you do not select any parameters from the parameter list, the default value is used.

Result

The settings for the Syslog server are configured.

Further notes

You disable the setting with the no syslogserver

command.

You can display the status of this function and other information with the show events config command.

524

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Diagnostics

11.3 Syslog client

11.3.2.2

Description no syslogserver

With this command, you delete a Syslog server.

Requirement

You are in the EVENTS Configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli (config-events) #

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: syslogserver {ipv4 <ucast_addr>}

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter ipv4 ucast_addr

Description

Keyword for an IP address

Syslog server IPv4 Address

Range of values / note

-

Enter a valid IPv4 address.

For information on names of addresses and interfaces, refer to the section "Addresses and interface names (Page 35)".

Result

The Syslog server is deleted.

Further notes

You add a Syslog server syslogserver

.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

525

Diagnostics

11.4 RMON

11.4 RMON

The RMON function provides commands with which variables of the Management

Information Base (MIB) can be monitored for violation of limit values and to store or forward these events in the following ways:

● Entry in the local log

● Sending as SNMP trap

● Transfer to the Syslog server

● Transfer to a network management station using SNMP

11.4.1 The "show" commands

This section describes commands with which you display various settings.

11.4.1.1

Description show rmon

This command shows the settings of the remote monitoring function.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: show rmon [statistics [<stats-index (1-65535)>]] [alarms] [events] [history [historyindex (1-65535)] [overview]]

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter statistics stats-index alarms events history

Description

Shows counts for various packet characteristics and sizes.

Range of values / note

-

Index number for the statistical values 1 ... 65535

Shows the threshold values and event assignments for alarms.

-

Shows the status and the actions that are triggered.

Shows the stored statistical values for earlier transmission periods.

-

-

526

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Diagnostics

11.4 RMON

Parameter history-index overview

Description

Index number for the previous statistical values

Displays an overview.

Range of values / note

1 ... 65535

-

With this command, you can display several parameters with one call.

If you do not select any parameters from the parameter list, only the enabled

or disabled status is shown.

Result

The settings of the remote monitoring function are displayed.

11.4.2 Commands in the global configuration mode

This section describes commands that you can call up in the Global configuration mode.

In Privileged EXEC mode, enter the configure terminal

command to change to this mode.

Commands relating to other topics that can be called in the Global configuration mode can be found in the relevant sections.

You exit the Global configuration mode with the end

or exit

command and are then in the

Privileged EXEC mode again.

11.4.2.1

Description rmon

With this command, you enable the Remote Monitoring function.

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameter assignment: rmon

Default: disabled

Result

The Remote Monitoring function is enabled.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

527

Diagnostics

11.4 RMON

Further notes

You disable this function with the no rmon

command.

You can display the status of this function and other information with the show rmon command.

11.4.2.2

Description no rmon

With this command, you disable the Remote Monitoring function.

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameter assignment: no rmon

Default: disabled

Result

The Remote Monitoring function is disabled.

Further notes

You enable this function with the rmon

command.

You can display the status of this function and other information with the show rmon command.

11.4.2.3

Description rmon alarm

With this command, you configure an alarm for monitoring a MIB variable. The variable is checked at specific intervals to determine whether or not it has exceeded or fallen below threshold values. Events are assigned to these occurrences.

528

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Diagnostics

11.4 RMON

Call up the command with the following parameters: rmon alarm <alarm-number><mib-object-id(255)>

<sample-interval-time(1-65535)>

{absolute|delta}

rising-threshold<value(0-2147483647)>[risingevent-number(1-65535)]

falling-threshold<value(0-2147483647)>[fallingevent-number(1-65535)]

[owner<ownername(127)>]

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter alarm-number mib-object-id

Description

Number of the alarm

Name of the MIB variable time absolute

Interval for the check [s]

The current absolute value of the monitored MIB is evaluated delta

The difference between the current and the previous value of the monitored

MIB is evaluated rising-threshold

Keyword for threshold value for rising or high variable values value ownername

Relevant threshold value risingevent-number falling-threshold owner

Event number for this

Keyword for threshold value for falling or low variable values value fallingevent-number

Relevant threshold value

Event number for this

User to which the alarm is assigned

User name of the user

Range of values / note

1 ... 52 max. 255 characters

1 ... 65535

-

-

-

0 ... 2147483647

1 ... 65535

-

0 ... 2147483647

1 ... 65535

- max. 127 characters

If you do not select a parameter from the parameter list, the events for high and low threshold values are assigned the lowest event number available in the event table.

Note

MIB variables that can be monitored

With the RMON function, only MIB variables of the Ethernet interfaces can be monitored.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

529

Diagnostics

11.4 RMON

Note

Magnitude of the threshold values

The threshold value for falling or low variable values should be less than the threshold value for rising or high variable values.

Note

Conditions for working with alarms

The events assigned to the alarms are configured.

The Remote monitoring function is started with the rmon

command.

Result

The alarm for monitoring a MIB variable is configured.

Further notes

You delete an alarm with the no rmon alarm

command.

You display the list of configured RMON alarms with the show rmon alarms

command.

11.4.2.4

Description no rmon alarm

With this command, you delete an alarm for monitoring a MIB variable.

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: no rmon alarm <number (1-52)>

The parameter has the following meaning:

Parameter number

Description

Number of the alarm to be deleted

Range of values / note

1 ... 52

530

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Result

Diagnostics

11.4 RMON

The entry for monitoring a MIB variable is deleted.

11.4.2.5

Description rmon event

With this command, you configure an event in the RMON Event Table.

You specify its name and the owner and whether or not an SNMP trap is generated.

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: rmon event <number(1-52)>[description<event-description(127)>]

[owner<ownername(127)>][trap<notify(127)>]

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter number description event-description owner ownername trap notify

Description

Number of the event

Title of the event

Description of the event

User to which the event is assigned

User name of the user

Specifies whether an SNMP trap should be sent

Name of the community to which the

SNMP trap will be sent

Range of values / note

1 ... 52

- max. 127 characters

- max. 127 characters

- max. 127 characters

Result

The event is configured.

Further notes

You delete an entry with the no rmon event

command.

You display the RMON Event Table with the show rmon events

command.

You show the details of the SNMP community with the show snmp community

command.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

531

Diagnostics

11.4 RMON

11.4.2.6

Description no rmon event

With this command, you delete an entry from the RMON event table.

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: no rmon event <number (1-52)>

The parameter has the following meaning:

Parameter number

Description

Number of the event entry to be deleted

Range of values / note

1 ... 52

Result

The entry is deleted from the RMON event table.

11.4.3 Commands in the interface configuration mode

This section describes commands that you can call up in the interface configuration mode.

Depending on the Interface selected, various command sets are available.

In the Global configuration mode, enter the interface

command to change to this mode.

Commands relating to other topics that can be called in the interface configuration mode can be found in the relevant sections.

● If you exit the Interface configuration mode with the exit

command, you return to the

Global configuration mode.

● If you exit the Interface configuration mode with the end

command, you return to the

Privileged EXEC mode.

532

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

11.4.3.1

Description rmon collection stats

With this command, you start the recording of statistical data of an interface.

Requirement

You are in the Interface configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-if-$$$)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: rmon collection stats <index (1-52)>[owner<ownername(127)>]

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter index owner ownername

Description

Number of the recording

User to which the event is assigned

User name of the user

Range of values / note

1 ... 52

- max. 127 characters

Diagnostics

11.4 RMON

Result

The recording of statistical data is started.

Further notes

You can display the content of a recording with the show rmon statistics

command.

11.4.3.2

Description no rmon collection stats

With this command, you end the recording of statistical data of an interface.

Requirement

You are in the Interface configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-if-$$$)#

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

533

Diagnostics

11.4 RMON

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: no rmon collection stats <index (1-52)>

The parameter has the following meaning:

Parameter index

Description

Number of the recording

Range of values / note

1 ... 52

Result

The recording of statistical data is ended.

11.4.3.3

Description rmon collection history

With this command, you configure the collection of statistical data of the interface in a selectable number of recording intervals ("Buckets ") with a specified period.

Requirement

You are in the Interface configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-if-$$$)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: rmon collection history<index(1-52)>

[buckets<bucket-number(1-65535)>]

[interval<seconds(1-3600)>]

[owner<ownername(127)>]

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter index buckets bucket-number

Description

Number of the recording

Maximum number of recording intervals

Number of recording intervals interval

Duration of an individual recording interval

Range of values / note

1 ... 65535

-

1 ... 65535

Default: 50

-

534

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Diagnostics

11.4 RMON

Parameter seconds owner ownername

Description

Time in seconds

User to which the event is assigned

User name of the user

Range of values / note

1 ... 3600

Default: 1800

- max. 127 characters

Default: monitor

If you do not select any parameter from the parameter list, the default values are used.

Result

The data is recorded.

Further notes

You can display the content of a recording with the show rmon history

command.

11.4.3.4

Description no rmon collection history

With this command, you end the recording of statistical data of the interface.

Requirement

You are in the Interface configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config-if-$$$)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: no rmon collection history <index(1-52)>

The parameter has the following meaning:

Parameter index

Description

Number of the recording

Range of values / note

1 ... 52

Result

The data recording is ended.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

535

Diagnostics

11.5 Port Mirroring

11.5 Port Mirroring

Note

It cannot be guaranteed when mirroring the data traffic that all packets are mirrored.

With the port mirroring function, you copy the data stream of one or more ports to another interface to be able to analyze this data stream without disturbing operation.

Note

You need to disable port mirroring if you want to connect a normal end device to the monitor port.

Note the data rate

If the maximum data rate of the mirrored port is higher than that of the monitor port, data may be lost and the monitor port no longer reflects the data traffic at the mirrored port.

Several ports can be mirrored to one monitor port at the same time.

Several source ports from the same VLAN

If in a VLAN you select more than one source port for the port-based egress mirroring, unknown unicast and multicast frames as well as broadcast frames are forwarded only once to the destination port.

11.5.1 The "show" commands

This section describes commands with which you display various settings.

11.5.1.1

Description show monitor

This command shows the status of the port mirroring function.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

536

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Syntax

Diagnostics

11.5 Port Mirroring

Call the command without parameters: show monitor

Result

The status of the port mirroring function is displayed.

11.5.1.2

Description show monitor barrier

This command shows the status of the communication via the monitor port. If you enable this option, management of the switch via the monitor port is no longer reachable.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

Syntax

Call the command without parameter assignment: show monitor barrier

Result

The settings are displayed.

11.5.1.3

Description show monitor session

This command shows the settings used for mirroring ports.

You obtain information about the ports from which incoming and/or outgoing data traffic is mirrored and the port at which the mirrored data is output.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

537

Diagnostics

11.5 Port Mirroring

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: show monitor {session <session-id(1-1)>}

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter session session-id

Description

Keyword for a session whose settings are displayed

Number of the session

Range of values / note

-

1

Result

The settings for mirroring ports are displayed.

11.5.2 Commands in the global configuration mode

This section describes commands that you can call up in the Global configuration mode.

In Privileged EXEC mode, enter the configure terminal

command to change to this mode.

Commands relating to other topics that can be called in the Global configuration mode can be found in the relevant sections.

You exit the Global configuration mode with the end

or exit

command and are then in the

Privileged EXEC mode again.

11.5.2.1

Description monitor

With this command, you enable the port mirroring function.

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

538

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: monitor

As default the function is "disabled".

Result

The port mirroring function is enabled.

Further notes

You can display the status of this function with the show monitor command.

You disable the function with the no monitor

command.

Diagnostics

11.5 Port Mirroring

11.5.2.2

Description no monitor

With this command, you disable the port mirroring function.

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: no monitor

Result

The port mirroring function is disabled.

Further notes

You can display the status of this function with the show monitor command.

You enable the function with the monitor

command.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

539

Diagnostics

11.5 Port Mirroring

11.5.2.3

Description monitor barrier enabled

With this command, you disable the communication via the monitor port.

Note

Effects of monitor barrier enabled

If you enable this option, management of the switch via the monitor port is no longer reachable. The following port-specific functions are changed:

DCP forwarding is turned off

• LLDP is turned off

Unicast, multicast and broadcast blocking is turned on

The previous statuses of these functions are no longer restored after disabling monitor barrier again. They are reset to the default values and may need to be reconfigured.

You can reconfigure these functions manually even if monitor barrier is turned on. The data traffic on the monitor port is also allowed again. If you do not require this, make sure that only the data traffic you want to monitor is forwarded to the interface.

If mirroring is disabled, the listed port-specific functions are reset to the default values. This reset takes place regardless of whether the functions were configured manually or automatically by enabling monitor barrier.

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: monitor barrier enabled

Result

Communication via the monitor port is disabled.

Further notes

You enable the communication with the no monitor barrier enabled

command.

You display the configuration settings with the show monitor barrier

command.

540

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Diagnostics

11.5 Port Mirroring

11.5.2.4

Description no monitor barrier enabled

With this command, you enable the communication via the monitor port.

Requirement

You are in the Global Configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: no monitor barrier enabled

Result

Communication via the monitor port is enabled.

Further notes

You disable the communication with the monitor barrier enabled

command.

You display the configuration settings with the show monitor barrier

command.

11.5.2.5

Description monitor session destination

With this command, you configure the destination for mirroring a port.

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: monitor session <session-id(1-1)> destination

{interface <interface-type><interface-id>}

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

541

Diagnostics

11.5 Port Mirroring

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter session-id interface-id

Description

Number of the session interface interface-type

Keyword for a an interface description

Type or speed of the interface

Module no. and port no. of the interface

Values

1

-

Enter a valid interface.

For information on names of addresses and interfaces, refer to the section "Addresses and interface names (Page 35)".

Note

Selecting the destination port

A port that is part of a port channel cannot be configured as the destination port for a monitor session.

Result

As soon as you have configured the settings for the port to be monitored and the destination port, the session is complete and active.

Note

If you change the settings for an existing session, all previous configurations of this session are lost.

Further notes

You delete the destination for mirroring a port with the no monitor session ... destination command.

You end and delete a session with the no monitor session

command.

You display the configuration settings with the show monitor session

command.

11.5.2.6

Description no monitor session destination

With this command, you delete the destination for mirroring a port.

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

542

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Syntax

Diagnostics

11.5 Port Mirroring

Call up the command with the following parameters: no monitor session <session-id(1-1)> destination

{interface <interface-type><interface-id>}

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter session-id interface interface-type interface-id

Description

Number of the session

Range of values / note

1

Keyword for a an interface description -

Type or speed of the interface

Module no. and port no. of the interface

Enter a valid interface.

For information on names of addresses and interfaces, refer to the section "Addresses and interface names (Page 35)".

Result

The destination for the mirroring of a port is deleted.

Further notes

You configure the destination for mirroring a port with the monitor session ... destination command.

You end and delete a session with the no monitor session

command.

You display the configuration settings with the show monitor session

command.

11.5.2.7

Description monitor session source

With this command, you configure the source for mirroring a port.

Requirement

● Monitoring is enabled.

● You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is: cli(config)#

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

543

Diagnostics

11.5 Port Mirroring

Syntax

Call up the command for the port to be monitored with the following parameter assignment: monitor session <session-id(1-1)> source

{interface {<interface-type> <interface-id> | port-channel <port-channel-id (1-8)>}

[{rx|tx|both}]}

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter session-id interface interface-type interface-id port-channel port-channel-id rx tx both

Description

Number of the session

Range of values / note

1

Keyword for a an interface description -

Type or speed of the interface

Module no. and port no. of the interface

Enter a valid interface.

Keyword for a port channel connection -

Number of the addressed port channel 1 ... 8

Received data traffic will be mirrored

(received)

Transmitted data traffic will be mirrored

(transmitted)

If you enable the mirroring function for a ring port, the ring port sends test frames even in the "link down" status.

Received and transmitted data traffic will be mirrored

For information on names of addresses and interfaces, refer to the section "Addresses and interface names (Page 35)".

If you do not select any parameters from the parameter list, the default value (both) is used.

Result

Further notes

You delete the source for mirroring a port with the no monitor session ... source

command.

You end and delete a session with the no monitor session

command.

You display the configuration settings with the show monitor session

command.

See also

As soon as you have configured the settings for the port to be monitored and the destination port, the session is complete and active.

Features not supported (Page 29)

11.5.2.8

Description no monitor session source

544

With this command, you delete the source for mirroring a port or a VLAN.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Requirement

Diagnostics

11.5 Port Mirroring

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call up the command for the port to be monitored with the following parameter assignment: no monitor session <session-id(1-1)> source

{interface <interface-type><interface-id>} [{rx|tx|both}]}

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter session-id interface interface-type interface-id rx tx both

Description

Number of the session

Range of values / note

1

Keyword for a an interface description -

Type or speed of the interface

Module no. and port no. of the interface

Enter a valid interface.

Received data traffic will be mirrored

(received)

Transmitted data traffic will be mirrored

(transmitted)

Received and transmitted data traffic will be mirrored

-

-

-

For information on names of addresses and interfaces, refer to the section "Addresses and interface names (Page 35)".

If you do not select any parameters from the parameter list, the default value (both) is used.

Result

The source for the mirroring of a port is deleted.

Further notes

You configure the source for mirroring a port with the monitor session ... source

command.

You end and delete a session with the no monitor session

command.

You display the configuration settings with the show monitor session

command.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

545

Diagnostics

11.5 Port Mirroring

11.5.2.9

Description no monitor session

With this command, you delete the monitor session.

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: no monitor session<session-id(1-1)>

The parameter has the following meaning:

Parameter session-id

Description

Number of the session

Range of values / note

1

Result

The monitor session is deleted.

Further notes

You display the configuration settings with the show monitor session

command.

You configure and start mirroring of a port with the monitor session

command.

546

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

11.6

Diagnostics

11.6 Loop detection

Loop detection

With the "Loop detection" function, you specify the ports for which loop detection will be activated. The ports involved send special test frames - the loop detection frames. If these frames are sent back to the device, there is a loop.

A "Local loop" involving this device means that the frames are received again at a different port of the same device. If the sent frames are received again at the same port, there is a

"remote loop" involving other network components.

With the commands in this section, you start loop detection and decide which actions will be used on the ports affected if loops are detected.

Note

A loop is an error in the network structure that needs to be eliminated. The loop detection can help to find the errors more quickly but does not eliminate them.

Note

Note that loop detection is only possible at ports that were not configured as ring ports or standby ports.

Note

Changing the configured port status with loop detection

The configuration of the port status can be changed with the "Loop Detection" function. If, for example, the administrator has disabled a port, the port can be enabled again after a device restart by "Loop Detection". The port status "link down" is not changed by "Loop Detection".

11.6.1 The "show" commands

This section describes commands with which you display various settings.

11.6.1.1

Description show loopd

With this command, you display the information on loop detection.

Detected loops are shown.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

547

Diagnostics

11.6 Loop detection

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: show loopd

For information on names of addresses and interfaces, refer to the section "Addresses and interface names (Page 35)".

Result

Information on loop detection is displayed.

11.6.1.2

Description show loopd interface

Displays information on the loop interface.

Requirement

You are in the User EXEC mode or in the Privileged EXEC mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli>

or cli#

Syntax

Call up the command without parameters or with the following parameter assignment: show loopd interface [{<interface-type> <interface-id> | port-channel <port-channelid (1-8)>}]

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter interface interface-type interface-id port-channel port-channel-id

Description Range of values / note

Keyword for a an interface description -

Type or speed of the interface Enter a valid interface.

Module no. and port no. of the interface

Keyword for a port channel connection -

Number of the addressed port channel 1 ... 8

For information on names of addresses and interfaces, refer to the section "Addresses and interface names (Page 35)".

If you do not select any parameters from the parameter list, the default value is used.

Result

The loop interface is displayed.

548

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Diagnostics

11.6 Loop detection

Further notes

You can display the status of this function and other information with the show loopd command.

11.6.2 Commands in the global configuration mode

This section describes commands that you can call up in the Global configuration mode.

In Privileged EXEC mode, enter the configure terminal

command to change to this mode.

Commands relating to other topics that can be called in the Global configuration mode can be found in the relevant sections.

You exit the Global configuration mode with the end

or exit

command and are then in the

Privileged EXEC mode again.

11.6.2.1

Description loopd

With this command, you enable the loop detection function.

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: loopd

Result

The loop detection function is enabled

Further notes

You disable the function with the no loopd

command.

You can display the status of this function and other information with the show loopd command.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

549

Diagnostics

11.6 Loop detection

11.6.2.2

Description no loopd

With this command, you disable the loop detection function.

Requirement

You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is as follows: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: no loopd

Result

The loop detection function is disabled

Further notes

You enable the function with the loopd

command.

You can display the status of this function and other information with the show loopd command.

11.6.2.3

Description loopd vlan mode

With this command, you enable the loop detection function for VLAN.

Requirement

● Loopd is activated

● You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is: cli(config)#

550

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Syntax

Diagnostics

11.6 Loop detection

Call the command without parameters: loopd vlan mode

Result

The loop detection function is enabled for VLAN.

Further notes

You disable the function with the no loopd vlan mode

command.

You can display the status of this function and other information with the show loopd command

11.6.2.4

Description no loopd vlan mode

With this command, you disable the loop detection function for VLAN.

Requirement

● Loopd is activated

● You are in the Global configuration mode.

The command prompt is: cli(config)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: no loopd vlan mode

Result

The loop detection function is disabled for VLAN.

Further notes

You enable the function with the loopd vlan mode

command.

You can display the status of this function and other information with the show loopd command

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

551

Diagnostics

11.6 Loop detection

11.6.3 Commands in the Interface Configuration mode

This section describes commands that you can call up in the interface configuration mode.

Depending on the Interface selected, various command sets are available.

In the Global configuration mode, enter the interface

command to change to this mode.

Commands relating to other topics that can be called in the interface configuration mode can be found in the relevant sections.

● If you exit the Interface configuration mode with the exit

command, you return to the

Global configuration mode.

● If you exit the Interface configuration mode with the end

command, you return to the

Privileged EXEC mode.

11.6.3.1

Description loopd {blocked | forwarder | sender}

With this command you specify how the port handles loop detection frames.

Requirement

● Loop detection is enabled

● A Spanning Tree port, ring port or standby port cannot be the sender port.

● You are in the Interface configuration mode.

The command prompt is: cli(config-if-$$$)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: loopd {blocked | forwarder | sender}

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter blocked forwarder sender

Description

The forwarding of loop detection frames is blocked.

Loop detection frames from other devices are forwarded.

Loop detection frames are sent out and forwarded.

Range of values / note

-

Default after enabling loop detection.

-

If you do not select any parameters from the parameter list, the default value is used.

Result

It has been configured how the port handles loop detection frames.

552

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Diagnostics

11.6 Loop detection

Further notes

You can display the status of this function and other information with the show loopd command.

11.6.3.2

Description loopd {tx-interval | detect-threshold | reaction-timeout}

With this command you configure the send interval, threshold value and reaction time for loop detection.

Requirement

● Loop detection is enabled

● You are in the Interface configuration mode.

The command prompt is: cli(config-if-$$$)#

Syntax

Call up the command with the following parameters: loopd {tx-interval <mSec(500-5000)> | detect-threshold <integer(1-500)> | reactiontimeout <seconds(0-86400)>}

The parameters have the following meaning:

Parameter tx-interval mSec

Description

Keyword for the send interval

Specifies the send interval for loop detection frames in milliseconds. detect-threshold integer reaction-timeout seconds

Keyword for the threshold value

Specifies the threshold value after how many received loop detection frames, a loop is assumed and the device reacts according to the setting.

Keyword for the time to the end of the reaction time

Specifies the number of seconds after which the device automatically changes to the status in which it was before the loop.

Range of values / note

-

500 ... 5000

Default: 1000

-

1 ... 500

Default: 2

-

0 ... 86400

Default: 0

If you set the value "0", you need to enable the port manually again following a loop using the command loopd port reset

.

If you do not select any parameters from the parameter list, the default value is used. The default values apply only to a port enabled earlier with loopd sender

.

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

553

Diagnostics

11.6 Loop detection

Result

The settings are suitably configured.

Further notes

You can display the status of this function and other information with the show loopd command.

11.6.3.3

Description loopd port reset

With this command, you enable a port that was blocked by loop detection.

Requirement

● Loop detection is enabled

● You are in the Interface configuration mode.

The command prompt is: cli(config-if-$$$)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: loopd port reset

Result

The blocked port is enabled again.

Further notes

You disable the setting with the no loopd port reset

command.

You can display the status of this function and other information with the show loopd command.

See also

Addresses and interface names (Page 35)

554

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Diagnostics

11.6 Loop detection

11.6.3.4

Description no loopd port reset

With this command, you disable the port reset for loop detection.

Requirement

● Loop detection is enabled

● You are in the Interface configuration mode.

The command prompt is: cli(config-if-$$$)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: no loopd port reset

Result

The port reset function is disabled.

Further notes

You enable the setting with the loopd port reset

command.

You can display the status of this function and other information with the show loopd command.

See also

Addresses and interface names (Page 35)

11.6.3.5

Description loopd reaction local

With this command, you activate the "disable" reaction for a local loop. If a local loop is detected, the port is blocked.

Requirement

● Loop detection is enabled.

● You are in the Interface configuration mode.

The command prompt is: cli(config-if-$$$)#

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

555

Diagnostics

11.6 Loop detection

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: loopd reaction local

Result

Further notes

You enable the "no action" reaction with the no loopd reaction local

command.

You can display the status of this function and other information with the show loopd command.

See also

"disable" is activated for the loopd reaction local

function.

"disable" is the default after enabling loop detection.

Addresses and interface names (Page 35)

11.6.3.6

Description no loopd reaction local

With this command, you enable the "no action" reaction for a local loop. If a local loop is detected, this has no effect on the port.

Requirement

● Loop detection is enabled.

● You are in the Interface configuration mode.

The command prompt is: cli(config-if-$$$)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: no loopd reaction local

Result

"no action" is activated for the loopd reaction local

function.

"disable" is the default after enabling loop detection.

556

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Further notes

Diagnostics

11.6 Loop detection

You enable the "disable" reaction with the loopd reaction local

command.

You can display the status of this function and other information with the show loopd command.

See also

Addresses and interface names (Page 35)

11.6.3.7

Description loopd reaction remote

With this command, you enable the "disable" reaction for a remote loop. If a remote loop is detected, the port is blocked.

Requirement

● Loop detection is enabled.

● You are in the Interface configuration mode.

The command prompt is: cli(config-if-$$$)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: loopd reaction remote

Result

Further notes

You enable the "no action" reaction with the no loopd reaction remote

command.

You can display the status of this function and other information with the show loopd command.

See also

"disable" is activated for the loopd reaction remote

function.

"disable" is the default after enabling loop detection.

Addresses and interface names (Page 35)

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

557

Diagnostics

11.6 Loop detection

11.6.3.8

Description no loopd reaction remote

With this command, you enable the "no action" reaction for a remote loop. If a remote loop is detected, this has no effect on the port.

Requirement

● loopd is enabled

● You are in the Interface configuration mode.

The command prompt is: cli(config-if-$$$)#

Syntax

Call the command without parameters: no loopd reaction remote

Result

Further notes

You enable the "disable" setting with the loopd reaction remote

command.

You can display the status of this function and other information with the show loopd command.

See also

"no action" is activated for the loop reaction remote

function.

"disable" is the default after enabling loop detection.

Addresses and interface names (Page 35)

558

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Index

A

add log, 503

agent-priority, 436

alias, 72

no alias, 73

arp timeout, 343

no arp timeout, 344

authorized-manager, 462

no authorized-manager, 463 authorized-manager ip-source, 463

no authorized-manager ip-source, 465

auto-learn, 468

auto-save, 103

no auto-save, 104

Available system functions, 25

B

base bridge mode, 164, 190

broadcast-block, 74

broadcast-priority, 437

C

change password, 449

channel-group, 199

no channel-group, 200

clear counters, 56

clear fault counter, 500

clear history, 44

clear hrp counters, 368

clear line vty, 57

clear logbook, 499

clear ring-redundancy manager counters, 369

clear screen, 38

clear spanning-tree counters, 211

clear spanning-tree detected protocols, 210

clear standby counter, 370

clear-all-static-unicast, 468

CLI commands

Symbolic representation, 34

cli-console-timeout, 64

no cli-console-timeout, 65

configure terminal, 58

coordinates height, 65

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

coordinates latitude, 66

coordinates longitude, 67

cos-map, 439

cos-remap, 440

cos-remap enable, 441

D

dcp forwarding, 262

dcp server, 260

no dcp server, 261

delete, 91

disable, 58

dot1x guest-vlan, 475, 478

no dot1x guest-vlan, 475, 479

dot1x guest-vlan reset, 481

dot1x guest-vlan vlan-id, 479

no dot1x guest-vlan vlan-id, 480

dot1x mac-auth, 476, 482

no dot1x mac-auth, 483 dot1x mac-auth port reset, 483

dot1x mac-auth vlan-assign, 484

no dot1x mac-auth vlan-assign, 485

dot1x port-control, 486

no dot1x port-control, 487

dot1x reauthentication, 488

no dot1x reauthentication, 489

dscp-map, 443

duplex, 75

no duplex, 76

E

enable, 59

ethernetip, 67

event config, 506

no event config, 508

events, 501

exit, 39

F

factoryclean, 123

fault report ack, 500

flowcontrol, 429

fmp, 519

fmp power-loss, 520

559

Index

fmp rx-power, 521

G

Glossary, 23

H

help, 40

I

instance, 243

no instance, 244

interface, 62

no interface, 63

interface range, 165

no interface range, 166

ip address, 193, 262, 265

ip address dhcp, 269

ip dhcp client mode, 268

ip dhcp config-file-request, 267

no ip dhcp config-file-request, 268

ip dhcp relay circuit-id, 299

no ip dhcp relay circuit-id, 300

ip dhcp relay circuit-id option, 295

ip dhcp relay information option, 296

no ip dhcp relay information option, 297

ip dhcp relay remote-id, 301

ip dhcp server, 293

no ip dhcp server, 294

ip dhcp-server, 274 no ip dhcp-server, 274

ip dhcp-server icmp-probe, 275

no ip dhcp-server icmp-probe, 276

ip dhcp-server pool

no ip dhcp-server pool, 277

ip dhcp-server pool, 276

ip echo-reply, 257

no ip echo-reply, 258

ip gateway, 256 no ip gateway, 256

ip http, 339

no ip http, 340

ip igmp snooping clear counters, 361

ip igmp snooping port-purge-interval, 362

no ip igmp snooping port-purge-interval, 363

ip igmp snooping querier, 366

no ip igmp snooping querier, 367

ip igmp snooping static-group, 364

ip igmp snooping switch-ip, 361

560

ip igmp snooping version, 359 ip igmp vlan-snooping, 359

no ip igmp vlan-snooping, 360

L

lease time, 278

link, 513

no link, 514

lldp, 76

no lldp, 77

load tftp, 88

loadsave, 90

login authentication, 456

logout, 60

loopd, 552, 553

M

mac-address-table aging, 426

no mac-address-table aging, 427

mac-address-table aging-time, 424

no mac-address-table aging-time, 425

mac-address-table static multicast, 398, 412

no mac-address-table static multicast, 413

mac-address-table static multicast (VLAN-

unaware), 403, 417

mac-address-table static unicast, 387, 414

no mac-address-table static unicast, 388, 415

mac-address-table static unicast (VLAN-

unaware), 392, 418

no mac-address-table static unicast (VLAN-

unaware), 393, 419

media type, 78

mgmt vlan, 167

monitor, 538

no monitor, 539

monitor barrier enabled, 540

no monitor barrier enabled, 541

monitor session

destination, 541

no ... destination, 542

no ... source, 544

no monitor session, 546

source, 543

multicast-block, 79

N

name, 179, 245 no name, 179, 245

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

negotiation, 80

no negotiation, 81

network, 279

NFC, 117, 118, 119

nfc active, 118

no agent-priority, 437

no broadcast-block, 74

no broadcast-priority, 438

no cos-remap, 441

no cos-remap enable, 442

no dot1x mac-auth, 477

no fmp, 520

no ip address, 194, 263, 270

no ip dhcp relay remote-id, 302

no ip igmp snooping static-group, 365

no login authentication, 457

no mac-address-table static multicast (VLAN-

unaware), 404, 418

no multicast-block, 80

no nfc active, 119

no panel-button control-factory-defaults, 129

no panel-button control-faultmask, 130

no panel-button control-hsr-manager, 132

no passive listening, 251

no passive-listening bpdu-vlan-flood, 249

no ports, 286

no priority, 184

no priority enable, 185

no radius-server, 460

no relay-information, 288

no ring-redundancy hrpobserver, 374

no rmon, 528

no sinema, 116

no snmp engineid migrate, 316

no spanning-tree passive-listening-compatibility, 221

no unicast-block, 84

ntp, 144

ntp server, 145

no ntp server, 146

ntp time diff, 147

O

option, 280

no option, 282

option value-string, 281

no option, 282, 282

panel-button control-faultmask, 129

panel-button control-hsr-manager, 131

passive listening, 250

passive-listening bpdu-vlan-flood, 249

password, 92

no password, 93

password policy, 450

ping, 60

plug, 122

pnio, 68

pool-enable, 283

no pool-enable, 284

ports, 180, 285

no ports, 182

power, 511

no power, 512

priority, 183

priority enable, 185

Q

qos, 434

qos-trust-mode, 444

R

radius server, 458

rate-limit-output, 406

no rate-limit-output, 407

redundancy, 372

relay information, 286

restart, 97

revision, 246

no revision, 247

ring ports, 378

ring redundancy, 374

no ring redundancy, 375

ring-redundancy hrpobserver, 373

rmon, 527

rmon alarm, 528

no rmon alarm, 530

rmon collection history, 534

no rmon collection history, 535

rmon collection stats, 533 no rmon collection stats, 533

rmon event, 531

no rmon event, 532

P

panel-button control-factory-defaults, 128

S

save filetype, 89

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Index

561

Index

scheduling mode, 446

Scope of the manual, 21

send test mail, 336

sender mail-address, 334

no sender mail-address, 335

service dhcp-relay, 297

no service dhcp-relay, 298

set dot1x guest-vlan mac-addr count, 481

set dot1x mac-auth mac-addr count, 485

set gmrp, 350, 351

set gvrp, 352, 353

set-interface, 289

severity, 509

no severity, 510

show authorized-managers, 461

show broadcast-block config, 53

show cli-console-timeout, 45

show coordinates, 46

show dcp forwarding, 255

show dcp server, 254

show device information, 46

show dhcp server, 292

show dot1d mac-address-table, 186, 389, 400

show dot1d mac-address-table static

multicast, 188, 400

show dot1d mac-address-table static unicast

mode, 189, 390

show dot1x, 473

show dot1x guest-vlan mac-info, 474 show dot1x mac-auth mac-info, 474

show dst info, 137

show environmental temperature, 47

show etherchannel, 196

show ethernetip, 47

show events config, 493

show events faults config, 494

show events faults status, 495

show events sender email, 331

show events severity, 494

show events smtp-port, 332

show events smtp-server, 331

show events syslogserver, 523

show fault counter, 497

show flow-control, 428

show fmp limit, 517

show fmp status, 518

show forward-all, 349

show forward-unregistered, 350

show hardware, 48

show history, 43

show hrp counters, 370

show in, 48

562

show interface transceiver details, 498

show interfaces, 49

show interfaces ... counters, 50

show interfaces etherchannel, 197

show ip arp, 342

show ip dhcp client, 266 show ip dhcp client stats, 266

show ip dhcp relay information, 292

show ip dhcp server pools, 273

show ip dhcp-server bindings, 272

show ip gateway, 253

show ip http secure server status, 341

show ip http server status, 338

show ip igmp snooping, 354, 356

show ip igmp snooping forwarding-database, 355

show ip igmp snooping statistics, 357

show ip igmp snooping switch-ip, 358

show ip interface, 51

show ip ssh, 345

show ip telnet, 254

show lacp, 197

show lldp neighbors, 52

show lldp status, 53

show loadsave files, 87 show loadsave tftp, 87

show lock port, 467

show logbook, 496

show mac-address-table, 156, 383, 394

show mac-address-table aging-status, 423 show mac-address-table aging-time, 423

show mac-address-table count, 157, 187

show mac-address-table dynamic multicast, 157, 395

show mac-address-table dynamic unicast, 158, 384

show mac-address-table static multicast, 159, 396

show mac-address-table static unicast, 160, 385

show monitor, 537 show monitor barrier, 537

show monitor status, 536

show multicast-block config, 55, 397, 401

show nfc active status, 117

show ntp info, 143

show passive-listening, 248

show password-policy, 447

show plug, 121

show pnio, 52

show power-line-state, 499

show qos agent-priority, 430

show qos broadcast-priority, 431 show qos cos-map, 431

show qos cos-remap, 432 show qos dscp-map, 432

show qos scheduling mode, 433

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

show qos-trust-mode, 434

show radius server, 456

show radius statistics, 455

show rate-limit output, 405

show ring-redundancy, 371 show ring-redundancy manager counters, 371

show rmon, 526

show running-config, 99

show signaling contact, 133

show sinema, 115

show snmp, 303 show snmp community, 303

show snmp engineID, 304 show snmp filter, 304

show snmp group, 305 show snmp group access, 305

show snmp inform statistics, 306 show snmp notif, 306

show snmp targetaddr, 307 show snmp targetparam, 307

show snmp tcp, 308 show snmp user, 308

show snmp viewtree, 309, 309

show sntp broadcast-mode status, 148

show sntp status, 149

show sntp unicast-mode status, 148

show spanning-tree, 201

show spanning-tree active, 202

show spanning-tree bridge, 203

show spanning-tree detail, 204 show spanning-tree interface, 204

show spanning-tree interface layer2-gateway-port, 205

show spanning-tree mst, 206

show spanning-tree mst configuration, 207 show spanning-tree mst interface, 207

show spanning-tree passive-listening-compatibility, 208

show spanning-tree root, 209

show ssl server-cert, 341

show time, 137

show unicast-block config, 54, 386, 391

show user-accounts, 448 show users, 448

show versions, 55

show vlan, 161

show vlan device info, 162, 189

show vlan learning params, 162

show vlan port config, 163

show web-session-timeout, 125

shutdown, 82 no shutdown, 82 shutdown complete, 82

signaling contact mode, 134

signaling-contact status, 135

SIMATIC NET glossary, 23

SIMATIC NET manual, 23

sinema, 116

SMTP

no smtp-server, 333 smtp-server, 333

smtp-port, 336

no smtp-port, 337

snmp

client config, 504

no client config, 505

snmp access, 311

no snmp access, 313

snmp agent version, 311

snmp community index, 314

no snmp community index, 315

snmp engineid migrate, 316

snmp group, 317

no snmp group, 318

snmp notify, 319

no snmp notify, 320

snmp targetaddr, 321

no snmp targetaddr, 323 snmp targetparams, 323

no snmp targetparams, 325

snmp user, 327

no snmp user, 328

snmp v1-v2 readonly, 325

no snmp v1-v2 readonly, 326

snmp view, 328

no snmp view, 330

snmpagent, 310 no snmpagent, 310

sntp, 150 sntp client addressing-mode, 150

sntp time diff, 151

sntp unicast-server, 152

sntp unicast-server ipv4

no sntp unicast-server ipv4, 153

spanning-tree, 211

no spanning-tree, 212

spanning-tree (properties), 225

no spanning-tree, 226

spanning-tree (time settings), 222

no spanning-tree, 223

spanning-tree auto-edge, 228 no spanning-tree auto-edge, 228

spanning-tree bpdufilter, 230 spanning-tree bpdu-receive, 230

spanning-tree bpdu-transmit, 229

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Index

563

Index

spanning-tree compatibility, 213

no spanning-tree compatibility, 214

spanning-tree layer2-gateway-port, 231

no spanning-tree layer2-gateway-port, 232 spanning-tree loop-guard, 232

no spanning-tree loop-guard, 233

spanning-tree mst (properties), 234

no spanning-tree mst, 235

spanning-tree mst configuration, 215

spanning-tree mst hello-time, 236

no spanning-tree mst hello-time, 237

spanning-tree mst instance-id root, 215

no spanning-tree mst instance-id root, 216

spanning-tree mst max-hops, 217

no spanning-tree mst max-hops, 218

spanning-tree mst pseudoRootId, 238

no spanning-tree mst pseudoRootId, 239

spanning-tree passive-listening-compatibility, 220

spanning-tree priority, 218

no spanning-tree priority, 219

spanning-tree restricted-role, 240

no spanning-tree restricted-role, 241 spanning-tree restricted-tcn, 241

no spanning-tree restricted-tcn, 242

speed, 83

ssh-server, 346

no ssh-server, 347

standby connection name, 379, 379

standby ports, 381, 382

start, 471

static-lease, 290

no static-lease, 291

stop, 472

storm-control, 408

no storm-control, 409

storm-control level, 410 no storm-control level, 410

switchport acceptable-frame-type, 171

no switchport acceptable-frame-type, 172 switchport access vlan, 172

no switchport access vlan, 173

switchport ingress-filter, 421

no switchport ingress-filter, 422

switchport lock, 469

no switchport lock, 470

switchport mode, 174

no switchport mode, 175 switchport priority default, 175

no switchport priority default, 176

switchport pvid, 177

no switchport pvid, 178

syslogserver, 515, 524

no syslogserver, 516, 525

system contact, 69

system location, 70

System manual, 22

system name, 70

T

telnet-server, 258

no telnet-server, 259

tftp filename, 94

tftp load, 95 tftp save, 95

tftp server, 96

Downloading, 88

Saving, 89

time, 138

time dst date, 140

no time dst, 142

time dst recurring, 141

time set, 139

U

unicast-block, 84

user-account, 451

no user-account, 453

username, 71, 454

V

vlan, 168, 192

no vlan, 169

vlan range, 170

W

web-session-timeout, 126

no web-session-timeout, 127

whoami, 450

write, 124

write startup-config, 102

564

SCALANCE XB-200/XC-200/XP-200 Command Line Interface

Configuration Manual, 07/2016, C79000-G8976-C361-04

Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertisement